<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 1999
Registration No. 333-81313
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
______________
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
______________
TELECORP PCS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Delaware 4812 54-1872248
(State or other jurisdiction (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification No.)
</TABLE>
______________
TELECORP COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Delaware 4812 52-2105807
(State or other jurisdiction (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification No.)
</TABLE>
______________
1010 N. Glebe Road
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22201
(703) 236-1100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
registrant's principal executive offices)
______________
Thomas H. Sullivan, P.C.
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
1010 N. Glebe Road, Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22201
(703) 236-1122
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
______________
Copies to:
Dov T. Schwell, Esq.
McDermott, Will & Emery
50 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10020
NYK 581213-1.037995.0022
(212) 547-5400
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [_]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
___________________________________
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on the date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall then become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become
effective on the date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant
to said Section 8(a), may determine.
<PAGE>
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This registration statement contains a prospectus relating to the offer for
all outstanding 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009 of TeleCorp
PCS, Inc. in exchange for 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009.
In addition, this registration statement contains a prospectus relating to
market-making activities with respect to the exchange notes which may, from time
to time, be carried out by Chase Securities Inc. The two prospectuses will be
identical in all material respects except for the front cover page, the Plan of
Distribution section and the back cover page and except for the fact that the
market-making prospectus will not contain the information in the Prospectus
Summary relating to the exchange offer, the information under the caption "The
Exchange Offer" and "U.S. Federal Tax Considerations--Exchange Offer" will be
deleted and specific conforming changes will be made to delete references to the
exchange offer. The prospectus for the exchange offer follows immediately after
this Explanatory Note. Following the prospectus are the form of alternative
cover page, Plan of Distribution section and back cover page for the market-
making prospectus and alternative pages, sections and provisions covering
conforming changes.
-ii-
<PAGE>
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary
prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
This prospectus, dated August 27, 1999, is subject to completion and
amendment.
PROSPECTUS
TELECORP PCS, INC.
Exchange Offer For Our
11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2009
We offer to exchange all of our outstanding and unregistered 11 5/8% Senior
Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009 for our registered 11 5/8% Senior
Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009.
You should carefully review the Risk Factors beginning on page 9 of this
prospectus.
Our offer to exchange the outstanding notes for exchange notes will be open
until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1999, unless we extend the offer.
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or
disapproved of the notes, or determined that this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
_________________, 1999
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this
prospectus.
TeleCorp
We intend to become a leading provider of wireless communications services in
targeted markets in the south-central and northeast United States and in Puerto
Rico. We were founded in 1996 to acquire licenses for radio frequencies on which
to transmit wireless communications in populated areas. In 1998, we entered into
a venture with AT&T and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries in
which AT&T contributed wireless communications licenses to us in exchange for
ownership in our company.
Our licenses cover a population of approximately 16.0 million, including those
in major population centers. Our markets have attractive economic and
demographic characteristics and are experiencing strong growth in use of
wireless services. Our markets are also major destination locations for AT&T
customers who use our network when in our service area, for which we charge AT&T
a fee.
We have successfully launched our services in 15 markets, including all of our
major markets. We have 33 company-owned stores and more than 500 retail outlets
where customers can buy our services. We have committed capital of approximately
$1.3 billion.
Strategic Alliance with AT&T
To rapidly develop its personal communications services, known as PCS,
markets, AT&T has focused on constructing its own network in selected cities and
has entered into agreements with independent wireless operators, such as us and
other affiliates, to construct and operate PCS networks in other markets. PCS
licenses refer to licenses to use the airwaves to carry voice and data
communications. Our strategic alliance with AT&T provides us with many business,
operational and marketing advantages, including:
. Brand. We market our wireless services to our customers
giving equal emphasis to our
-1-
<PAGE>
regional SunCom brand and the AT&T brand names and logos.
. Exclusivity. We are AT&T's exclusive provider of mobile
wireless communications services in our covered markets, subject
to AT&T's right to resell services on our network.
. Roaming. We are the preferred carrier for AT&T's digital
customers who use their digital phones in our covered markets.
Digital transmissions are a sequence of distinct pulses that
represent information. We receive preferred long distance rates
from AT&T.
. Products and Services. We receive preferred terms on
selected products and services, including handsets,
infrastructure equipment and back office support from companies
who provide these products and services to AT&T.
. Marketing. We benefit from AT&T's nationwide marketing and
advertising campaigns, including the success of AT&T's Digital
One Rate plans, in the marketing of our own national SunRate
plans. In addition, we are working with AT&T's national sales
representatives to jointly market our wireless services to AT&T
corporate customers located in our markets.
Business Strategy
Our formula for success is to focus on providing our customers with:
. superior network coverage;
. superior scope and quality of coverage;
. enhanced value at low cost;
. quality customer care; and
. superior network clarity.
-2-
<PAGE>
Our principal executive offices are at 1010 N. Glebe Road, Suite 800,
Arlington, Virginia 22201. The telephone number at our executive offices is
(703) 236-1100. We maintain a website at http://www.suncom1.com.
-3-
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Exchange Offer.................. We are offering to exchange $1,000
principal amount of exchange notes for
each $1,000 principal amount of
outstanding notes.
Expiration Date..................... The exchange offer will expire at 5:00
p.m., New York City time, , 1999,
or the later date and time to which we
extend it.
Withdrawal.......................... You may withdraw tendered outstanding
notes at any time prior to the
expiration of the exchange offer. We
will return any outstanding notes that
we do not accept for exchange for any
reason without expense to you as soon as
practicable after the exchange offer
expires or terminates.
Accrued Interest on the Exchange
Notes and the Outstanding Notes..... Interest on the exchange notes will
accrue from April 23, 1999 until April
15, 2004, at which time they will have
an aggregate principal amount of
$575,000,000. At that time, cash
interest on the notes will become
payable on April 15 and October 15 of
each year, beginning on October 15,
2004. We will pay no interest on the
outstanding notes tendered and accepted
for exchange.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer.... The exchange offer is subject to
customary conditions, some of which we
may waive. See "The Exchange Offer-
Conditions to the Exchange Offer"
beginning on page 64.
Resale Without Further Registration. We believe that the exchange notes may
be offered for resale and resold and
otherwise transferred by you without
compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act so long as the following
statements are true:
. you acquire the exchange notes
issued in the exchange offer in the
ordinary course of your business;
. you are not our affiliate, as
defined under the Securities Act,
of ours; and
. you are not participating, and
do not intend to participate, and
have no arrangement or
understanding with any person to
participate, in the distribution of
the exchange notes issued to you in
the exchange offer.
By tendering your outstanding notes as
described below, you will be making
representations to this effect.
Transfer Restrictions on the
Exchange Notes...................... You may incur liability under the
Securities Act if:
(1) any of the representations listed
above are not accurate; and
(2) you transfer any exchange notes
issued to you in the exchange offer
without:
. delivering a prospectus
meeting the requirements of
the Securities Act; or
-4-
<PAGE>
. qualifying for an
exemption from the Securities
Act's requirement to register
your exchange notes.
We do not assume or indemnify you
against such liability. Each broker-
dealer that is issued exchange notes for
its own account in exchange for
outstanding notes that were acquired as
a result of market-making or other
trading activities must acknowledge that
it will deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with the resale of the
exchange notes. A broker-dealer may use
this prospectus for an offer to resell,
a resale or other retransfer of the
exchange notes issued to it in the
exchange offer.
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding
Notes................................ If you wish to accept the exchange
offer, you must:
. complete, sign and date the
accompanying letter of transmittal,
or a facsimile of the letter; or
. arrange for The Depository
Trust Company to send required
information to the exchange agent
in connection with a book-entry
transfer.
You must mail or otherwise deliver such
documentation on our outstanding notes
to the exchange agent, at the address
described in "The Exchange Offer--
Exchange Agent."
The exchange notes issued in the
exchange offer will be delivered
promptly following the expiration of the
exchange offer.
Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owners.................... Any beneficial owner whose outstanding
notes are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender the outstanding notes in the
exchange offer should contact the
registered holder promptly and instruct
the registered holder to tender on its
behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes
to tender on its own behalf, it must,
prior to completing and executing a
letter of transmittal and delivering its
outstanding notes, either make
appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the outstanding notes in
its name or obtain a properly completed
bond power from the registered holder.
The transfer of registered ownership may
take considerable time and may not be
able to be completed prior to the
expiration of the exchange offer. See
"The Exchange Offer--Procedures for
Tendering."
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures....... You may comply with the procedures
described in this prospectus under the
heading "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" if you wish to
tender your outstanding notes and:
. time will not permit your
required documents to reach the
exchange agent by the expiration of
the exchange offer;
. you cannot complete the
procedure for book-entry transfer
on time; or
. your outstanding notes are not
immediately available.
-5-
<PAGE>
Exchange Agent...................... Bankers Trust Company is serving as
exchange agent in connection with the
exchange offer.
U.S. Federal Tax Considerations..... The exchange of the outstanding notes
for the exchange notes in the exchange
offer should not constitute a sale or an
exchange for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. See "U.S. Federal Tax
Considerations--Exchange Offer"
beginning on page 152.
Effect of Not Tendering............. Outstanding notes that are not tendered
or that are tendered but not accepted
will, following the completion of the
exchange offer, continue to be subject
to the existing restrictions upon
transfer. Under some circumstances, we
may register the outstanding notes under
a shelf registration statement.
Use of Proceeds..................... We will not receive any cash from the
exchange of the outstanding notes in the
exchange offer.
-6-
<PAGE>
THE NOTES
Issuer.............................. TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
Securities.......................... $575,000,000 aggregate principal amount
at maturity of 11 5/8% Senior
Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009.
Maturity Date....................... April 15, 2009.
Interest and Accretion.............. The notes will accrete in value until
April 15, 2004, compounded semi-
annually. At that time, cash interest on
the notes will accrue and become payable
on April 15 and October 15 of each year,
beginning on October 15, 2004. The yield
to maturity of the notes is 11 5/8%
computed on a semi-annual bond-
equivalent basis calculated from April
23, 1999.
Original Issue Discount............. We issued the notes with original issue
discount for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. When computing gross income
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a
holder of the notes will be required to
include in gross income a portion of the
original issue discount for each day
during each taxable year in which any
notes are held, even though no cash
interest payments on the notes will be
made prior to October 15, 2004. The
original issue discount will be equal to
the difference between the sum of all
cash payments, whether denominated as
interest or principal, to be made on the
notes and the issue price of the notes.
See "U.S. Federal Tax Considerations--
Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders."
Optional Redemption................. On or after April 15, 2004, we may
redeem some or all of the notes at the
redemption prices described under
"Description of the Notes--Optional
Redemption," together with accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
redemption.
Before April 15, 2002, we may redeem up
to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
at maturity of the notes with the net
cash proceeds of equity offerings at a
redemption price equal to 111 5/8% of
the accreted value of the notes as of
the date of redemption, provided that at
least 65% of the aggregate principal
amount at maturity of the notes remains
outstanding immediately after the
redemption. See "Description of the
Notes--Optional Redemption."
Change of Control................... If we experience a change of control,
you will have the right to require us to
repurchase your notes at a price equal
to 101% of either the accreted value or
the principal amount at maturity of the
notes, as applicable, together with
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date of repurchase. See "Description
of the Notes--Change of Control."
Subsidiary Guarantees............... The notes are fully and unconditionally
guaranteed on an unsecured, senior
subordinated basis by TeleCorp
Communications. Some of our future
subsidiaries that incur debt will fully
and unconditionally guarantee the notes
on an unsecured, senior subordinated
basis. If we fail to make payments on
the notes, our guarantor subsidiaries
must make them instead. Each of our
guarantor subsidiaries also guarantees
our senior credit facilities and are
jointly and severally liable on a senior
basis with us for all obligations under
them. Not all of our subsidiaries
guarantee payments on the notes. All
obligations under our senior credit
facilities are secured by pledges of all
the
-7-
<PAGE>
capital stock of all our subsidiaries
and security interests in, or liens on,
substantially all of our other tangible
and intangible assets and the tangible
and intangible assets of our
subsidiaries. See "Description of the
Notes--Subsidiary Guarantees," "--
Important Covenants" and "Our
Indebtedness--Senior Credit Facilities."
Ranking............................. The notes and the subsidiary guarantees
are unsecured and:
. subordinate in right of
payment to all of our and our
guarantor subsidiaries' existing
and future senior debt, including
our and our guarantor subsidiaries'
obligations under our senior credit
facilities;
. equal in right of payment with
any of our and our guarantor
subsidiaries' future senior
subordinated debt; and
. senior in right of payment to
all of our and our guarantor
subsidiaries' subordinated debt.
As of June 30, 1999:
. our outstanding senior debt
was approximately $225.0 million,
excluding unused commitments under
our senior credit facilities and
additional senior indebtedness of
our subsidiaries;
. we had no senior subordinated
debt other than the notes; and
. our outstanding subordinated
debt was approximately $40.5
million, including $0.5 million of
interest that was paid-in-kind,
plus $0.3 million of additional
accrued interest.
In addition:
. the outstanding senior debt of
our guarantor subsidiary was
approximately $225.0 million,
consisting entirely of a guarantee
of our borrowings under our senior
credit facilities;
. our subsidiary guarantor had
no senior subordinated debt other
than the guarantee of the notes;
and
. our subsidiary guarantor had
no subordinated debt.
Our subsidiaries who do not guarantee
the notes had a total of approximately
$242.5 million of senior debt,
consisting of approximately $20.7
million of debt owed to the U.S.
government related to our licenses and
approximately $225.0 million consisting
of guarantees of our borrowing under our
senior credit facilities. These
subsidiaries had no senior subordinated
debt or subordinated debt. The total
liabilities of these subsidiaries was
approximately $320.8 million, consisting
of:
. debt owed to the U.S.
government related to our licenses
in the approximate amount of $20.7
million;
. trade payables in the
approximate amount of $24.8
million;
-8-
<PAGE>
. accrued and other expenses in
the approximate amount of $4.1
million; and
. intercompany amounts payable
in the approximate amount $274.4
million.
The U.S. government debt is shown on our
balance sheet net of discounts of $3.2
million reflecting the below market
interest rates on the debt. See
"Description of Notes--Ranking."
Restrictive Covenants............... We issued the outstanding notes, and
will issue the exchange notes, under an
indenture with Bankers Trust Company, as
trustee. The indenture restricts, among
other things, our ability and the
ability of some of our subsidiaries to:
. incur debt;
. layer debt;
. pay dividends on or redeem capital
stock;
. make some investments or redeem
other subordinated debt;
. make particular dispositions of
assets;
. engage in transactions with
affiliates;
. engage in particular business
activities; and
. engage in mergers, consolidations
and particular sales of assets.
The indenture also limits our ability to
permit restrictions on the ability of
some of our subsidiaries to pay
dividends or make other distributions.
For more details, see "Description of
the Notes--Important Covenants" and "--
Merger, Consolidation and Sales of
Assets."
Risk Factors
You should consider carefully all of the information described in this
prospectus and, in particular, you should evaluate the specific factors under
"Risk Factors" beginning on the next page before exchanging the notes.
-9-
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
We may not be able to manage the construction of our network or the growth of
our business successfully.
Our financial performance will depend on our ability to manage the
construction of our network and the successful growth of our business. We cannot
assure you that our management will be able to direct our development
effectively, including implementing adequate systems and controls in a timely
manner or retaining qualified employees. This inability could have a material
adverse effect on our growth and our ability to compete in the
telecommunications service industry and could result in a payment default on our
existing debt, including a default on our obligation to repay the notes. See
"Business--Network Development" and "Management."
We do not currently generate cash flows from which to make payments on the notes
and may never generate significant cash flow.
We incurred cumulative operating losses through June 30, 1999 of approximately
$152.8 million. Consequently, we do not currently generate cash flows from which
we can make payments on the notes. In addition, we will have to dedicate a
substantial portion of any cash flow from operations to pay interest on, and
principal of, our debt, which will reduce funds available for other purposes.
Our plan to develop our business and expand our network contributes to our
negative cash flow, since our business has required and will continue to require
substantial capital expenditures. We will continue to have negative cash flow
and operating losses until we begin to realize adequate revenues. We cannot
assure you that we will ever establish an adequate revenue base to produce an
operating profit or generate adequate cash flows to provide future capital
expenditures and repayment of debt. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
We have substantial existing debt, and may incur substantial additional debt,
that we may be unable to service, including the notes.
-10-
<PAGE>
We have a substantial amount of debt, and may not have sufficient funds to
pay interest on, and principal of, our debt, including the notes. As of June 30,
1999, our outstanding debt was approximately $618.7 million. In addition, Lucent
has committed to purchase up to an additional $80.0 million of junior
subordinated notes in connection with our development of new markets.
We may incur additional debt in the future and it may be senior debt. We may
not have sufficient funds to pay interest on, and principal of, any future debt.
Our senior credit facilities provide for total borrowings in the amount of up to
$525.0 million and for additional potential borrowings in the amount of up to
$75.0 million. In addition, the vendor financing provided by Lucent provided for
us to issue up to an additional $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of
notes based upon our current markets and an additional $65.0 million if we
develop new markets.
Our failure to earn enough to pay our debts could, among other things, lower
the market value of the notes. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources,"
"Our Indebtedness" and "Description of the Notes."
If we do not pay debt owed to the U.S. government when due, the FCC may impose
financial penalties on us or modify our licenses.
If we do not pay any debt owed to the U.S. government when it is due, the FCC
may:
. impose substantial financial penalties;
. reclaim and reauction the licenses for which we incurred the
debt, and impose a significant financial penalty in respect of
each license that is reclaimed and reauctioned;
. not renew of any other licenses; and
. pursue other enforcement measures.
See "Business-Government Regulation."
Our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries, secure our debt that is senior to
the notes, and if we do not pay that debt, we could lose these assets and we may
be unable to pay the notes.
We pledged the capital stock of our subsidiaries, and have granted liens on
most of our other assets and the assets of our subsidiaries, to secure our debt
under our senior credit facilities. If we do not pay our senior debt, our
creditors may take this stock and assets, regardless of any default with respect
to the notes. These assets would first be used to repay in full all amounts
outstanding
under our senior credit facilities and
-11-
<PAGE>
there may not be sufficient funds to repay the notes. The need to obtain FCC
approval and comply with applicable governmental regulations could reduce the
value our senior creditors obtain for these assets, and decrease the excess
funds, if any, returned to us to pay the notes. If we lose our stock and assets,
we lose our ability to operate and generate revenue.
Our debt under our senior credit facilities matures before the notes mature.
Any payment of our senior debt, or collection against our held stock or assets
for our senior debt, may lessen funds available to pay the notes. See "Our
Indebtedness" and "Description of the Notes."
If we need and cannot obtain additional financing to complete our network and
fund operating losses, we may not be able to repay the notes or our other
existing debt.
We will make significant capital expenditures to finish the building, testing
and deployment of our network. The actual expenditures necessary to achieve
these goals may differ significantly from our estimates. We would have to obtain
additional financing if:
. any of our sources of capital are unavailable or insufficient;
. we significantly depart from our business plan;
. we experience unexpected delays or cost overruns in the
construction of our network;
. we have increases in operating costs;
. changes in technology or governmental regulations create
unanticipated costs; or
. we acquire additional licenses.
We cannot predict whether any additional financing will be available, the
terms on which any additional financing would be available or whether our
existing debt agreements will allow additional financing. If we cannot obtain
additional financing when needed, we will have to delay, modify or abandon some
of our plans to construct the remainder of our network, which could slow our
growth and our ability to compete in the wireless telecommunications industry,
and could result in a payment default on our existing debt, including on the
notes.
-12-
<PAGE>
Increases in interest rates could raise our interest expense.
Some of our debt, including debt under our senior credit facilities, is at
variable rates of interest. If interest rates increase, we would have higher
interest expenses, which would reduce funds otherwise available. See "Our
Indebtedness." If we need to incur additional debt, it may be variable as well,
which would make us more vulnerable to interest rate increases.
We depend on our agreements with AT&T for our success, and we would have
difficulty operating without them.
We have entered into a number of agreements with AT&T, including:
. a license agreement;
. stockholders' agreement;
. an intercarrier roamer services agreement;
. a roaming administration service agreement; and
. a long distance agreement.
In limited situations, AT&T may withdraw from these agreements with us. If any
of the agreements we have entered into with AT&T were not renewed or were
terminated, we would have difficulty operating. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions--AT&T Agreements."
We rely on our relationship with AT&T for equipment discounts. Any disruption
in our relationship with AT&T could hinder our ability to obtain the
infrastructure equipment that we use in our network or on our relationship with
our vendors.
We rely on the use of the AT&T brand name and logo to market our services, and
loss of use of this brand and logo would hinder our marketability.
We use the AT&T brand and logo to market our services and our SunCom brand.
The AT&T brand and logo is highly recognizable and AT&T supports its brand and
logo by its marketing. If we lose our right to use the AT&T brand and logo under
our license agreement, we would lose the advantages associated with AT&T's brand
recognition and the benefits of AT&T's marketing efforts. See "Business--
Marketing Strategy," "--Intellectual Property" and "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions--AT&T Agreements."
-13-
<PAGE>
If AT&T is not successful as a provider of wireless communications, we may not
be successful.
We depend on AT&T's success as a wireless communications provider, because
many of our operations are tied to AT&T's network. If AT&T is not successful,
we may not be successful in developing our business.
Our agreements with AT&T contain stringent development requirements, which, if
not met, will result in the loss of some of our rights under those agreements.
The agreements we have entered into with AT&T contain requirements regarding
the construction of our network. In many instances, these requirements are more
stringent than those imposed by the FCC. If we fail to meet AT&T's requirements,
AT&T could terminate the exclusivity of our relationship. The construction of
the remainder of our network involves risks of unanticipated costs and delays.
We will need to timely complete the construction of additional phases of our
network to meet AT&T's development requirements. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions - AT&T Agreements."
If the FCC does not grant us additional licenses, we will have a smaller calling
area and our competitors may obtain a larger calling area.
Viper Wireless, our subsidiary, was the high bidder for two licenses in Houma
and New Orleans, Louisiana, in a FCC reauction. The FCC has not granted us these
licenses, because some of the secured creditors of the prior license holders
petitioned against our application. The FCC's decision is pending. If the FCC
does not grant us these additional licenses, our development plan for our
calling area will be hindered. Competitors may obtain these licenses instead of
us, which would add new competitors or increase the coverage of existing
competitors, and harm our competitive position in the market.
In addition, if we obtain the licenses and decide to transfer them to TeleCorp
Holding Corp., Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, we would need FCC approval to
do so. We cannot be certain that we will complete any transaction concerning
these licenses. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
We may not be able to acquire the sites necessary to complete our network.
We must lease or otherwise acquire rights to use sites for the location of
network equipment and obtain zoning variances and other governmental approvals
to complete the construction of our network and to provide wireless
communications services to customers in our licensed areas. Local zoning
ordinances restrict our ability to construct antennas, and such ordinances may
prevent us from successfully completing our network. If we encounter significant
difficulties in leasing or otherwise acquiring rights to sites for the location
of network equipment, we may need to alter the design of our network. Changes in
our development plan could slow the construction of our network, which would
make it harder to compete in the wireless telecommunications industry or cause
us not to meet development requirements.
Difficulties in obtaining infrastructure equipment may affect our ability to
construct our network, meet our development requirements and compete in the
wireless telecommunications industry.
There is high demand for the equipment that we require to construct our
network and manufacturers of this equipment could have substantial backlogs of
orders. Accordingly, the lead time for the delivery
-14-
<PAGE>
of this equipment may be long. Some of our competitors purchase large quantities
of communications equipment and may have established relationships with the
manufacturers of this equipment. Consequently, they may receive priority in the
delivery of this equipment. Lucent may fail to deliver equipment to us in a
timely manner. If we do not receive the equipment in a timely manner, we may be
unable to provide wireless communications services comparable to those of our
competitors. In addition, we may be unable to satisfy our development
requirements. If we fail to construct our network in a timely manner, we may not
be able to compete effectively, we could lose our licenses or we could breach
our agreements with AT&T. Any of these outcomes could lessen our revenue which
could make us unable to repay you. See "Business--Network Development," "--
Government Regulation" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--AT&T
Agreements."
Potential acquisitions may require us to incur additional debt and integrate new
technologies, operations and services, which may be costly and time
consuming.
If we acquire new licenses or facilities, we may have to:
. incur additional debt to finance the acquisitions;
. assume U.S. government debt related to the licenses;
. integrate new technologies with our technology;
. integrate new operations with our operations;
. integrate new services with our offering of services;
. divert the attention of our management from other business
concerns.
These difficulties may be costly and time-consuming, and may slow our growth,
which could hinder effective competition in the wireless telecommunications
industry,
-15-
<PAGE>
cause us to miss development requirements and lessen our revenue which
could make us unable to repay you.
Our substantial amount of debt makes us especially susceptible to competition
and market fluctuations.
Our substantial amount of debt limits our ability to adjust to changing
market conditions. We need to realize a significant amount of revenue to pay our
debt. We may not be able to maintain attractive pricing packages, because when
we discount our prices, we need more customers to balance the loss in revenues.
We may have difficulty keeping our prices similar to AT&T's prices because of
our debt burdens. If our business does not grow or the economic market takes a
downturn, we may not have funds to pay our debt.
Competitors who entered the wireless communications market before us are better
positioned than us to attract customers.
Competitors who entered the wireless communications services market before us
may have a significant time-to-market advantage over us. As a new entrant in the
market, we may have to significantly discount our prices over a long period of
time to attract customers, which would make it more difficult for us to achieve
positive cash flow to pay the notes. See "Business-Competition."
We have many competitors in our markets that have substantial coverage of the
areas, which makes it difficult for us to acquire and maintain a strong
competitive position.
We compete in our markets with virtually every major U.S. wireless
communications services company, such as:
. ALLTEL
. Bell Atlantic
. BellSouth
. Cellular One
. Centennial Cellular
. GTE
. Nextel
. Omnipoint Technologies
. Powertel
. PrimeCo Personal Communications
-16-
<PAGE>
. Puerto Rico Telephone Company
. Radiofone
. SBC Communications
. Sprint PCS
. U.S. Cellular.
In some markets, we compete with as many as six major competitors.
Many of these competitors have greater financial, marketing and sales and
distribution resources than we do. In addition, some of these competitors have
achieved substantial coverage in portions of our licensed areas. Some of our
competitors have more extensive coverage within our licensed areas than we
provide and also have broader regional coverage. We may have to significantly
discount our prices over a long period of time to attract customers, which would
put downward pressure on our prices and make it more difficult for us to achieve
positive cash flow to pay the notes. See "Business--Competition."
Some competitors may have different or better technology than us, and may
attract more customers.
We compete with companies that use other communications technologies,
including paging and digital two-way paging, ESMR, which is enhanced specialized
mobile radio, a digital technology system that reuses radio frequencies, and
domestic and global mobile satellite service. We may compete in the future with
companies who offer new technologies. These technologies may have advantages
over our technology, and may attract our customers. See "Business--The Wireless
Communications Industry" and "--Competition."
Competitors who offer more services than us may attract more customers.
Some of our competitors market other services, such as traditional telephone
service, cable television access and access to the Internet, together with their
wireless communications services, which makes their services more attractive to
customers. In addition, we expect that, in the future, providers of wireless
communications services will compete more directly with providers of traditional
telephone services, energy companies, utility companies and cable operators who
expand their services to offer communications services. See "Business--
Competition."
If we do not operate our network seamlessly at high levels of quality, customers
will leave us.
There is high customer turnover in the wireless communications industry.
Customers choose carriers based on network coverage, cost of service, customer
care and network clarity. If we do not perform well in any of these areas, our
customers may switch to our competitors for their wireless communications
service.
-17-
<PAGE>
We depend upon consultants and contractors for our network services, and if any
of them fail to perform their obligations to us, we may not timely complete our
network development.
We have retained Lucent, AT&T and other consultants and contractors to assist
in the:
. design and engineering of our systems;
. construction of our network equipment;
. construction of the towers on which some of our cell sites are
located;
. leasing or other acquisition of rights to use sites for the
location of transmitting and receiving stations;
. deployment of our network; and
. installation, maintenance and support of our information
technology systems.
See "Business--The Wireless Communications Industry" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions--Other Related Party Transactions." The
failure by any of these consultants or contractors to fulfill its contractual
obligations could slow the construction of our network in a timely manner, which
could slow our growth and our ability to compete in the wireless
telecommunications industry, and could result in a payment default on our
existing debt, including the notes.
If the management agreement with TeleCorp Management is terminated, we may not
be able to comply with applicable FCC rules, or effectively run our business.
Under our management agreement with TeleCorp Management, TeleCorp Management
provides management services to us regarding the design, development and
operation of our network, as well as compliance with FCC rules. If the
management agreement is terminated, our success and our ability to comply with
the rules regarding our licenses could be materially adversely affected. We do
not carry life insurance on either Mr. Vento or Mr. Sullivan. See "Business--
Government Regulation" and "Management--Management Agreement."
If we cannot retain senior management, we may not be able to effectively run our
business.
We depend on Julie Dobson for management services. If she ends her employment
with us, we may not be successful in our business. We do not carry life
insurance on Ms. Dobson. See "Management."
-18-
<PAGE>
Members of our management own interests in companies that may compete with us
for new licenses, and may acquire interests in companies that compete in our
markets, and may spend more time managing these companies than managing us.
Members of our management, including Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan, own interests
in companies that hold licenses to provide wireless communications services in
areas outside of our licensed areas and may acquire interests in companies that
hold licenses to provide wireless communications services in the future. Mr.
Vento or Mr. Sullivan may allocate more time to managing these companies than to
managing us. They may assist these companies in obtaining licenses that we may
desire. They may obtain interests in companies that may compete with us in our
markets. Our interests may conflict with the interests of these companies and
any conflicts may not be resolved in our favor.
Government regulation, changes in our licenses or other governmental action
could affect how we do business.
Congress, the FCC, state and local regulatory agencies and the courts directly
and indirectly regulate wireless communications networks and the networks with
which they connect and pass telephone calls. The FCC, together with the Federal
Aviation Administration, regulates the marking and lighting of towers, including
those used in wireless communications networks. Congress, the FCC, the Federal
Aviation Administration, state and local regulatory authorities or the courts
may adopt new regulations, amend existing regulations, alter the administration
of existing regulations or take other actions that might cause us to incur
significant costs in making changes to our network, and such costs might affect
our cash flows and our ability to repay you.
Our operations are subject to FCC common carrier regulations under the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996.
As the FCC continues to implement changes to promote competition under the
Telecommunications Act, it may change how it regulates how our network connects
with other carrier's networks. The FCC may require us to provide lower cost
services to other carriers, which may lessen our revenues and ability to repay
you.
Our licenses to provide wireless communications services, which are our
principal assets, have terms of ten years. The FCC may renew each of our
licenses for a period of ten years when it expires. The FCC may revoke all of
our licenses at any time for cause, which includes our failure to comply with
the terms of the licenses, our failure to remain qualified under applicable FCC
rules to hold the licenses, violations of FCC regulations and malfeasance and
other misconduct. We cannot ensure that the FCC will renew our licenses upon
expiration of their terms. Further, the FCC could modify our licenses in a way
that materially adversely affects us. The nonrenewal or loss of any of our
licenses would have a material adverse effect on our growth and our ability to
compete in the wireless telecommunications industry, and could result in a
payment default on our existing debt and on our obligation to repay you.
Additionally, the threat of nonrenewal or loss of any of our licenses could
materially adversely affect the market value of the notes. See "Business--
Government Regulation."
In addition, TeleCorp Holding owes substantial debt to the U.S. government in
respect of the award of some licenses. If interest on, and principal of, any of
this debt is not paid when due, or if any default, after any applicable grace
periods expire, on the payment of amounts owed under this debt occurs, the FCC
may:
. impose substantial financial penalties;
. reclaim and reauction the related licenses, and impose a
significant financial penalty in respect of each license that is
reclaimed and reauctioned;
. deny renewal of other licenses; or
-19-
<PAGE>
. pursue other enforcement measures.
Any of these FCC actions would slow our growth and our ability to compete in
the wireless telecommunications industry, and could even result in a payment
default on our existing debt and on our obligation to repay you. See "Our
Indebtedness--Government Debt."
We could lose our PCS licenses or incur financial penalties if the FCC
determines we are not a very small business.
TeleCorp Holding participated in the FCC's auction of PCS licenses as a very
small business, and TeleCorp Holding must remain a very small business for at
least five years to comply with applicable rules of the FCC. We acquired
additional PCS licenses in connection with our Louisiana acquisitions, which are
subject to the same regulations.
The FCC or another party may challenge our capital or ownership structure as a
very small business in the future. Our capital structure or ownership structure,
our relationship with AT&T, our financial affiliations with other entities or
the loans from Lucent may be found to violate the very small business rules. If
the FCC determines that we violated these rules, it could impose substantial
penalties upon us or TeleCorp Holding, such as:
. fine us;
. revoke our licenses;
. accelerate our installment payment obligations; or
. cause us to lose bidding credits retroactively.
Any of these penalties could impede or interfere with our network development
or limit cash available to pay our debt, including the notes. See "Business--
Government Regulation."
We could lose our PCS license or incur financial penalties if we do not meet the
FCC's minimum construction requirements.
The FCC has adopted regulations that require companies who have acquired PCS
licenses to provide wireless communications services to meet minimum
requirements regarding the construction of their networks. See "--Government
regulation, changes in our licenses or other governmental action could affect
how we do business" and "Business--Government Regulation." The FCC could fine us
or revoke our licenses if we do not meet these requirements. A fine or the
revocation of any of our licenses could slow our growth and our ability to
compete in the wireless telecommunications industry, and could result in a
payment default on our existing debt, including the notes. See
-20-
<PAGE>
"Business - Government Regulation."
The technologies that we use may become obsolete, which would limit our ability
to compete effectively.
We use the TDMA, or time division multiple access, technology standard in our
network. This digital technology allocates a discrete amount of radio airwaves
to each user to permit many simultaneous conversations of one radio airwave
channel. Other digital technologies, such as CDMA, or code division multiple
access, and GSM, or global system for mobile communications, may have
significant advantages over TDMA. CDMA codes and sends scrambled speech using
very few information bits on a network. GSM encompasses uniform standards in
Europe and Japan. If our technologies become obsolete, we may need to purchase
and install equipment necessary to allow us to convert from TDMA to these
technologies or change our choice of technology to compete in the marketplace.
Our agreements with AT&T require us to upgrade our technology to match the
technology of AT&T. We may not be able to purchase and install successfully the
equipment necessary to allow us to convert to a new or different technology or
to adopt a new or different technology at an acceptable cost, if at all. In
addition, we cannot assure you that the technologies that we choose to invest in
will lead to successful implementation of our business plan. See "Business--The
Wireless Communications Industry" and "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions -- AT&T Agreements."
We expect to incur operating costs due to fraud.
Based upon the experiences of other providers of wireless communications
services, we expect to incur costs as a result of the unauthorized use of our
network. These costs include the capital and administrative costs associated
with detecting, monitoring and reducing the incidence of fraud and the costs
associated with payments to other providers of wireless communications services
for unbillable fraudulent roaming on their networks. If we are unsuccessful in
our efforts to control the unauthorized use of our network, or if we experience
unanticipated types of fraud, our business could be materially adversely
affected.
If hand-held phones pose health and safety risks, we may be subject to new
regulations and there may be a decrease in demand for our services.
Media reports have suggested that some radio airwave emissions from wireless
handsets may be linked to health concerns. These reports could discourage the
use of wireless handsets, which would decrease demand for our services. Recent
studies suggest that hand-held phones may interfere with medical devices.
Subsequent studies that demonstrate significant interference or raise public
concern could decrease demand for our services. Governmental authorities may
create new regulations concerning hand-held phones. Our handsets may not comply
with rules adopted in the future. Noncompliance would decrease demand for our
services. Some state and local legislatures are considering restrictions on
wireless phone use for drivers. The passage or proliferation of this or future
legislation could decrease demand for our services. See "Business--Government
Regulation."
Because your right to payment on the notes is junior to others and is unsecured,
the notes may not be repaid if we become insolvent or until and unless we pay
others.
The right to payment on the notes is subordinate to all of our existing and
future senior debt. Similarly, each subsidiary guarantee is subordinate to all
existing and future senior debt of the applicable guarantor. In the event of a
bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding with
respect to us or any guarantor, our assets or the assets of the guarantor will
be available to pay obligations on the notes or the applicable guarantee only
after all outstanding senior debt of the party has been paid in full. There may
not be sufficient assets remaining to make payments on amounts due on any or all
of the notes then outstanding or any subsidiary guarantee.
-21-
<PAGE>
If we default on some of our senior debt, neither we nor the guarantors of the
notes may pay the notes or the guarantees.
An event of a default in the payment of some of our senior debt may prohibit
us and the guarantors of the notes from paying the notes or the guarantees. See
"Our Indebtedness" and "Description of the Notes."
Not all of our subsidiaries will guarantee the notes, which limits your recourse
if we do not pay the notes.
Some of our subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes. In the event of a
bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding with
respect to any of these subsidiaries, the assets of these subsidiaries will be
available to pay obligations on the notes only after all outstanding liabilities
of these subsidiaries have been paid in full. See "Description of the Notes."
We depend upon our subsidiaries for funds necessary to make payments on the
notes.
We conduct almost all of our operations through our subsidiaries. As a result,
we depend upon dividends from our subsidiaries for the funds necessary to make
payments on the notes. Our senior credit facilities restrict the ability of our
subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions. In addition, there
can be no assurance that any dividends or distributions will be adequate to
allow us to repay the notes.
Our debt instruments could restrict our business plans.
The indenture restricts our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to
engage in some transactions. In addition,
-22-
<PAGE>
our senior credit facilities require us to maintain ratios, including leverage
ratios, an interest coverage ratio and a fixed charges ratio, and to satisfy
specified tests, including tests relating to minimum covered populations,
minimum number of subscribers to our services and minimum aggregate service
revenue per subscriber. The vendor financing provided by Lucent also restricts
our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to do the following:
. create liens;
. make payments, including payments of dividends and distributions
in respect of capital stock;
. consolidate, merge and sell assets;
. engage in some transactions with affiliates; and
. fundamentally change our business.
See "Our Indebtedness--Senior Credit Facilities," "--Vendor Financing," and
"Description of the Notes--Important Covenants."
The restrictions contained in the indenture, in our senior credit facilities
and in the vendor financing provided by Lucent may limit our ability to
implement our business plan, finance future operations, respond to changing
business and economic conditions, secure additional financing, if needed, and
engage in some transactions. Moreover, we may not satisfy the financial ratios
and tests under our senior credit facilities due to events that are beyond our
control. The failure to satisfy any of the financial ratios and tests could
result in a default under our senior credit facilities. Following a default
under our senior credit facilities, the lenders could declare all amounts
outstanding to be immediately due and payable. If we could not repay these
amounts, the lenders could foreclose on the collateral granted to them to secure
this indebtedness. See "--Because your right to payment on the notes is junior
to others and is unsecured, the notes may not be repaid if we become insolvent
and unless we pay others." If the lenders accelerated the indebtedness
outstanding under our senior credit facilities, there can be no assurance that
we could repay this indebtedness, and there can be no assurance that we could
pay amounts due in respect of our other indebtedness with our remaining assets,
including the notes. See "Our Indebtedness--Senior Credit Facilities" and
"Description of the Notes--Ranking."
You may be liable for taxes with respect to the notes before interest on the
notes is paid to you.
We issued the notes at a substantial discount from their principal amount at
maturity. Original issue discount, the difference between the stated redemption
price at maturity of the notes and the issue price of the notes, accrued from
April 23, 1999 and will be included in your gross income for federal income tax
purposes before you receive the cash payment of this interest. See "U.S. Federal
Tax Considerations--Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders."
We may not be able to take full advantage of tax deductions related to the notes
or net operating loss carryforwards.
U.S. federal income tax law may postpone or limit our deduction of interest or
original issue discount. See "U.S. Federal Tax Considerations--Applicable High
Yield Discount Obligations." U.S. federal income tax law limits the use of
corporate net operating loss carryforwards following particular ownership
changes in a corporation. This may limit our ability to use the net operating
loss carryforwards we have experienced or acquired to date to reduce future tax
liabilities.
-23-
<PAGE>
If we become bankrupt, you may not be able to collect the stated redemption
price at maturity of the notes, and you may recognize taxable gain for any
amounts you do collect.
If a bankruptcy case were commenced by or against us under the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code, your claim with respect to the principal amount of the notes may be
limited to an amount equal to the sum of the initial offering price and that
portion of the original issue discount that is not deemed to constitute
unmatured interest for purposes of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Any original issue
discount that had not amortized as of the date of any bankruptcy filing could
constitute unmatured interest for purposes of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. To the
extent that the U.S. Bankruptcy Code differs from the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 in determining the method of amortization of original issue discount, you
may recognize taxable gain or loss upon payment of the your claim in bankruptcy
with respect to the notes.
We may not be able to satisfy our obligations owed to you upon a change of
control.
If we experience a change of control, you will have the right under the
indenture to require us to repurchase your notes at a price equal to 101% of the
accreted value of the notes or the principal amount at maturity, as applicable,
together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. Events
which would constitute a change of control under the indenture may also
constitute a default under our senior credit facilities. In addition, our senior
credit facilities effectively prevent our repurchase of the notes in the event
of our change of control unless we repay all amounts outstanding under our
senior credit facilities in full. Our failure to repurchase the notes would be a
default under the indenture, which would be a default under our senior credit
facilities. The inability to repay all indebtedness outstanding under our senior
credit facilities upon acceleration would also be a default under the indenture.
Any default under our senior credit facilities or the indenture would strain our
finances as well as hurt the market price of the notes. In the event of a change
of control, we may not have sufficient assets to satisfy all obligations under
our senior credit facilities and the indenture. Any debt we incur in the future
may also prohibit events or transactions that would constitute a change of
control under the indenture. See "Our Indebtedness--Senior Credit Facilities"
and "Description of the Notes--Change of Control."
This prospectus contains statements that are not statements of fact, and these
statements may be incorrect.
All statements in this prospectus that are not statements of historical facts
are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements concern our strategy,
future operations, technical capabilities, construction plan and schedule,
commercial operations schedule, funding needs, prospective acquisitions ,
financing sources, pricing, future regulatory approvals, markets, size of
markets for wireless communications services, financial position, estimated
revenues, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management, as
well as information concerning expected actions of third parties such as
equipment suppliers, service providers and roaming partners, and expected
characteristics of competing systems. Forward-looking statements are inherently
speculative, and they may be incorrect. Our business, operations and financial
results may differ materially from the expectations expressed or implied in the
forward-looking statements in this prospectus. Do not place undue reliance on
any forward-looking statements.
We make several assumptions when we describe our financial position which may be
incorrect, which may mean we need more capital than we anticipate.
The following information comprises forward-looking statements:
. the information described under "Business--Network
Development," other than historical information;
. the statements in this prospectus regarding the years during
which we expect to continue to incur significant operating losses
and to generate negative cash flow from operating activities; and
-24-
<PAGE>
. the statements in this prospectus regarding our anticipated
capital needs.
. We base these statements upon the following assumptions,
among others:
. we will not incur any unanticipated costs in the
construction of our network;
. we will be able to compete successfully in each of our
markets;
. demand for our services will meet wireless communications
industry projections;
. our network will satisfy the requirements described in our
agreements with AT&T and support the services we expect to
provide;
. the capacity of our network will be sufficient to meet the
level of service reflected in our business plan;
. we will be successful in working with AT&T and the other
SunCom companies, as well as with other providers of wireless
communications services and roaming partners, to ensure effective
marketing of our network and the services we intend to offer;
. there will be no change in any governmental regulation or
the administration of existing governmental regulations that
requires a material change in the operation of our business; and
. there will be no change in any of our material contracts
that adversely affects us.
These assumptions may be incorrect. If one or more of these assumptions is
incorrect, our actual business, operations and financial results may differ
materially from the expectations, expressed or implied, in the forward-looking
statements.
If holders fail to exchange the outstanding notes for the exchange notes, it may
weaken the market for the exchange notes, and there may be no market for the
remaining outstanding notes.
To the extent remaining outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the
exchange offer, the trading market for tendered but unaccepted outstanding notes
could be adversely affected due to the limited amount, or "float," of the
outstanding notes that are expected to remain outstanding following the exchange
offer. Generally, a lower "float" of a security could result in less demand to
purchase the security and could result in lower prices for the security. For
the same reasons, to the extent that a large amount of the outstanding notes are
not tendered or are tendered and not accepted in the exchange offer, the trading
market for the exchange notes could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange
Offer" and "Plan of Distribution."
-25-
<PAGE>
There is no public market for the notes and there are restrictions on the resale
of the notes.
As of this date, the only registered holder of the outstanding notes is Cede &
Co., as the nominee of Depository Trust Company. Prior to the private offering
of the outstanding notes, there had been no market for the notes. The exchange
notes are new securities with no established trading market, and we do not
intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange. The exchange notes
may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon
prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our performance
and other factors. Chase Securities Inc., one of the initial purchasers of the
outstanding notes, is not obligated to make a market in the notes, and may
discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice. In
addition, Chase Securities Inc. may limit any market-making activities during
the exchange offer and the pendency of the shelf registration statement. We
cannot assure that a liquid market for the notes will develop. See "The Exchange
Offer" and "Plan of Distribution."
-26-
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. The net proceeds
from the offering of the outstanding notes, after deducting the initial
purchasers' discounts and estimated fees and expenses payable by us, were
approximately $317.0 million. We intend to use:
. approximately $317.0 million of remaining net proceeds from the offering
of the outstanding notes;
. approximately $205.3 million of proceeds from sales of our equity
securities;
. approximately $487.6 million of borrowings under our senior credit
facilities;
. approximately $55.0 million of vendor financing provided by Lucent;
and
. internally generated cash,
to fund:
. approximately $555.2 million of capital expenditures;
. acquisitions of PCS licenses for approximately $123.0 million; and
operating losses and other working capital requirements, including debt
service and acquisition and financing closing costs, of approximately
$386.7 million.
We also received approximately $148.0 million of PCS licenses and agreements
in exchange for our common and preferred stock.
See "Business--Network Development" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
The vendor financing that we repaid with the proceeds from the sale of the
outstanding notes consisted of series B junior subordinated notes due 2012 with
an interest rate of 10%, increasing by 1.5% per year starting on January 1,
2001. We were required to redeem the Lucent series B notes following a change of
control and with any proceeds from offerings of high yield debt in excess of $80
million. See "Our Indebtedness--Vendor Financing."
-27-
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth as of June 30, 1999,
(1) our historical capitalization and
(2) our capitalization giving pro forma effect to the Viper Wireless, Inc.
transaction,
derived from our unaudited pro forma balance sheet included elsewhere in this
prospectus. This table should be read together with "Selected Historical and Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our Consolidated Financial
Statements and the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of June 30,
1999
------------------------
Actual Pro Forma
------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
(dollars in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents................................................ $ 151.4 $ 136.6
Debt:
Government license obligations (a).................................. $ 17.2 $ 17.2
Senior credit facilities (b)........................................ 225.0 225.0
Senior subordinated notes (c)....................................... 334.8 334.8
Vendor financing (d)................................................ 41.7 41.7
------- ---------
Total debt..................................................... 618.7 618.7
------- ---------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (e)............................... 342.4 368.2
Preferred stock subscriptions receivable and other items (f)........ (103.2) (129.0)
------- ---------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, net.................... 239.2 239.2
Stockholders' deficit (g)................................................ (152.6) (152.6)
------- ---------
Total capitalization..................................................... $ 705.3 $ 705.3
======= =========
</TABLE>
______________
(a) This debt is shown on our balance sheet net of discounts of $3.5 million
reflecting the below market interest rate on the debt.
-28-
<PAGE>
(b) Our senior credit facilities provide up to $525.0 million of term loan and
revolving credit financing. As of June 30, 1999, we had drawn $225.0 million
under our senior credit facilities. See "Our Indebtedness--Senior Credit
Facilities."
(c) Represents the gross proceeds of $327.6 million from the sale of 11 5/8%
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009 on April 23, 1999, plus accrued
interest of $7.2 million added to the principal of the senior subordinated
notes through June 30, 1999.
(d) As of June 30, 1999, the total amount of series A notes outstanding was
$41.7 million, including $1.4 million of interest paid-in-kind, plus $0.3
million of additional accrued interest. In connection with the acquisition
of licenses and related assets from AT&T in Puerto Rico, Lucent has
committed to purchase $15.0 million of additional junior subordinated notes.
Lucent has also committed to purchase up to an additional $65.0 million of
the notes in connection with our development of new markets. See "Our
Indebtedness--Vendor Financing."
(e) Represents mandatorily redeemable preferred stock issued or to be issued to
AT&T, Chase Capital Partners, Desai Capital Management Incorporated, Hoak
Capital Corporation, J.H. Whitney III, L.P., M/C Partners, Entergy
Corporation, Northwood Ventures, LLC, One Liberty Ventures, LLC, Toronto
Dominion Capital (USA), Wireless 2000, Digital PCS and stockholders of
TeleCorp Holding.
(f) Preferred stock subscriptions receivable and other items is comprised of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of June 30, 1999
----------------------------------
Actual Pro Forma
----------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred Compensation.............................................. $ (283,827) $ (283,827)
Preferred stock subscriptions receivable........................... (103,000,531) (128,763,413)
------------- -------------
$(103,284,358) $(129,047,240)
============= =============
</TABLE>
(g) Stockholders' deficit is comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of June 30, 1999
----------------------------------
Actual Pro Forma
---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Series F preferred stock........................................... $ 443 $ 482
Common stock....................................................... 2,206 2,425
Additional paid-in capital......................................... 347,432 413,091
Deferred compensation.............................................. (13,133) (13,133)
Common stock subscriptions receivable.............................. (190,990) (256,908)
</TABLE>
-29-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Accumulated deficit................................................ (152,775,947) (152,775,947)
------------- -------------
$(152,629,989) $(152,635,804)
============= =============
</TABLE>
-30-
<PAGE>
SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The selected historical consolidated financial information presented below as
of December 31, 1997, and 1998 and as of June 30, 1999, for the period from
inception on July 29, 1996 to December 31, 1996, for the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1998, and for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1999, has been
derived from our consolidated financial statements and the related notes
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of December 31,
1996 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not
included in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of
June 30, 1999, are derived from the unaudited pro forma financial data included
elsewhere in this prospectus, and give effect to our Viper Wireless, Inc.
transaction, as if it had occurred on June 30, 1999. The selected historical and
pro forma data below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited
and unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes to the statements and
our unaudited pro forma balance sheet and notes to the balance sheet included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the period July 29, For the year ended
1996 (inception) to December 31, For the year ended
December 31, 1996 1997 December 31,
(Predecessor) (Predecessor) 1998
----------------------- ------------------ ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statements of Operations Data:
Service revenue......................... $ - $ - $ -
Equipment revenue....................... - - -
Roaming revenue......................... - - 29,231
----------------------- ------------------ ------------------
Total revenue........................... - - 29,231
----------------------- ------------------ ------------------
Operating expense:
Cost of revenue.................... - - -
Operations and development......... - - 9,772,485
Selling and marketing.............. 9,747 304,062 6,324,666
General and administrative......... 515,146 2,637,035 26,239,119
Depreciation and amortization...... 75 10,625 1,583,864
----------------------- ------------------ ------------------
Total operating expense....... 524,968 2,951,722 43,920,134
----------------------- ------------------ ------------------
Operating loss................ (524,968) (2,951,722) (43,890,903)
Other (income) expense:
Interest expense................... - 396,362 11,934,263
Interest income.................... - (12,914) (4,697,233)
Other expense...................... - - 27,347
----------------------- ------------------ ------------------
Net loss.............................. (524,968) (3,335,170) (51,155,280)
Accretion of mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock............. (288,959) (725,557) (8,566,922)
----------------------- ------------------ ------------------
<CAPTION>
For the six month For the six
period ended month period ended
June 30, 1998 June 30, 1999
(unaudited) (unaudited)
----------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Statements of Operations Data:
Service revenue......................... $ - $ 6,232,355
Equipment revenue....................... - 5,648,966
Roaming revenue......................... - 9,486,916
----------------------- ------------------
Total revenue........................... - 21,368,237
----------------------- ------------------
Operating expense:
Cost of revenue.................... - 10,106,968
Operations and development......... 1,214,372 15,498,104
Selling and marketing.............. 1,095,361 20,924,712
General and administrative......... 6,873,306 22,440,887
Depreciation and amortization...... 16,491,374
----------------------- ------------------
Total operating expense....... 9,279,184 85,462,045
----------------------- ------------------
Operating loss................ (9,279,184) (64,093,808)
Other (income) expense:
Interest expense................... 445,204 17,107,514
Interest income.................... (140,338) (3,064,606)
Other expense...................... 3,818 146,675
----------------------- ------------------
Net loss...................... (9,587,868) (78,283,391)
Accretion of mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock............. (207,217) (9,895,700)
----------------------- ------------------
</TABLE>
-31-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net loss attributable to common equity.......... $ (813,927) $(4,060,727) $(59,722,202) $(9,795,085) $ (88,179,091)
============= =========== ============ =========== =============
Other Data:
Deficiency of earnings to fixed charges(a) $ (524,968) $(3,466,567) $(53,210,323) $(9,966,808) $ (82,704,453)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31, As of December
31, 1996 31, 1997
(Predecessor) (Predecessor)
----------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents........................................ $ 51,646 $ 2,566,685
Property and equipment, net...................................... 829 3,609,274
Personal communications services licenses and microwave
relocation costs............................................. - 10,018,375
Intangible assets -AT&T Agreements, net.......................... - -
Total assets..................................................... 7,574,352 16,294,475
Total debt....................................................... 498,750 12,608,395
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock........................... 7,788,959 4,144,340
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, net (b)(c) (d)........... 7,788,959 4,144,340
Total stockholders' deficit...................................... $ (811,927) $(4,873,798)
<CAPTION>
As of December
31, 998 As of June 30, 1999
---------------- -------------------------------
Actual Pro Forma
-------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents......................................... $111,732,841 $ 151,437,828 $ 136,621,656
Property and equipment, net....................................... 197,468,622 320,604,414 320,604,414
Personal communications services licenses and microwave
relocation costs.............................................. 118,107,256 201,817,136 234,103,136
Intangible assets -AT&T Agreements, net........................... 26,285,612 42,819,132 42,819,132
Total assets...................................................... 466,644,032 777,474,589 777,474,589
Total debt........................................................ 243,385,066 618,687,300 618,687,300
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock............................ 240,408,879 342,435,903 368,198,785
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, net (b)(c) (d)............ 164,490,706 239,151,545 239,151,545
Total stockholders' deficit....................................... $(64,499,968) $(152,629,989) $(152,629,989)
</TABLE>
________________________
(a) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing fixed charges
into income before taxes plus fixed charges plus amortization of interest
capitalized less interest capitalized. Fixed charges includes interest
expense, interest capitalized, amortization of debt expense and one-third of
rental expense attributable to the interest factor. On this basis, earnings
before fixed charges for the period ended December 31, 1996, for the years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1998
and 1999 were not adequate to cover fixed charges . In view of the Company's
limited operating history and future additional interest and amortization
charges due to the new debt issued, the deficiencies of earnings to cover
fixed charges should not be considered indicative of future deficiency of
earnings.
(b) Net of treasury stock, deferred compensation and preferred stock
subscription receivable of $8, $4,111, and $75,914,054 respectively, as of
December 31, 1998.
(c) Net of deferred compensation and preferred stock subscription receivable of
$283,827 and $103,000,531, respectively, as of June 30, 1999.
(d) Net of deferred compensation and preferred stock subscription receivable of
$283,827 and $128,763,413, respectively, as of June 30, 1999 on a pro forma
basis.
-32-
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
History
TeleCorp Holding was incorporated on July 29, 1996 to participate in the FCC's
auction of PCS licenses in April 1997 as a designated entity and very small
business, as defined by the FCC. TeleCorp Holding obtained PCS licenses in the
New Orleans, Memphis, Beaumont and Little Rock BTAs, which are basic trading
areas into which the FCC has divided PCS licensing. Other licenses that were
subsequently transferred to unrelated entities.
TeleCorp PCS, Inc. was incorporated on November 14, 1997 by the controlling
stockholders of TeleCorp Holding. In January 1998, we entered into a venture
with AT&T under which AT&T contributed PCS licenses to us in exchange for an
equity interest in TeleCorp and sold additional PCS licenses to us for $21.0
million. In July 1998, we received final FCC approval for the venture and, in
connection with the completion of the venture, we entered into exclusivity,
licensing, roaming and long distance agreements. We are AT&T's exclusive
provider of facilities-based mobile wireless communications services in our
licensed markets and we use the AT&T brand name and logo together with the
SunCom name and logo, giving equal emphasis to each. In addition, TeleCorp
Holding became our wholly owned subsidiary.
In the first quarter of 1999, we commenced commercial operations in each of
our major mainland U.S. markets, after having launched our New Orleans market
for roaming services in late December 1998. We launched our service in our
Puerto Rico markets on June 30, 1999. Accordingly, for periods prior to 1999 we
were a development stage company.
We acquired licenses covering the Baton Rouge, Houma, Hammond and Lafayette,
Louisiana BTAs from Digital PCS, for $2.3 million of our common and preferred
stock and the assumption of $4.1 million of debt owed to the U.S. government
related to these licenses. This debt is shown on our balance sheet net of a
discount of $1.1 million reflecting the below market interest rate on the debt.
We also acquired a license and related assets covering the San Juan MTA from
AT&T. An MTA is a major trading area into which the FCC has divided PCS
licensing, and is larger than a BTA. On May 24, 1999, we sold to AT&T $40.0
million of our preferred stock. On May 25, 1999, we purchased the license and
related assets from AT&T for $96.0 million in cash. In addition, we reimbursed
AT&T $3.2 million for microwave relocation and $0.5 million for other expenses
it incurred in connection with such acquisition. Microwave relocation entails
transferring business and public safety agencies from radio spectrum to spectrum
near our PCS licenses. In addition, we acquired licenses covering the
Alexandria, Lake Charles and Monroe, Louisiana BTAs from Wireless 2000, for
approximately $0.4 million of common and preferred stock, the assumption of $7.4
million of debt owed to the U.S. government related to these licenses, $0.2
million in cash in connection with microwave relocation and $0.4 million in
reimbursement of interest paid on government debt related to the license. The
U.S. government debt is shown on our balance sheet net of a discount of $1.3
million reflecting the below market interest rate on the debt.
We participated in the FCC's reauction of licenses for additional access to
selected airwave frequencies, known as spectrum, through Viper Wireless. On
April 20, 1999, the FCC announced that Viper Wireless was the high bidder for
additional spectrum in New Orleans, Houma and Alexandria, Louisiana, San Juan,
Puerto Rico, Jackson, Tennessee and Beaumont, Texas. The FCC has granted us all
of these licenses except those in Houma and New Orleans, Louisiana, because a
petition was filed by some of the secured creditors of the previous license
holders against the application of Viper Wireless for the Houma and New Orleans
licenses.
-33-
<PAGE>
Viper Wireless filed an opposition to the petition on June 15, 1999.
At present, TeleCorp Holding owns 85% of Viper Wireless, and Mr. Vento and Mr.
Sullivan together own the remaining 15%. Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan together
have voting control over Viper Wireless. AT&T and some of our cash equity
investors have committed an aggregate of up to $32.3 million in exchange for
additional shares of our preferred and common stock.
From time to time, we may enter into discussions regarding the acquisition of
other licenses, including swapping our licenses for those of other license
holders.
Pricing trends
It appears that the wireless industry is experiencing a general trend towards
offering rate plans containing larger buckets of minutes and lower handset
pricing. This is expected to result in decreases in gross average revenue per
user and gross revenue per minute.
We have autonomy in determining our pricing plans. We have developed our
pricing plans to be competitive and to emphasize the advantages of our
offerings. We may discount our pricing in order to obtain customers or in
response to downward pricing in the market for wireless commmunications
services.
Revenue
We derive our revenue from:
. Service. We sell wireless PCS. The various types of service
revenue associated with wireless communications service for our
subscribers include monthly recurring charges and monthly non-
recurring airtime charges for local, long distance and roaming airtime
used in excess of pre-subscribed usage. Our customers' roaming charges
are rate plan dependent, based on the number of pooled minutes
included in their plans. Service revenue also includes monthly non-
recurring airtime usage associated with our prepaid subscribers and
non-recurring activation and de-activation service charges.
. Equipment. We sell wireless personal communications handsets and
accessories that are used by our customers in connection with our
wireless services.
. Roaming. We charge monthly non-recurring fees to other wireless
companies whose customers use our network facilities to place and
receive wireless services.
It is expected that as our customer base grows, there will be a significant
change in our gross revenue mix. As a result, service revenue is expected to
increase while roaming revenues and equipment sales are expected to decrease, as
a percent of gross revenue. Roaming minutes on our network are expected to
increase as AT&T and other carriers increase the number of subscribers on their
networks. It is expected that reciprocal roaming rates charged between us and
other carriers will decrease.
Cost of Revenue
Equipment. We purchase personal communications handsets and accessories from
third party vendors to resell to our customers for use in connection with our
services. Equipment cost of revenue for phone handsets will continue to
approximate equipment revenue. The cost of handsets is inherently higher than
the resale price to the customer. We record the excess cost as a sales and
marketing operational expense. We do not manufacture any of this equipment.
Roaming Fees. We pay fees to other wireless communications companies based on
airtime usage of our customers on other communications networks. We do not have
any significant minimum purchase requirements.
Clearinghouse Fees. We pay fees to an independent clearinghouse for
processing our call data records and performing monthly inter-carrier financial
settlements for all charges that we pay to other wireless companies when our
customers use their network, and that other wireless companies pay to us when
their customers use our network. We do not have any significant minimum purchase
requirements.
Variable Interconnect. We pay monthly non-recurring charges associated with
the connection of our network with other carriers' networks. These fees are
based on minutes of use by our customers. This is known as interconnection. We
do not have any significant minimum purchase requirements.
Variable Long Distance. We pay monthly non-recurring usage charges to other
communications companies for long distance service provided to our customers.
These variable charges are based on our subscribers' usage, applied at pre-
negotiated rates with the other carriers. We do not have any significant minimum
purchase requirements.
-34-
<PAGE>
Operating Expense
Operations and development. Our operations and development expense includes
all employee-based charges, including engineering operations and support, field
technicians, network implementation support, product development, and
engineering management. This expense also includes monthly recurring charges
directly associated with the maintenance of network facilities and equipment.
Selling and marketing. Our selling and marketing expense includes all
employee based charges, including brand management, external communications,
retail distribution, sales training, direct, indirect, third party and
telemarketing support. In addition to employee based charges, we also record the
excess cost of handsets over the resale price as a cost of selling and
marketing. We distribute our products and services through direct and indirect
sales efforts, agents and telemarketing. Our direct sales and marketing efforts
focus on attracting and retaining small, medium and large business customers in
our target markets. We sell through company owned retail stores, indirect sales
partners, third party agents and parties that purchase and resell PCS from
carriers to the public in an effort to efficiently increase our consumer based
subscribers.
General and administrative. Our general and administrative expense includes
all employee based charges, including customer support, billing, information
technology, finance, accounting and legal services. Functions such as customer
support, billing, finance, accounting and legal services are likely to remain
centralized in order to achieve economies of scale.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment is
computed using the straight-line method, generally over three to ten years,
based upon estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the
lesser of the useful lives of the assets or the term of the lease. Network
development costs incurred to ready our network for use are capitalized.
Amortization of network development costs begins when the network equipment is
ready for its intended use and will be amortized over its estimated useful life
ranging from five to ten years.
Capital expenditures. Our principal capital requirements for deployment of
our wireless network include installation of digital equipment and, to a lesser
extent, site development work.
Interest Income (Expense). Interest income is earned primarily on our cash
and cash equivalents. Interest expense through June 30, 1999 consists of
interest due on our senior credit facilities, vendor financing, and debt owed to
the U.S. government related to our licenses.
Results of Operations
Six Months ended June 30, 1999 Compared to Six Months ended June 30, 1998
For the six months ended June 30, 1999, service revenue was approximately $6.2
million, equipment revenue totaled approximately $5.6 million and roaming
revenue was approximately $9.5 million. We began offering wireless services in
each of our major markets in the first quarter of 1999 and a large portion of
our revenue resulted from servicing AT&T's roaming customers in these markets.
We generated no revenue for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
Cost of revenue, consisting mainly of cost of equipment and fees paid to other
wireless companies when our customers use their networks, for the six months
ended June 30, 1999 was approximately $10.1 million. We did not generate any
cost for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
Operations and development expense for the six months ended June 30, 1999 was
approximately $15.5 million, as compared to approximately $1.2 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1998. This expense was primarily related to the
engineering and operating staff required to implement and operate our network.
The increase in operations and development expense
-35-
<PAGE>
is mainly due to the commercial launch of our networks during the first half of
1999, primarily for expenses related to engineering and operating staff.
Selling and marketing expense for the six months ended June 30, 1999 was
approximately $20.9 million, as compared to approximately $1.1 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1998. This increase was due to salary and benefits for
sales and marketing staff, as well as market research. The increase in sales and
marketing expense is mainly due to beginning services in our domestic markets
during the six months ended June 30, 1999.
General and administrative expense for the six months ended June 30, 1999 was
approximately $22.4 million, as compared to approximately $6.9 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1998. The increase was due to the development and
growth of infrastructure and staffing related to information technology,
customer care and other administrative functions incurred in conjunction with
the commercial launch of our markets during the six months ended June 30,
1999.
Depreciation and amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 1999
was approximately $16.5 million, as compared to approximately $96,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 1998. This increase was due to our commencing our
wireless network resulting in the depreciation of our fixed assets, as well as
the initiation of amortization on PCS licenses and AT&T agreements.
Interest expense, net of interest income, for the six months ended June 30,
1999 was approximately $14.0 million, as compared to approximately $305,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 1998. This increase in interest expenses was
related to borrowings under our senior credit facilities of $225.0 million and
the issuance of $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes under the
vendor financing provided by Lucent.
Year ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year ended December 31, 1997
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 1998 was $29,231. This revenue
resulted from servicing AT&T's roaming customers in our Louisiana markets. We
began offering wireless services in each of our major markets in the first
quarter of 1999. We generated no revenue for the year ended 1997.
Operations and development expense for the year ended December 31, 1998 was
approximately $9.8 million. This expense was primarily related to an increase in
engineering and operating staff devoted to the implementation of future
operations of our network. There was no operations and development expense for
the year ended December 31, 1997.
Selling and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 1998 was
approximately $6.3 million, as compared to approximately $0.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997. This increase was due to salary and benefits for
sales and marketing staff as well as market research. The year-over-year
increase was due to the increase in corporate and regional sales and marketing
staff in order to prepare for domestic market launches in the first quarter of
1999.
General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 1998 was
approximately $26.2 million, as compared to approximately $2.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997. The year-over-year increase was due to the
development and growth of infrastructure and staffing related to information
technology, customer care and other administrative functions incurred in the
preparation for commercial launch of our markets in the first quarter of 1999.
Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 1998 was
approximately $1.6 million, as compared to approximately $11,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1997. This expense was related to depreciation of furniture,
fixtures and office equipment, as well as the initiation of amortization on AT&T
agreements.
-36-
<PAGE>
Interest expense, net of interest income, for the year ended December 31, 1998
was approximately $7.2 million, as compared to approximately $0.4 million for
the year ended December 31, 1997. This interest expense was related to notes
payable to shareholders and affiliates. This increase in interest expense was
related to borrowings under the senior credit facilities of $225.0 million and
the issuance of $10.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes under the
vendor financing provided by Lucent.
From July 29, 1996 (inception) to December 31, 1996
Selling and marketing expense and general and administrative expense for the
period from July 29, 1996 (inception) to December 31, 1996 was approximately
$0.5 million, which were associated with salary, benefits and expenses of
administrative personnel, as well as legal and other costs associated with the
formation of TeleCorp.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since inception, our activities have consisted principally of:
. hiring a management team;
. raising capital;
. negotiating strategic business relationships;
. planning and participating in the PCS auction;
. initiating research and development;
. conducting market research; and
. developing our wireless services offering and network.
We have been relying on the proceeds from borrowings and issuances of capital
stock, rather than revenues, for our primary sources of cash flow. We began
commercial operations in December 1998 and began earning recurring revenues by
the end of the first quarter of 1999.
Cash and cash equivalents totaled $151.4 million at June 30, 1999, as compared
to $111.7 million at December 31, 1998. This increase was the result of incoming
cash provided by financing activities of $407.6 million, offset by $49.5 million
of cash used in operating activities and $318.4 million of cash used in network
development and investing activities.
During the six months ended June 30,1999, we increased long-term debt , net of
accrued interest, by $357.6 million and received $64.2 million of preferred
stock proceeds and receipt of preferred stock subscriptions receivable. Cash
outlays for capital expenditures required to develop and construct our network
totaled $203.2 million and we were required to deposit $28.9 million with the
FCC for PCS licenses during the six months ended June 30, 1999. Cash used in
operating activities of $49.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1999
resulted from a net loss of $78.3 million that was partially offset by non-cash
charges of $26.1 million and changes in assets and liabilities of $2.7
million.
From inception through June 1998, our primary source of financing was notes
issued to our stockholders. In July 1996, we issued $0.5 million of subordinated
promissory notes totalling $2.8 million to our stockholders. We converted these
notes into 50 shares of our series A preferred stock in April 1997. In December
1997, we issued various promissory notes to our stockholders. We converted these
notes into mandatorily redeemable preferred stock in July 1998. From January 1
to June 30, 1998, we borrowed approximately $22.5 million in the form of
promissory notes to existing and prospective
-37-
<PAGE>
stockholders to satisfy working capital needs. We converted these notes into
equity of TeleCorp in July 1998 in connection with the completion of the venture
with AT&T.
In connection with completion of the venture with AT&T, we received
unconditional and irrevocable equity commitments from our stockholders in the
aggregate amount of $128.0 million in return for the issuance of preferred and
common stock. As of June 30, 1999, approximately $55.5 million of the equity
commitments had been funded. The remaining equity commitments will be funded in
an installment of $36.3 million in July 2000 and $36.2 million in July
2001.
We received additional irrevocable equity commitments from our stockholders in
the aggregate amount of $5.0 million in return for the issuance of preferred and
common stock in connection with the Digital PCS acquisition. Our stockholders
funded $2.2 million of these equity commitments on April 30, 1999, and will fund
$1.4 million in each of July 2000 and July 2001.
We have received additional irrevocable equity commitments from our
stockholders in the aggregate amount of approximately $40.0 million in return
for the issuance of preferred and common stock in connection with the Puerto
Rico acquisition. We received $12.0 million of these commitments on May 24,
1999, and $6.0 million will be funded in December 1999 and $11.0 million will be
funded on each of May 24, 2000 and May 24, 2001.
We also received irrevocable equity commitments from our stockholders in the
amount of approximately $32.3 million in connection with Viper Wireless'
participation in the FCC's reauction of PCS licenses. We received approximately
$6.5 million of these equity commitments on May 14, 1999 and approximately $11.0
million on July 15, 1999, and the remaining approximately $14.8 million will be
available when we make payments to the FCC with respect to these licenses or if
the FCC does not refund amounts we paid to them as deposits in connection with
the reauction within 180 days of the date of the deposit. In the aggregate, we
have obtained $205.3 million of equity commitments.
In July 1998, we entered into senior credit facilities with a group of lenders
for an aggregate amount of $525.0 million. Our senior credit facilities provide
for:
. a $150.0 million senior secured term loan that matures in January
2007,
. a $225.0 million senior secured term loan that matures in January
2008,
. a $150.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility that matures
in January 2007, and
. an uncommitted $75.0 million senior secured term loan in the form of
an expansion facility.
We must repay the term loans in quarterly installments, beginning in September
2002, and the commitments to make loans under the revolving credit facility are
automatically and permanently reduced beginning in April 2005. As of June 30,
1999, $225.0 million had been drawn under the senior credit facilities. See "Our
Indebtedness--Senior Credit Facilities."
In May 1998, we entered into a vendor procurement contract with Lucent, under
which we agreed to purchase radio, switching and related equipment and services
for the development of our network. Lucent agreed to provide us with $80.0
million of junior subordinated vendor financing. This $80.0 million consisted of
$40.0 million aggregate principal amount of increasing rate Lucent series A
notes due 2012 and $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of increasing rate
Lucent series B notes due 2012.
As of June 30, 1999, we had outstanding approximately $41.7 million of the
Lucent series A notes, including $1.6 million of Lucent series A notes issued as
payment in kind, plus $0.1 million of additional accrued interest. The $41.7
million principal amount of Lucent series A notes is subject to mandatory
prepayment on a dollar for dollar basis out of the proceeds of future equity
offerings in excess of $130.0 million.
-38-
<PAGE>
Lucent has agreed to make available up to an additional $80.0 million of
junior subordinated vendor financing in amounts of up to 30% of the value of
equipment, software and services provided by Lucent in connection with any
additional markets we acquire. Any notes purchased under this facility would be
divided equally between Lucent series A and series B notes. As a result of the
markets acquired in connection with the Puerto Rico acquisition, we have $15.0
million of availability under this facility, consisting of $7.5 million of
Lucent series A notes and $7.5 million of Lucent series B notes. The terms of
these Lucent series A and series B notes are identical to the terms of the
original Lucent series A and series B notes, with the exception of their
maturities. These notes will mature 6 months after the maturity of the notes. In
the event we acquire any new markets, we would have up to an additional $65.0
million available to us under this facility. See "Our Indebtedness--Vendor
Financing."
Below is a table of capital commitment to us:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------
Capital commitments Amount
-----------------------------------------------------
(in millions)
-----------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Senior credit facility $ 525.0
-----------------------------------------------------
Senior subordinated discount notes 327.6
-----------------------------------------------------
Cash equity 205.3
-----------------------------------------------------
Non-cash equity 148.0
-----------------------------------------------------
Vendor financing 80.0
-----------------------------------------------------
$1,285.9
-----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
As of June 30, 1999, we have approximately $20.7 million of debt owed to the
U.S. government related to our licenses. This debt is shown on our balance sheet
at $17.2 million net of discounts of $3.5 million reflecting the below market
interest rates on the debt. As of June 30, 1999, we owe the U.S. government $9.2
million less a discount of $1.1 million, for the acquisition of PCS licenses in
New Orleans, Memphis, Beaumont and Little Rock obtained during the 1997 auction.
The terms of the notes include: an interest rate of 6.25%, quarter interest
payments which commenced in July 1998 and continue for the one year thereafter,
then quarterly principal and interest payments for the remaining 9 years. The
promissory notes are collateralized by the underlying PCS licenses.
During the six months ended June 30, 1999, we completed the acquisition of
additional PCS licenses from Digital PCS, Inc. and Wireless 2000, Inc. As part
of these acquisitions, we assumed additional U.S. government financing with the
FCC amounting to $11.5 million, less a discount of $2.4 million. The terms of
the notes include an interest rate of 6.125% for notes assumed from Digital PCS,
Inc. and 7.00% for notes assumed from Wireless 2000, Inc., quarterly interest
payments for a two-year period and then quarterly principal and interest
payments for the remaining eight years.
In May 1998, we entered into a vendor procurement contract with Lucent under
which we will purchase up to $285.0 million of radio, switching and related
equipment and services for the development of our wireless communications
network. Through June 30, 1999, we have purchased approximately $130.9 million
of equipment and services from Lucent.
We have operating leases primarily related to retail store locations,
distribution outlets, office space and rent for our network development. The
terms of some of the leases include a reduction of rental payments and scheduled
rent increases at specified intervals during the term of the leases. We are
recognizing rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease,
which establishes deferred rent on the balance sheet. As of December 31, 1998,
the aggregate minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases
are as follow:
. Rental expense, which is recorded ratably over the lease terms, was
approximately $2,000, $157,000, and $3.2 million for the period ended
December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.
We have entered into a series of agreements for software licenses, consulting,
transition support and maintenance with various vendors. The total future
commitments under the agreements is approximately $6.0 million as of December
31, 1998.
We have entered into letters of credit to facilitate local business
activities. We are liable under the letters of credit for nonperformance of
certain criteria under the individual contracts. The total amount of outstanding
letters of credit was $1.4 million at December 31, 1998. The outstanding letters
of credit reduce the amount available to be drawn under our senior credit
facility.
From inception through December 31, 1998, cash outlays for capital
expenditures were approximately $108.7 million. The continued construction of
our network and the marketing and distribution of wireless communications
products and services will require substantial additional capital. We will incur
significant amounts of debt to implement our business plan and will be highly
leveraged. We estimate that our total capital requirements from our inception
until December 31, 2002 will be approximately $1.2 billion. These requirements
include:
. license acquisition costs;
. capital expenditures for network construction;
. operating cash flow losses and other working capital costs;
. debt service; and
. closing fees and expenses.
Capital expenditures from inception to June 30, 1999 were approximately $311.9
million. We estimate that capital expenditures will total approximately $285.0
million for the year ended December 31, 1999.
We believe that the capital raised to date, which includes proceeds from the
offering of the outstanding notes and the funding of the irrevocable equity
commitments from our stockholders will be sufficient to meet our projected
capital requirements through December 31, 2002. Our ability to meet our capital
requirements is subject to our ability to construct our network and obtain
customers in accordance with our plans and assumptions and a number of other
risks and uncertainties including those discussed under the heading "Risk
Factors." There can be no assurance that the development of our network will be
completed as projected or that we will be able to generate positive cash flow.
If any of our projections are incorrect, we may not be able to meet our
projected capital requirements.
The agreements we have entered into with AT&T contain requirements regarding
the construction of our network. In many instances, these requirements are more
stringent than those imposed by the FCC. If we fail to meet AT&T's
requirements, AT&T could terminate the exclusivity of our relationship. The
construction of the remainder of our network involves risks of unanticipated
costs and delays. We will need to timely complete the construction of additional
phases of our network to meet AT&T's development requirements. See "Business -
Network Development and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions - AT&T
Agreements."
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
We are not exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates since all of our
services are invoiced in U.S. dollars. We are exposed to the impact of interest
rate changes on our short-term cash investments, consisting of U.S. Treasury
obligations and other investments in respect of institutions with the highest
credit ratings, all of which have maturities of three months or less. These
short term investments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We believe that
-39-
<PAGE>
the impact of a 10% increase or decline in interest rates would not be material
to our investment income.
We use interest rate swaps to hedge the effects of fluctuations in interest
rates on our senior credit facilities. These transactions meet the requirements
for hedge accounting, including designation and correlation. These interest rate
swaps are managed in accordance with our policies and procedures. We do not
enter into these transactions for trading purposes. The resulting gains or
losses, measured by quoted market prices, are accounted for as part of the
transactions being hedged, except that losses not expected to be recovered upon
the completion of hedged transactions are expensed. Gains or losses associated
with interest rate swaps are computed as the difference between the interest
expense per the amount hedged using the fixed rate compared to a floating rate
over the term of the swap agreement. As of June 30, 1999, we have entered into
six interest rate swap agreements totaling $225.0 million to convert our
variable rate debt to fixed rate debt. The interest rate swaps had no material
impact on our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended
December 31, 1998 or the six month period ended June 30, 1999.
Year 2000
The year-2000 issue is the result of computer programs being written using two
digits, rather than four digits, to define the applicable year. Programs that
have time-sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900
rather than the year 2000. This could result in a major system failure or
miscalculations, including an inability to process transactions, send invoices
or engage in similar normal business activities. Because we rely on computer
hardware and software, telecommunications and related service industries are
highly susceptible to the year-2000 issue.
Over the past two years, as we purchased the various components that comprise
our internal information technology systems, we received representations from
our vendors that these components were year-2000 compliant. We have begun the
process of evaluating our information technology systems to verify the accuracy
of the representations made by our vendors. Our costs to date have been
immaterial, and we anticipate that our total costs in evaluating our information
technology system will not exceed $5.0 million, including costs to build the
necessary redundancy into our systems. We expect to complete this evaluation by
the end of the third quarter of 1999.
Our non-information technology systems may also be susceptible to the year-
2000 issues. In particular, our network switches contain embedded components
that are date sensitive. We have received assurances from Lucent that all of our
network hardware purchased from them is year-2000 compliant.
We also depend upon the ability of AT&T, AT&T's roaming partners and
Electronic Data Systems to ensure that their software and equipment are year-
2000 compliant. We rely on AT&T to provide our customers with over-the-air
activation and roaming. We rely on Electronic Data Systems to provide
clearinghouse services.
Although our systems will be year-2000 compliant on a timely basis, there can
be no guarantee that the systems of third parties will be year-2000 compliant on
a timely basis or that their systems will be compatible with our systems. The
greatest risk to our ability to provide communications services is the failure
of our third party service providers to be year-2000 compliant, especially those
third party service providers that provide local access and some of the billing
systems upon which our long distance communications service relies. In the event
one of our third parties is not year-2000 compliant and their noncompliance
affects us, we believe that this effect will cause only a temporary disruption,
if at all, of our service. Thus, although we cannot estimate the material lost
revenue due to this worst case scenario, we do not believe that such losses, if
any, will be significant.
-40-
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
We intend to become a leading provider of digital wireless communications
services in targeted markets in the south-central and northeast United States
and in Puerto Rico. We are the exclusive provider of facilities-based mobile
wireless communications services for AT&T in our markets. TeleCorp was founded
in 1996 by Gerald T. Vento, Thomas H. Sullivan and private equity investors to
acquire strategic PCS licenses. In 1998, we entered into a venture with AT&T in
which AT&T contributed PCS licenses to us in exchange for an equity interest in
our company. In addition, we have the right to use the AT&T brand name and logo
together with our own brand name and logo, giving equal emphasis to each. We are
AT&T's preferred roaming partner in our markets and receive preferred long
distance rates from AT&T.
Our PCS licenses cover a population of approximately 16.0 million, including
those in the major population centers of:
. New Orleans and Baton Rouge, Louisiana;
. Memphis, Tennessee;
. Little Rock, Arkansas;
. Manchester, Concord and Nashua, New Hampshire;
. Worcester, Massachusetts, and San Juan, Puerto Rico; and
. vacation destinations such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands,
Cape Cod and Martha's Vineyard.
As of August 16, 1999, we had over 50,000 subscribers. Our markets have
attractive economic and demographic characteristics and are experiencing strong
growth in use of wireless services. These markets, which attract over 24 million
visitors per year, are major roaming markets for AT&T's customers.
We have successfully launched our services in 15 markets, including all of our
major markets . In December 1998, we began servicing roaming customers in our
Louisiana markets and we carried more than 4.2 million minutes in the first 60
days of operation in those markets. We have a strong distribution presence in
our launched markets with 33 company-owned stores and more than 500 retail
outlets where customers can buy our services. Additionally, we market our
services through business-to-business representatives, telemarketing and the
Internet.
Our goal is to provide our customers with:
. simple, easy-to-use wireless services with coverage across the nation;
. superior call quality;
. personalized customer care; and
. competitive pricing
in the markets we serve. We believe that, as an AT&T affiliate, we will attract
customers through the national brand and coast-to-coast roaming provided by AT&T
and its roaming partners. We have also entered into an agreement with Triton PCS
and Tritel Communications, two other companies similarly affiliated with AT&T,
to adopt SunCom as a common regional brand that is co-branded with AT&T, giving
equal emphasis to each. We and the other SunCom companies are establishing the
SunCom brand as a basis for building a strong regional presence with a service
area covering a population of approximately 43.0 million.
-41-
<PAGE>
Substantially all of our operations are conducted through TeleCorp
Communications and its subsidiaries. Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan provide
supervisory managerial services under a management agreement between TeleCorp
and TeleCorp Management.
Recent Developments
On April 20, 1999, we completed the acquisition of PCS licenses covering the
Baton Rouge, Houma, Hammond and Lafayette, Louisiana BTAs from Digital PCS. As
consideration for these licenses, we issued to Digital PCS $2.3 million of our
common and preferred stock, paid Digital PCS approximately $0.3 million in
reimbursement of interest paid on U.S. government debt related to the licenses
and assumed $4.1 million of debt owed to the U.S. government related to these
licenses. This debt is shown on our balance sheet net of a discount of $0.7
million reflecting the below market interest rate on the debt. These licenses
cover a population of approximately 1.6 million, including a population of 1.2
million in Baton Rouge and Lafayette covered by licenses we already owned. These
licenses also cover areas contiguous to our existing licensed area, including
travel corridors, which provide us with opportunities to expand our covered
area.
On May 25, 1999, we completed the acquisition of a PCS license and related
assets covering the San Juan MTA from AT&T. On May 24, 1999, we sold to AT&T
$40.0 million of our preferred stock. On May 25, 1999, we purchased the license
and related assets from AT&T for $95.0 million in cash. In addition, we
reimbursed AT&T $3.2 million for microwave relocation and $1.5 million for other
expenses it incurred in connection with the acquisition. This license covers a
population of approximately 4.0 million in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands.
On June 2, 1999, we completed the acquisition of PCS licenses covering the
Alexandria, Lake Charles and Monroe, Louisiana BTAs from Wireless 2000. As
consideration for these licenses, we issued to Wireless 2000 approximately $0.4
million of common and preferred stock, paid Wireless 2000 $0.2 million for its
costs for microwave relocation related to the Monroe license, $0.4 million in
reimbursement of interest paid on government debt related to the license and
assumed $7.4 million of debt owed to the U.S. government related to these
licenses. This debt is shown on our balance sheet net of a discount of $1.3
million reflecting the below market interest rate on the debt. These licenses
cover a population of approximately 0.8 million. These licenses also cover areas
contiguous to our existing licensed area, including travel corridors, which
provide us with opportunities to expand our covered area. We have no present
intention to develop the markets covered by the Alexandria and Monroe
licenses.
Our agreements with AT&T were extended to cover these markets, except for a
portion of the Monroe BTA, upon the closing of the Louisiana and Puerto Rico
acquisitions.
From time to time, we may enter into discussions regarding the acquisition of
other PCS licenses, including swapping our licenses for those of other PCS
license holders.
We participated in the FCC's reauction of PCS licenses for additional spectrum
through Viper Wireless. On April 20, 1999, the FCC announced that the reauction
ended, and Viper Wireless was the high bidder for additional spectrum in New
Orleans, Houma and Alexandria, Louisiana, San Juan, Puerto Rico, Jackson,
Tennessee and Beaumont, Texas. The FCC granted us all of these licenses except
those in Houma and New Orleans, Louisiana. On June 3, 1999, a petition was filed
by some of the secured creditors of DCR PCS and Pocket Communications against
the application of Viper Wireless for the Houma and New Orleans licenses. The
petition seeks deferral of the grant of these licenses to Viper Wireless until
an appeal by the secured creditors of DCR PCS and Pocket Communications has been
resolved or, in the alternative, a condition noting that a pre-existing claim to
the
-42-
<PAGE>
licenses may exist if the secured creditors of DCR PCS and Pocket Communications
are successful in that appeal. The appeal seeks review of the bankruptcy court's
ruling concerning DCR PCS and Pocket Communications permitting DCR PCS to file
its election notice, which ultimately resulted in the return of these licenses
to the FCC, over the objection of the secured creditors of DCR PCS and Pocket
Communications. Viper Wireless filed an opposition to the petition on June 15,
1999. At present, TeleCorp Holding owns 85% of Viper Wireless, and Mr. Vento and
Mr. Sullivan together own the remaining 15%. Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan together
have voting control over Viper Wireless. AT&T and our cash equity investors have
committed an aggregate of up to $32.3 million in exchange for additional shares
of our preferred and common stock.
The Wireless Communications Industry
Wireless communications systems use a variety of radio frequencies to transmit
voice and data. The wireless communications industry includes one-way radio
applications, such as paging or beeper services, and two-way radio applications,
such as PCS, cellular telephone and ESMR. Each application is licensed and
operates in a distinct radio airwave block.
Since the introduction of commercial cellular in 1983, the wireless
communications industry has experienced dramatic growth. The number of wireless
subscribers has increased from an estimated 340,213 at the end of 1985 to over
69 million as of December 31, 1998, according to the Cellular Telecommunications
Industry Association, an international association for the wireless industry.
Paul Kagan Associates, an independent media and telecommunications association,
estimates that the number of wireless users will increase to 142 million by
2003, with PCS users representing nearly 34% of total users, a significant
increase over the approximately 11% of total users represented by PCS today. The
following chart illustrates the annual growth in U.S. wireless communications
customers, who use cellular, ESMR or PCS services through December 31,
1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Wireless Industry Statistics/1/
Total service revenues (in billions)......................... $ 7.8 $ 10.9 $ 14.2 $ 19.0 $ 23.6 $ 27.5 $ 33.1
Wireless subscribers at end of period (in millions).......... 11.0 16.0 24.1 33.8 44.0 55.3 69.2
Subscriber growth............................................ 46.0% 45.1% 50.8% 40.0% 30.4% 25.6% 25.1%
Average monthly wireless bill................................ $68.68 $61.48 $56.21 $51.00 $47.70 $42.78 $39.43
Ending penetration........................................... 4.4% 6.2% 9.4 13.0% 16.3% 20.2% 25.0%
Digital subscribers (in millions)............................ -- -- -- -- -- -- 18.3
</TABLE>
Sources: Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association and Paul Kagan
Associates.
(1) Reflects domestic commercially operational cellular, ESMR and PCS providers.
In the wireless communications industry, there are two principal services
licensed by the FCC for transmitting voice and data signals: PCS and cellular.
Personal communications services, or PCS, is a term commonly used in the United
States to refer to service carried over the 1850 MHz to 1990 MHz portion of the
radio spectrum. Megahertz, or MHz, which refers to the frequency of the signals,
is a method of measuring radio airwaves. Cellular is a term commonly used in the
United States to refer to service carried over the 824 MHz to 893 MHz portion of
the radio spectrum. Cellular service is the predominant form of wireless voice
communications service available. Cellular systems were originally analog-based
systems, although digital technology has been introduced in some markets. PCS
systems use digital technology. Analog technology currently has several
limitations, including lack of privacy and limited capacity. Digital systems
convert voice or data signals into a stream of digits that is compressed before
transmission, enabling a single radio channel to carry multiple simultaneous
signal transmissions. This enhanced capacity, along with improvements in digital
signaling, allows digital-based wireless technologies to offer new and enhanced
services, such as greater call privacy and robust data transmission features,
including "mobile office" applications like facsimile, e-mail and wireless
connections to computer/data networks and including the Internet. See "--
Government Regulation" for a discussion of the FCC auction process and
allocation of wireless licenses.
-43-
<PAGE>
Operation of Wireless Communications Systems
Wireless communications system service areas, whether PCS, cellular or ESMR,
are divided into multiple cells. Each cell contains a transmitter, a receiver
and signaling equipment to transmit wireless signals to individual phones. This
equipment, known as a cell site, is connected by telephone lines or microwave
signals to a switch that uses computers to control the operation of the cellular
communications system for the entire service area. A switch controls the
connection of calls and the connection of the wireless network to local
telephone systems and long distance carriers. The system controls the transfer
of calls from cell site to cell site as a subscriber's handset travels,
coordinates calls to and from handsets, allocates calls among the cell sites
within the system and connects calls to the local telephone system or to a long
distance telephone carrier. Wireless communications providers must establish
agreements with local and long distance carriers that allow them to pass calls,
or interconnect, thereby integrating their system with the existing
communications system.
Because the signal strength of a transmission between a handset and a cell
site declines as the handset moves away from the cell site, the switching office
and the cell site monitor the signal strength of calls in progress. When the
signal strength of a call declines to a predetermined level, the switching
office may transfer the call to another network equipment site where the signal
strength is stronger. If a handset leaves the service area of a PCS or cellular
system, the call is disconnected unless there is a technical connection with the
adjacent system. If there is a technical connection with the adjacent system,
the customer may roam onto the adjacent system.
Analog cellular handsets are functionally compatible with cellular systems in
all markets in the United States. As a result, analog cellular handsets may be
used wherever a subscriber is located, as long as a cellular system is
operational in the area and either the service provider's system covers such
area or a roaming arrangement exists with a provider covering the area.
Although PCS and cellular systems use similar technologies and hardware, they
operate on different frequencies and use different technical and network
standards. Use of advanced handsets makes it possible for users of one type of
system to roam on a different type of system outside of their service area, and
to transfer calls from one type of system to another if the appropriate
agreements are in place.
Currently, PCS systems operate under one of three principal digital signal
transmission technological standards that have been proposed by various
operators and vendors for use in PCS systems: TDMA, CDMA or GSM. TDMA and GSM
are both time division-based standards but are incompatible with each other and
with CDMA. Accordingly, a subscriber of a system that utilizes TDMA technology
is unable to use a TDMA handset when travelling in an area not served by TDMA-
based PCS operators, unless the subscriber carries a special handset that
permits the subscriber to use the analog or digital cellular system in that area
and the appropriate agreements are in place.
With an advanced handset, a user can place or receive calls using:
. a PCS system using the technological standard with which the handset is
compatible;
. a digital cellular system using the corresponding technological
standard; or
. an analog cellular system.
If a PCS system operated by the service provider or covered by a roaming
agreement is operating in the area, the call will be placed via this system. If
there is no PCS system providing coverage, the call will be placed through a
digital cellular system operating in the area and providing coverage to the
user, and if no digital cellular system is providing coverage, the call will be
connected over an analog cellular system providing coverage. These handsets
allow for a call in progress to be handed off to an adjacent system, whether the
same mode or band or otherwise, without interruption if the appropriate
agreements are in place. Prior generations of handsets would cut off the call
when the handset left the coverage of one system and would require the
-44-
<PAGE>
customer to place the call again using the adjacent system.
-45-
<PAGE>
Market Overview
We hold or will acquire BTA licenses within the following eight MTAs:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Markets 1998 Populations Spectrum
- ------- -------------------- ----------------
(in thousands) (in MHz)
<S> <C> <C>
New Orleans, Louisiana
New Orleans................................................................... 1,402 35
Baton Rouge................................................................... 676 20
Lafayette..................................................................... 531 20
Lake Charles.................................................................. 279 15
Houma......................................................................... 272 25
Hammond....................................................................... 107 10
-------------------
Total.................................................................... 3,267
Memphis, Tennessee
Memphis....................................................................... 1,493 30
Jackson....................................................................... 276 35
Dyersburg..................................................................... 116 20
Blytheville, AR............................................................... 70 20
-------------------
Total.................................................................... 1,955
Little Rock, Arkansas
Little Rock................................................................... 926 30
Fort Smith.................................................................... 312 20
Fayetteville.................................................................. 291 20
Jonesboro..................................................................... 174 20
Pine Bluff.................................................................... 148 20
Hot Springs................................................................... 133 20
El Dorado..................................................................... 103 20
Russellville.................................................................. 95 20
Harrison...................................................................... 88 20
-------------------
Total.................................................................... 2,270
Boston, Massachusetts
Worcester, MA................................................................. 727 20
Manchester, NH................................................................ 584 20
Boston, MA (a)................................................................ 383 20
Hyannis, MA................................................................... 231 20
-------------------
Total.................................................................... 1,925
San Juan, Puerto Rico
Puerto Rico/San Juan.......................................................... 2,719 35
Mayaguez Aguadilla............................................................ 1,089 20
Virgin Islands................................................................ 106 20
-------------------
Total.................................................................... 3,914
St. Louis, Missouri
Springfield (b)............................................................... 283 20
Carbondale, IL................................................................ 216 20
Columbia...................................................................... 209 20
Cape Giradeau................................................................. 189 20
Quincy........................................................................ 181 20
Jefferson City................................................................ 156 20
Poplar Bluff.................................................................. 155 20
Mt. Vernon, IL................................................................ 121 20
Rolla......................................................................... 98 20
West Plains................................................................... 76 20
Kirksville.................................................................... 56 20
-------------------
Total.................................................................... 1,740
Houston, Texas
Beaumont...................................................................... 459 40
-------------------
Total.................................................................... 459
Louisville, Kentucky
Evansville, Indiana........................................................... 518 20
-------------------
Total.................................................................... 518
===================
Total Populations........................................................ 16,048
</TABLE>
Source: The 1998 PCS Atlas & Databook, Paul Kagan Associates, Inc. 1990 U.S.
Census.
(a) Rockingham and Stafford counties only.
(b) Camden, Cedar, Dallas, Douglas, Hickory, Laclede, Polk, Stone, Taney, Texas,
Webster and Wright counties only.
-46-
<PAGE>
In addition, we hold or will hold licenses for the following BTAs:
. Alexandria, Louisiana, which has a population of 209,000;
. Monroe, Louisiana, which has a population of 335,000; and
. Paducah, Kentucky, which has a population of 231,000.
We do not presently intend to develop markets covered by these additional
licenses.
The average population density of our markets is approximately 38% greater
than the national average.
Services and Features
We provide an array of wireless communications services and features through
our network.
Wireless Calling. Our primary service is wireless calling, featuring
advanced handsets, enhanced voice clarity, improved protection from
eavesdropping and a broad feature set. Our basic wireless service offering
includes caller ID, three-way conference calling, call waiting, voicemail,
paging and short-messaging.
Feature-Rich Handsets. As part of our basic service offering, we provide
easy-to-use, interactive menu-driven handsets that can be activated over the
air. These handsets primarily feature word prompts and easy-to-use menus rather
than numeric codes to operate handset functions. These handsets allow mobile
access to Internet services and will have the ability to interact with personal
computers.
Advanced Handsets. Through the use of handsets that are compatible with
wireless communications systems that operate using digital service on PCS
frequencies, as well as digital and analog service on cellular frequencies, we
offer customers coast-to-coast roaming across a variety of wireless networks.
These handsets incorporate a roaming database, which can be updated over the
air, that controls roaming preferences, typically completing calls using the
best available system from both quality and cost perspectives. We offer our
customers use of technologically advanced Nokia and Ericsson handsets.
Extended Battery Life. Our advanced handsets offer significantly extended
battery life over earlier technologies, providing up to 14 days of stand-by
battery life. Handsets operating on a digital system are capable of "sleep-mode"
while turned on but not in use, thus improving efficiency and extending battery
life. We expect that this feature will increase usage, especially for incoming
calls, as users will be able to leave the phone on for significantly longer
periods. The use of these handsets further extends battery life by using a
digital system for roaming when in areas covered by digital systems.
Improved Voice Quality. We believe the version of TDMA we are using offers
significantly improved voice quality, more powerful error correction, less
susceptibility to call fading and enhanced interference rejection, which results
in fewer dropped calls, compared to earlier versions of TDMA.
Voice Privacy and Call Security. Digital technology is inherently more
secure than analog technologies. This security provides increased voice privacy
for our customer and enhanced fraud protection.
Paging and Short-Messaging. Our network has the capability to send and
receive pages and short text messages. These services allow customers to use
less expensive forms of wireless communications when conversation is not
necessary. We offer short-messaging as a bundled service on select packages and
as an extra feature available to all customers.
Pre-Paid Services. We offer our customers the option to subscribe for a pre-
paid service which enables them to better monitor and control their usage. Pre-
pay customers are able to use services within our licensed areas and to
-47-
<PAGE>
access all of AT&T's wireless network as well as those of its participating
roaming partners who have compatible equipment. We provide an expansive feature
set to our pre-pay customers, including caller ID and call waiting, and we
market the pre-paid services to a broad segment of customers.
Wireless Services Inside Buildings. As the use of wireless devices becomes
more widespread, consumers increasingly are demanding wireless services which
extend into office buildings, subways, airports, shopping centers and private
homes. We use large numbers of small cell sites to offer corporate users full
coverage inside buildings of outside calls and intra-office wireless
communications with four-digit dialing of office extensions. In addition, we are
working with a number of hardware and software suppliers to develop next
generation wireless office services including the use of small cell sites within
a building that circumvents the local carrier.
Data and Internet Services. Because of the quality of digital signal
transmission, wireless communications systems are suitable for the transmission
of wireless data services such as weather reports, sports summaries, fax
services, access to stock quote services, monitoring of alarm systems and remote
Internet access.
Marketing Strategy
Our marketing strategy has been developed on the basis of extensive market
research in each of our markets. This research indicates that limited coverage
of existing wireless systems, relatively high cost, inconsistent performance and
overall confusion about wireless services drive subscriber dissatisfaction and
reduce the attractiveness of wireless services for potential new subscribers.
We believe that our affiliation with the AT&T brand name and the distinctive
advantages of our TDMA network, combined with simplified, attractive pricing
plans, will allow us to capture significant market share from existing analog
cellular providers in our markets and to attract new wireless users. We are
focusing our marketing efforts on four primary market segments:
. corporate accounts;
. current cellular users;
. individuals with the intent to purchase a wireless product within six
months; and
. pre-paid subscribers.
For each segment, we are creating a specific marketing program including a
service package, pricing plan and promotional strategy. Management believes
that targeted service offerings will increase customer loyalty and satisfaction,
reducing customer turnover.
Brand
We have formed Affiliate License Co. with Triton PCS and Tritel
Communications, other companies similarly affiliated with AT&T, to adopt a
common regional brand, SunCom. Each of the SunCom companies owns one-third of
Affiliate License Co., which owns the SunCom name. We and the other SunCom
companies license the SunCom name from Affiliate License Co. for use in each of
the company's licensed territories. We market our wireless services as "SunCom,
Member of the AT&T Wireless Network" and use the globally recognized AT&T brand
name and logo in equal size and prominence with the SunCom brand name and logo.
The use of the AT&T brand reinforces an association with reliability and
quality.
We and the other SunCom companies are establishing the SunCom brand as a
strong local presence with a service area covering a population of
approximately 43.0 million. We enjoy preferred pricing on equipment, handset
packaging and distribution by virtue of our affiliation with AT&T and the other
SunCom companies. We hope to achieve additional production and packaging
economies of scale by working with the other SunCom companies.
-48-
<PAGE>
Our agreements with Affiliate License Co. and Triton and Tritel provide for
the payment of $325,000 by each of the SunCom companies for the rights to use
the SunCom name, and the payment to Triton of those amounts which Triton used to
settle certain claims and acquire certain rights to the SunCom name. Triton
transferred all rights to the SunCom name to Affiliate License Co. The
agreement also provides that the licensees will use the SunCom name only as
allowed under their agreements with AT&T and subject to the quality standards in
those agreements. The parties agreed to cooperate in enforcing the rights to
use the SunCom name. See "Relationships and Related Transactions--AT&T
Agreements" and "--Other Related Party Transactions."
Pricing
Our pricing plans are competitive and straightforward, offering large buckets
of minutes, large local calling areas and usage enhancing features. We offer
distinctive pricing plans tailored for each of our market segments. One way we
differentiate ourselves from existing wireless competitors is through our
pricing policies. We offer pricing plans designed to encourage customers to
enter into long term service contract plans. We also offer shared minute pools,
which are available for businesses and families who have multiple wireless users
who want to share the bucket of minutes.
In May 1998, AT&T introduced "Digital One Rate," a suite of rate plans that
has caused a redefinition of the concept of local service area in the U.S.
wireless marketplace. These rate plans allow a customer to purchase a large
bucket of minutes per month for a low, fixed price, which can be used locally,
or practically anywhere in the United States, on AT&T's wireless network and
through AT&T's extensive network of roaming agreements. These plans also bundle
long distance and roaming charges. Subscribers can make calls to or from most
locations in the United States and pay no additional roaming fees or long
distance charges. The Digital One Rate and other flat rate plans are also
causing a shift in calling patterns in the wireless industry. Although these
plans are too new to predict the long-range effect on consumer behavior, it
appears that usage, and in particular long distance usage, has risen since the
introduction of these plans.
We offer our customers our national SunRate plans, which allow them to make
calls practically anywhere in the United States without paying additional
roaming or long distance charges. By contrast, competing flat rate plans
generally restrict flat rate usage to the competitors' owned networks. By virtue
of our roaming arrangements with AT&T and its roaming partners, we believe we
can offer a competitive national rate plan.
We believe the pre-paid subscriber segment represents a large market
opportunity, and we offer pricing plans that will drive growth in this category.
Pre-pay plans provide an opportunity for individuals whose credit profiles would
not otherwise allow them access to wireless communications to take advantage of
our services. In addition, our pre-pay plans provide an attractive alternative
for families and business users to control the usage of family members or
employees. We offer our pre-paid subscribers the same digital services and
features available to other customer segments. Typical pre-pay plans of
competitors, by contrast, provide low quality handsets and limited services and
features.
Bundling and Affinity Marketing
We may bundle our wireless communications services with other communications
services, including discounted long distance services, through strategic
alliances and resale agreements with AT&T and others. We also may offer service
options in partnership with local business and affinity marketing groups.
Examples of these arrangements include offering wireless services with:
. utility services;
. banking services;
-49-
<PAGE>
. cable television;
. Internet access; or
. alarm monitoring services
in conjunction with local information services or AT&T's Personal Network
program. These offerings provide the customer access to information, such as
account status, weather and traffic reports, stock quotes, sports scores and
text messages from any location.
Customer Care
We are committed to building strong customer relationships by providing
customers with service that exceeds expectations. We serve our customers from
our state-of-the-art facility in Memphis, Tennessee, which houses our customer
service, collections and anti-fraud personnel. Convergys, a leading provider of
outsourced call center services, provides backup call center support and
bilingual customer service from two facilities in Florida. We have implemented
a one call resolution approach to customer service through the use of customer
support tools, including access to online reference information. In addition, we
emphasize proactive and timely customer service, including welcome packages and
anniversary calls. Our Internet site provides our customers with access to new
service information, giving us an additional source of contact with our
customers. We support our customer service initiatives through employee
compensation plans based on subscriber quotas and retention. We use innovative
service features to improve customer satisfaction and reduce the cost of service
delivery. For example, pre-paid users hear a "whispered" announcement of time
remaining in their account before each call, which allows them to control usage
and reduces balance inquiries to customer service. We intend to expand our web-
based services to include online account specific information that allows
customers to check billing, modify service or otherwise manage their
accounts.
We are developing a state-of-the-art data warehouse to provide timely access
to critical business information that can be used to provide customers with
desired services, such as real-time billing and automated notification of
remaining account balances. We also intend to use the data warehouse to cross-
link billing, marketing and customer care systems to collect customer profile
and usage information. This information provides the tools necessary to
increase revenue by analyzing channel and product profitability and reduces
customer acquisition costs by more effectively implementing marketing
strategies.
Advertising
We believe that the most successful marketing strategy is to establish a
strong local presence in each of our markets. We are directing our media and
promotional efforts at the community level with advertisements in local
publications and sponsorship of local and regional events. We combine our local
efforts with mass market strategies and tactics to build the SunCom and AT&T
brands locally. Our media efforts include television, radio, newspaper,
magazine, outdoor and Internet advertisements to promote our brand. In addition,
we use newspaper and radio advertising and our web page to promote specific
product offerings and direct marketing programs for targeted audiences.
Sales and Distribution
We use a mix of sales and distribution channels, including a network of
company stores, nationally recognized retailers, a direct sales force for
corporate accounts and direct marketing channels such as telesales, neighborhood
sales and online sales. We work with AT&T's sales channels to cooperatively
exchange leads and develop new business.
We are taking advantage of over-the-air activation features intrinsic to
digital technology to separate activation of service from the sale of the phone.
By separating activation and sale, we are able to ensure that knowledgeable
staff is communicating with customers. This allows for better informed customers
at the point of activation, with basic
-50-
<PAGE>
training in the use of their handsets and appropriate expectations for their
wireless service provider. We believe that having better informed customers will
lead to reduced customer turnover. In addition, the separation of activation and
sale of handsets reduces the overall cost of the retail sales channel, because
retailers have less involvement and, as a result, lower sales commissions.
Company Stores
We make extensive use of company stores for the distribution and sale of our
handsets and services. Management believes that company stores offer a
considerable competitive advantage by providing a strong local presence, which
is required to achieve high penetration in suburban and rural areas. We also
believe that company stores offer one of the lowest customer acquisition costs
among our different distribution channels. Sales representatives in company
stores receive in-depth training to allow them to explain wireless
communications services simply and clearly. Company stores have three different
formats:
. flagship stores located in the principal retail district in each
market;
. express stores, a smaller retail format located in secondary markets;
and
. kiosks, deployed to maximize our retail presence in each market and
to take advantage of high traffic areas, such as shopping malls and
airports.
We have opened 33 company-owned stores.
Retail Outlets
We have negotiated distribution agreements with national and regional mass
merchandisers and consumer electronics retailers, including Circuit City,
Cellular Warehouse, Metrocall, Office Depot, Staples, Best Buy and Office Max.
In Puerto Rico, we have relationships with Farmacia El Amal, Let's Talk Wireless
and Beeper Connections. We currently have over 500 retail outlet locations
where customers can purchase our services. We choose these distributors based
upon their ability to reach our target customers in our service area. By
separating activation and sale of handsets we reduce retailer involvement,
which, in conjunction with the desirability of the AT&T name, we believe,
attracts retailers to our handsets. In some of these retail store locations, we
are implementing a store-within-a-store concept, which uses visual merchandising
to leverage the brand awareness created by both SunCom and AT&T advertising.
The ease of distribution of shrink-wrapped handsets appeals to mass
merchandisers who have altered their in-store merchandising to reflect the
changing wireless marketplace. We support their dedication of valuable floor
space to wireless communications products through a local team of retail
merchandisers, attention-grabbing point of sale materials and consumer
appeal.
Direct Sales
We focus our direct sales distribution channel on high-revenue, high-
profitability corporate users. Our direct corporate sales force consists of
dedicated professionals targeting the wireless decision maker within large
corporations. We also benefit from AT&T's national corporate accounts sales
force. AT&T, in conjunction with us, supports marketing of our services to
AT&T's large national accounts located in our service areas. We have formed
regional advisory groups as an additional way to interface with corporate
customers in our markets. These advisory groups are comprised of local business
leaders, who are also wireless users or prospective users, and are designed to
provide timely feedback regarding our proposed wireless offerings and establish
a customer base prior to launch. See "--Marketing Strategy."
Direct Marketing
We use direct marketing efforts such as direct mail and telemarketing. These
efforts are used to generate leads
-51-
<PAGE>
and stimulate prospects for our telemarketing department. Telesales allow us to
maintain low selling costs and to "up sell" additional features or customized
services.
Website
Our web page provides current information about us, our markets and our
product offerings. We are also establishing an online store on our website. The
web page conveys our marketing message and we expect it will generate customers
through online purchasing. We deliver all information that is required to make a
purchasing decision at our website. Customers are able to choose rate plans,
features, handsets and accessories. The online store will provide a secure
environment for transactions, and customers purchasing through the online store
will experience a similar business process to that of customers purchasing
service through other channels.
Network Development
We began commercial operations in December 1998 and have launched our services
in each of our major markets. Consistent with our strategy, we launched in
markets which have attractive characteristics for a high volume of wireless
communications usage, including metropolitan "downtown" areas, the surrounding
suburbs, well-utilized commuting and travel corridors, and popular leisure and
vacation destinations. Immediately upon launch, subscribers had access to coast-
to-coast coverage through roaming arrangements with AT&T and its roaming
partners, both inside and outside our licensed areas. Within each market,
geographic coverage will be based upon changes in wireless communications usage
patterns, demographic changes within our licensed areas and our experiences in
those markets. We currently provide coverage to approximately 68% of the
population of our licensed area. We define coverage to include an entire BTA if
we have a significantly developed system in that BTA.
We are committed to making the capital investment required to develop a
superior network. We intend to invest approximately $50 per covered person for
the construction of our network, which we believe will ensure consistent quality
performance and result in a high level of customer satisfaction. Our capital
investment is designed to provide a highly reliable network as measured by
performance factors such as percentage of call completion and number of dropped
calls.
We intend to continue to meet our network development plan by using the
expertise of vendors recognized in the industry for providing high quality
services. Lucent is providing the necessary radio, switching and related
equipment for construction of our network. In addition, a number of other
experienced wireless vendors are assisting us in deploying our network.
Our continuing network development will concentrate on launching service in
additional markets within our licensed areas, filling in gaps in areas within
our existing markets and expanding the coverage of our existing markets to
outlying areas. Our development plan is geared to meet or exceed the
requirements imposed by the FCC rules governing our licenses and our agreements
with AT&T. The FCC requirements focus on percentage of population covered by a
license, while the AT&T requirements also impose requirements to cover specific
markets by set dates. The AT&T requirements mandated that by July 17, 1999, we
covered at least 20% of our licensed population in the mainland United States
and had coverage in the core urban and suburban areas of Memphis and New Orleans
and specified surrounding areas. We exceeded this requirement. By May 25,
2000, we must cover 30% of our licensed population in Puerto Rico and the U.S.
Virgin Islands and have launched in the core urban and suburban cities of the
San Juan metropolitan area. By July 17, 2000, we are required to cover 40% of
our licensed population in the mainland United States, to have launched in New
England, Little Rock and Missouri and enhanced our coverage in other markets.
By May 25, 2001, we must cover 40% of our licensed population in Puerto Rico and
the U.S. Virgin Islands, to have launched in the secondary cities throughout
Puerto Rico and enhanced our coverage in other markets. To date, we comply with
all these requirements. The additional development requirements concentrate on
expanding coverage to additional secondary cities and connecting highways and
filling in gaps in our core urban and suburban coverage and expanding capacity.
We are required to cover at least 55% of our licensed
-52-
<PAGE>
population in the mainland United States by July 17, 2001, 70% by July 17, 2002
and 75% by July 17, 2003. We must cover at least 55% of our licensed population
in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands by May 25, 2002, 70% by May 25, 2003
and 75% by May 25, 2004. See "--Government Regulation" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions-AT&T Agreements" for a discussion of the
FCC and AT&T requirements.
We have entered into an agreement with Lucent to purchase up to $285 million
of equipment, software and services for the development of our network. We pay
Lucent for equipment and software at Lucent's list prices less a discount based
on the return of the items purchased. Lucent has agreed to provide specified
technical support at no cost, and to provide us with incentive discount bonuses
upon our completing markets. The agreement provides for cooperative marketing
of our services. Lucent has agreed that the prices we pay and payment terms for
equipment, software and services will be no less favorable than those offered by
Lucent to any other affiliate of AT&T purchasing similar volumes. We have the
right to terminate the agreement at any time subject to paying for materials
already shipped. Lucent may terminate the agreement sixty days following our
material breach. The agreement contains indemnities and limitations on
liabilities for specific damages. Lucent provides us with warranties on
products they produce for specified periods of between 12 and 60 months. Lucent
has agreed to provide us with vendor financing. See "Our Indebtedness - Vendor
Financing."
Handsets
We purchase our handsets from Nokia and Ericsson at preferred prices through
our affiliation with AT&T and the other SunCom companies. Under a letter dated
April 6, 1999, Nokia has agreed to give us the same prices and marketing and
technical support as it gives AT&T because of our affiliation with AT&T. We
also have entered into an arrangement with Brightpoint, a leading distributor
for the wireless industry, for the packaging and distribution of our
handsets.
Network Construction
We have leased over 640 cell sites, including 149 that will be developed in
later phases of construction of our network, and we operate five mobile switches
and four switching centers. We designed our network to allow us to use existing
sites, which minimizes the construction of new towers and significantly reduces
our need to obtain zoning approvals. Under an agreement dated February 27,
1998, as amended, we have contracted Entel to help us analyze some of our
potential cell and tower sites and manage their construction, with respect to
zoning and other regulations.
Network Operations
We maintain a state-of-the-art network operations center and, to ensure
continuous monitoring and maintenance of our network, we have a disaster
recovery plan. The effective operation of our network requires:
. interconnection agreements and agreements to transmit signals from
cell sites to switch facilities with other communications
providers;
. long distance interconnection;
. the implementation of roaming arrangements;
. the development of network monitoring systems; and
. the implementation of information technology systems.
-53-
<PAGE>
Switched Connection
Our network is connected to the public switched telephone network to
facilitate the origination and termination of traffic between our network and
both the local exchange and long distance carriers. We have signed agreements
with numerous carriers, including, among others:
. BellSouth in New Orleans;
. Time Warner Telecom in Memphis;
. SBC Communications in Little Rock;
. Bell Atlantic in New England; and
. Puerto Rico Telephone in Puerto Rico.
These agreements are standard agreements that all parties enter into with all
qualifying carriers on generally the same terms. Each party pays the other for
the carrying or completion of calls on the other's network.
Long Distance
We have executed a wholesale long distance agreement with AT&T providing for
preferred rates for long distance services. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions - AT&T Agreements."
Roaming
Through our arrangements with AT&T and via the use of advanced handsets, our
customers have roaming capabilities on AT&T's wireless network. Further, we have
the benefit of AT&T's roaming agreements with third party carriers at AT&T's
preferred pricing. These agreements, together with AT&T's wireless network,
cover approximately 98% of the U.S. population, including in-region roaming
agreements covering all of our launched service areas. AT&T has recently
experienced significant growth in roaming traffic in our markets.
Network Monitoring Systems
Our network operations center provides around-the-clock monitoring and
maintenance of our entire network. The network operations center is equipped
with sophisticated electronics that constantly monitor the status of all
network equipment sites and switches and record network traffic. The network
operations center provides continuous monitoring of system quality for blocked
or dropped calls, call clarity and evidence of tampering, cloning or fraud. We
designed our network operations center to oversee the interface between customer
usage, data collected at switch facilities and our billing systems. Usage
reports, feature activation and related billing items are managed on a timely
and accurate basis. Our network operations center is located in the Memphis
switch center, and we also have back-up network operations center capabilities
in our Arlington, Virginia data center.
Information Technology
We operate management information systems to handle customer care, billing,
network management and financial and administrative services. The systems focus
on three primary areas:
. network management, including service activation, pre-pay systems,
traffic and usage monitoring, trouble management and operational
support systems;
. customer care, including billing systems and customer service and
support systems; and
-54-
<PAGE>
. business systems, including financial, purchasing, human resources
and other administrative systems.
We have incorporated sophisticated network management and operations support
systems to facilitate network fault detection, correction and management,
performance and usage monitoring and security. System capabilities have been
developed to allow over-the-air activation of handsets and implement fraud
protection measures. We maintain stringent controls for both voluntary and
involuntary deactivations. Subscriber disconnections initiated by us are
minimized by:
. preactivation screening to identify any prior fraudulent or bad
debt activity,
. credit review;
. call pattern profiling to identify where activation and termination
policy adjustments are needed.
We entered into a long-term software license, development and implementation
agreement with LHS Communications Systems and CAP Gemini America to provide our
billing system, and we have engaged a variety of industry leaders such as Lucent
and Lightbridge to provide activation, fraud management and support systems.
TDMA Digital Technology
We have chosen digital TDMA technology for our network. TDMA technology
allows for:
. the use of advanced handsets which allow for roaming across PCS and
cellular frequencies, including both analog cellular and digital
cellular;
. enhanced services and features, such as short-messaging, extended
battery life, added call security and improved voice quality; and
. cell sites that are smaller and that will improve network coverage
with lower incremental investment.
This will enable us to offer customized billing options and to track billing
information per individual site, which is practical for advanced wireless
applications, such as systems using local transmission of voice messages between
a customer's phone and the network equipment and wireless office applications.
In addition, TDMA technology allows for three times the capacity of analog
systems.
Competition
We believe subscribers choose a wireless communications service provider
principally based upon network coverage, pricing, quality of service and
customer care. We believe that we enjoy advantages over our competitors:
. we offer our customers coverage where they live, work and play and
coast-to-
-55-
<PAGE>
. coast coverage immediately upon launch through our relationship
with AT&T and its roaming partners;
. our pricing plans are competitive and straightforward, offering
large buckets of minutes, large local calling areas with in-region
roaming capabilities to supplement our network and usage- enhancing
features;
. we believe that our TDMA digital technology provides better quality
features than analog cellular services and more enhanced technology;
. our digital network provides users with improved sound quality,
enhanced security, prolonged battery life and increased data transfer
capability over analog networks, and we believe that customers
increasingly will choose digital service over analog service;
. we operate a state-of-the-art care facility designed to provide
proactive customer service;
. our marketing plan includes at least four customer contacts
annually, including welcome calls, first bill calls and anniversary
calls, and we follow a "one call resolution" approach to customer
concerns;
. we market our wireless services to our customers giving equal
emphasis to the SunCom and AT&T brand names and logos;
. our market research indicates that association with the AT&T brand
name reinforces reliability and quality and significantly increases the
likelihood that potential customers will purchase our wireless
communications services services.
We compete directly with at least two cellular providers and other PCS
providers in each of our markets and against ESMR operations in some of our
markets. We compete with at least one analog cellular, one CDMA and one GSM
operator in each of our markets other than Puerto Rico where there is no GSM
system is currently in operation. Most of the existing cellular providers in
our markets have an infrastructure in place and have been operational for a
number of years, with some of these competitors having greater financial and
technical resources than we do. These cellular operators may upgrade their
networks to provide services comparable to those offered by us. We also compete
with other PCS license holders in each of our markets:
. in New Orleans, we compete primarily against Radiofone and
BellSouth for cellular services, Sprint PCS and PrimeCo Personal
Communications for PCS, and Nextel for ESMR;
. in Memphis, we compete with GTE, SBC Communications and BellSouth
for cellular services, Powertel and Sprint PCS for PCS and Nextel for
ESMR;
. in Little Rock, we compete against ALLTEL and SBC Communications
for cellular services and Sprint PCS for PCS;
. in New England, we compete against SBC Communications, Bell
Atlantic and U.S. Cellular for cellular services and Sprint PCS and
Omnipoint Technologies for PCS;
. in Puerto Rico, we compete principally against Puerto Rico
Telephone Company and Cellular One for cellular services and Centennial
Cellular for
-56-
<PAGE>
PCS
We also compete with numerous resellers of wireless communications services in
each of our markets. Resellers purchase large volumes of services on a wireless
operator's network, usually at a discount, and resells the services to end users
under the reseller's own brand name. While the network operator receives some
revenue from the sale of services to the reseller, the operator is competing
with its own customer for sales to the end users. The principal resellers in
our markets include MCI in New England and Motorola in Puerto Rico. We have
agreed to resell services to AT&T in each of our markets should AT&T desire to
do so. We have not yet entered into any such arrangements with AT&T or any other
party.
As the most recent entrant into the market for wireless communications
services, we do not believe that we have obtained a significant share of the
market in any of our areas of operation. In fact, as a recent entrant, we face
significant competition from operators who have already established strong
market positions and have signed up many customers. Most of the existing
cellular operators have developed systems that have larger local and regional
coverage than we currently have or anticipate developing. We seek to compete by
offering a competitive product with attractive pricing plans and through our
extensive access to roaming, including in-region roaming, which gives us an
effective coverage area competitive with that of our principal competitors. We
have developed our pricing plans to be competitive and to emphasize the
advantages of our offerings. We may discount our pricing in order to obtain
customers or in response to downward pricing in the market for wireless
communications services.
We do not believe that we are at a significant competitive disadvantage to
competitors that can market wireless communications services together with other
services, such as traditional telephone service, cable television access or
Internet access. We may face such disadvantages in the future as a result of
modified offerings by our competitors or changes in consumer expectations if
such bundled offerings become common. If we were to become disadvantaged, we
would be forced to respond by modifying our pricing or seeking to offer
competitive bundled services. We cannot assure you that we would be able to do
so on profitable terms.
Our ability to compete successfully will depend, in part, upon our ability to
anticipate and respond to various competitive factors affecting the industry,
including the introduction of new services, changes in consumer preferences,
demographic trends, economic conditions and competitors' discount pricing
strategies, all of which could adversely affect our operating margins.
-57-
<PAGE>
-58-
<PAGE>
Government Regulation
We are subject to substantial regulation by the FCC, state public utility
commissions and, in some cases, local authorities. Our principal operations are
classified as commercial mobile radio service, or CMRS, by the FCC, subject to
regulation under Title II of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended by the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, as a common carrier and subject to regulation
under Title III of the Communications Act as a radio licensee. The states are
preempted from regulating our entry into and rates for CMRS offerings, but
remain free to regulate other terms and conditions of our CMRS services and to
regulate other intrastate offerings by us. Congress and the states regularly
enact legislation, and the FCC, state commissions and local authorities
regularly conduct rulemaking and adjudicatory proceedings that could have a
material adverse effect on us and other similarly situated carriers. In
addition, our nature as a regulated entity may adversely affect our ability to
engage in, or rapidly complete, transactions and may require us to expend
additional resources in due diligence and filings related to FCC and other
requirements, as compared to unregulated entities.
FCC Common Carrier Regulation Under Title II
Under Title II of the Communications Act, we are:
. required to offer service upon reasonable request;
. prohibited from imposing unjust or unreasonable rates, terms or
conditions of service;
-59-
<PAGE>
. proscribed from unjustly or unreasonably discriminating among
customers;
. required to reserve communications capacity for law enforcement
surveillance operations and to make technical network changes to
facilitate this surveillance;
. required to make our services and products accessible to, and
usable by, Americans with disabilities, if readily achievable; and
. required to comply with limitations on our use of customer
proprietary network information.
Under the Telecommunications Act, we are entitled to benefits when negotiating
interconnection arrangements with other communications carriers, such as resale
rights, our customers being able to keep their old numbers when switching to us
and compensation equal to that of the carriers, but we are subject to those same
requirements when other carriers seek to interconnect with our network. The FCC
is still in the process of implementing some of these benefits. While the rates
of common carriers are subject to the FCC's jurisdiction, the FCC forbears from
requiring CMRS carriers to file tariffs for their services. Common carriers,
including CMRS providers, are also prohibited under the Communications Act from
unreasonably restricting the resale of their services and are required to offer
unrestricted resale. There can be no assurance that the FCC will not choose to
regulate common carriers more comprehensively to promote competition under the
Telecommunications Act, which could have an adverse effect on our
operations.
FCC Radio License Regulation Under Title III
Among other things, Title III of the Communications Act:
. does not permit licenses to be granted or held by entities
that have been subject to the denial of federal benefits;
. requires us to seek prior approval from the FCC to transfer
control of us or to assign our radio authorizations, including
subdividing our radio airwaves or partitioning geographic license
areas, except in very limited circumstances; and
. limits foreign ownership in radio licensees, including PCS
providers.
While we believe that we comply with Title III, any future violation of these
limitations could result in license revocation, forfeiture or the forced
restructuring of our ownership to comply with the rules, any of which could have
a material adverse effect on us. The Title III restrictions could also
materially adversely affect our ability to attract additional equity financing.
FCC CMRS Regulation
The FCC rules and policies impose substantial regulations on CMRS providers.
Among other regulations, CMRS providers such as us:
. incur costs as a result of required contributions to federal
programs;
. are prohibited from acquiring or holding an attributable
interest in more than 45 MHz of combined PCS, cellular or analog
specialized mobile radio, used for taxi and truck dispatch, spectrum
in the same geographic area;
-60-
<PAGE>
. are required to provide manual roaming service to enable a
customer of one provider to obtain service while roaming in another
carrier's service area;
. are required to route emergency calls to public safety centers
and provide the public safety centers with information regarding the
originating number and the location of the caller; and
. will be required to allow subscribers to retain their telephone
numbers when changing service providers after March 31, 2000, in some
circumstances.
Any violation of the CMRS regulations could result in a revocation or
forfeiture of our licenses that would have a material adverse effect on us. In
addition, there can be no assurance that the FCC will not choose to regulate
CMRS providers more comprehensively, which could have an adverse effect on our
operations.
FCC Personal Communications Services Regulation
We are subject to service-specific regulations under the FCC's rules. Among
other things, these regulations provide that PCS licensees, such as us, are
granted licenses for a 10-year term, subject to renewal. Under these policies,
we will be granted a renewal expectancy that would preclude the FCC from
considering competing applications if we have:
. provided "substantial" performance, that is "sound, favorable
and substantially above a level of mediocre service just minimally
justifying renewal;" and
. substantially complied with FCC rules and policies and the
Communications Act.
While we intend to structure our operations to secure a renewal expectancy,
there can be no assurance that a renewal expectancy will be granted and, if the
renewal expectancy is not granted, that our licenses will be renewed. Our
failure to obtain renewal of our licenses would have a material adverse effect
on our operations.
These regulations also govern the transmission characteristics of PCS handsets
and network equipment sites and other technical requirements. Personal
communications services licensees are required to comply with limits intended to
ensure that these operations do not interfere with radio services in other
markets or in other spectrum bands and to ensure emissions from mobile
transmitters do not cause adverse health effects. We are also subject to minimum
construction requirements that will require us to deploy facilities with service
coverage of a particular amount of the population of our licensed area within
specified time periods. While we intend to comply with all PCS regulations in
effect, any violation of the PCS regulations could result in a revocation or
forfeiture that would have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, there
can be no assurance that the FCC will not choose to regulate PCS licensees more
comprehensively, which could have an adverse effect on our operations.
Relocation of Fixed Microwave Licensees
Because PCS carriers are utilizing spectrum occupied by existing microwave
licensees, the FCC has adopted special regulations governing the relocation of
incumbent systems and cost-sharing among licensees that pay to relocate
microwave incumbents. Relocation usually requires a PCS operator to compensate
an incumbent for the costs of system modifications and new equipment required to
move the incumbent to new spectrum, including possible premium costs for early
relocation to alternate spectrum. The transition plan allows most microwave
users to operate in the PCS spectrum for a one-year voluntary negotiation and an
additional one-year mandatory negotiation period following the issuance of the
PCS license. These periods are longer for public
-61-
<PAGE>
safety entities. We have entered into all necessary agreements for microwave
relocation. There can be no assurance, however, that relocated licenses will not
exercise their rights to move back to their original sites in the event the new
sites are inadequate. Any delay in the relocation of microwave users to other
spectrum also may affect adversely our ability to operate our network. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
FCC and Federal Aviation Administration Facilities Regulation
Because we will acquire antenna sites for use in our network, we will become
subject to FCC and Federal Aviation Administration regulations governing
registration of towers, the marking and lighting of structures and regulations
governing compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, which
requires carriers to assess the impact of their operations on the environment,
including the health effects of radio airwave radiation on humans.
FCC Designated Entity and Small Business Regulation
TeleCorp Holding was the winning bidder for four licenses in the auction of
PCS licenses. With respect to those licenses, and additional licenses acquired
through later auctions and transactions, we:
(1) believe we qualify as a very small business and as entrepreneurs,
and
(2) intend to diligently pursue and maintain our qualification as a very
small business and as an entrepreneur in a manner intended to ensure
compliance with the applicable FCC rules.
We rely on representations of our investors to determine our compliance with
the FCC's rules applicable to PCS licenses. There can be no assurance, however,
that our investors or we will continue to satisfy these requirements during the
term of any PCS license granted to TeleCorp Holding or TeleCorp PCS, LLC, our
wholly owned subsidiary, or that we will be able successfully to implement
divestiture or other mechanisms included in our corporate charter that are
designed to ensure compliance with FCC rules. Any non-compliance with the FCC
very small business and entrepreneurs rules could subject us to penalties,
including a fine, revocation of our PCS licenses, acceleration of installment
payment obligations or retroactive loss of bidding credits.
Entrepreneurs. In order to hold a some of our PCS licenses, the qualifying
entity, an entrepreneur, and its affiliates must have had less than $125 million
in average gross revenues in the last two years and less than $500 million in
total assets at the time it filed its application to acquire the licenses. In
calculating revenues and assets for these purposes, the FCC includes the gross
revenues and total assets of our affiliates, those entities that hold
attributable interests in us and the affiliates of the entities. However, the
revenues and assets of affiliates are not attributable to the licensee if the
licensee maintains an organizational structure that satisfies control group
requirements. For at least five years after the initial licensing of a these
licenses, a licensee must continue to meet the control group requirements to
continue to qualify for the installment payment program and must continue to
meet the very small business requirements to continue to qualify for the bidding
credits received in the auction.
Very Small Business. We are also structured under the FCC's rules to qualify
as a very small business. A very small business is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and entities that hold interests in the applicant and their
affiliates, has average annual gross revenues of not more than $15 million for
the previous three calendar years. As a result of our classification as a very
small business, we were eligible for both a 25% bidding credit and for a
preferential installment payment program. In the more recent reauction, Viper
Wireless qualified as a very small business, eligible for the same bidding
credit, but the FCC ceased to provide installment payment financing.
-62-
<PAGE>
Control Group Requirements. To avoid attribution of the revenues and assets of
some of our investors, we are required to maintain a conforming control group
and to limit the amount of equity held by these entities on a fully-diluted
basis. These requirements mandate that the control group, among other things,
have and maintain both actual and legal control of the licensee. Under these
control group requirements:
. an established group of investors meeting the financial
qualifications must own at least three-fifths of the control group's
equity, or 15% of the licensee's overall equity, on a fully-diluted
basis and at least 50.1% of the voting power, in the licensee entity;
and
. additional members of the control group must hold, on a fully-
diluted basis, the remaining 10% equity interest in the licensee
entity.
Additional members may be non-controlling institutional investors, including
most venture capital firms. A licensee must have met the requirements at the
time it filed its application to acquire these licenses and must continue to
meet the requirements for five years following the date that a license is
granted. Beginning the fourth year of the license term, the FCC rules:
. eliminate the requirement that additional members hold the 10%
equity interest; and
. allow the qualifying investors to reduce the minimum required
equity interest from 15% to 10%.
If the FCC were to determine that we did not comply with the regulations, we
would be required to attribute the revenues of additional stockholders, which
would likely cause the loss of our status both as an entrepreneur and a very
small business. Loss of this status would have a materially adverse effect on
us.
FCC Transfer Restrictions. During the first five years of their license terms,
some of our PCS licensees may only transfer or assign their license, in whole or
in part, to other qualified entrepreneurs. The acquiring entities would take
over the license, or any portion of the license, subject to separately
established installment payment obligations. After five years, licenses are
transferable to entrepreneurs and non- entrepreneurs alike, subject to unjust
enrichment penalties. If transfer occurs during years six through ten of the
initial license term to a company that does not qualify for the same level of
auction preferences as the transferor, the sale would be subject to immediate
payment of the outstanding balance of the government installment payment debt
and payment of any unjust enrichment assessments as a condition of transfer. The
FCC has also initiated transfer disclosure regulations that require licensees
who transfer control of or assign a PCS license within the first three years to
file associated contracts for sale, option agreements, management agreements or
other documents disclosing the total consideration that the applicant would
receive in return for the transfer or assignment of its license. If the FCC
determines that a transferor or assignor is being unjustly enriched by a
proposed sale or transfer of a license, it may condition its approval of the
transaction on payment of money to the U.S. Treasury, accelerate installment
payments or require repayment of bidding credits.
State and Local Regulation
The FCC permits the states to:
. regulate terms and conditions of our CMRS services other than
rates and entry and may regulate all aspects of our intrastate toll
services;
. regulate the intrastate portion of services offered by local
exchange carriers, and therefore the rates we must pay to acquire
critical facilities from other common carriers;
-63-
<PAGE>
. administer numbering resources, subject to federal oversight;
and
. have other responsibilities that impact the nature and
profitability of our operations, including the ability to specify
cost-recovery mechanisms for network modifications to support
enhanced 9-1-1 services.
States and localities also regulate construction of new antenna site facilities
and are responsible for zoning and developmental regulations that can materially
impact our timely acquisition of sites critical to our radio network. The states
and localities regularly conduct legislative, rulemaking and adjudicatory
proceedings on matters within their jurisdiction that could have a material
adverse effect on us and other similarly situated carriers. States may petition
the FCC to expand their jurisdiction over CMRS rates and entry. There can be no
assurance that a state in which we operate will not attempt to engage in more
comprehensive regulation of our operations, which could increase the costs of
providing service and materially affect our ability to operate in that state.
Emission and Hands-Free Regulation
Media reports have suggested that some radio airwave emissions from wireless
handsets may be linked to health concerns, including the incidence of cancer.
Data gathered in studies performed by manufacturers of wireless communications
equipment dispute these media reports. Further, a major industry trade
association and governmental agencies have stated publicly that the use of
wireless handsets does not pose any undue health risks. Nevertheless, concerns
regarding radio airwave emissions could have the effect of discouraging the use
of wireless handsets, which would decrease demand for our services.
The FCC recently revised the rules specifying the methods to be used in
evaluating radio airwave emissions from radio equipment, including wireless
handsets. The hand-held digital telephones that we offer to our customers comply
with the standards adopted under the new rules. These handsets may not comply
with any rules adopted by the FCC in the future. The failure of these handsets
to remain in compliance with applicable FCC rules and standards would decrease
demand for our services.
Recent studies have shown that hand-held digital telephones interfere with
medical devices, including hearing aids and pacemakers. The University of
Oklahoma Center for the Study of Wireless Electromagnetic Compatibility,
together with industry trade associations and other interested parties, are
currently studying the extent of, and possible solutions to, this interference.
If these studies demonstrate significant interference or create public concern
about interference, the results of these studies could decrease demand for our
services.
Measures that would:
. require hands free use of cellular phones while operating motor
vehicles;
. ban cellular phone use while driving;
. limit the length of calls while driving ; or
. require people to pull to the side of the road to use cellular
phones while driving,
have been proposed or are being considered in 12 state legislatures. We cannot
predict the success of the proposed laws concerning car phone use or the effect
on the use of cellular phones as a result of the publicity surrounding or
passage of these laws. In addition, more restrictive measures or measures aimed
at wireless services companies as opposed to users may be proposed or passed in
state legislatures in the future. The passage or proliferation of this
legislation could decrease demand for our services.
-64-
<PAGE>
Intellectual Property
The AT&T and globe design logo is a service mark registered with the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office. AT&T owns the service mark. We use the AT&T and
globe design logo, on a royalty free basis, with equal emphasis on our SunCom
brand and logo, solely within our licensed area in connection with marketing,
offering and providing licensed services to end-users and resellers of our
services. Our license agreement with AT&T grants us the right and license to use
licensed marks on permitted mobile phones. This license agreement contains
numerous restrictions with respect to the use and modification of licensed
marks. See "Relationships and Related Transactions--AT&T Agreements."
We, Triton PCS and Tritel Communications have adopted a common brand, SunCom,
that is co-branded with equal emphasis with the AT&T brand name and logo. Each
of the SunCom companies owns one-third of Affiliate License Co., which owns the
SunCom name. We and the other SunCom companies license the SunCom name from
Affiliate License Co. We use the brand to market, offer and provide services to
end-users and resellers of our PCS. See "--Marketing Strategy," "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions--Other Related Party Transactions."
Triton PCS recently paid $975,000 to settle a potential dispute regarding
prior use of a version of the SunCom brand. In connection with this settlement,
Triton PCS transferred the SunCom trademark to Affiliate License Co. for
$650,000. Each of the other SunCom companies agreed to pay $325,000 as a royalty
fee to license the trademark from Affiliate License Co.
Employees
As of June 30, 1999, we employed approximately 690 people. None of our
employees currently are represented by a union. We believe that our relations
with our employees are good.
Properties
We lease space for our switches in New Orleans, Boston and Puerto Rico and for
our network operators center, a switch and our customer care and data center in
Memphis. Further, we lease space for our network equipment sites, and we lease
office space for our headquarters and regional offices.
Legal Proceedings
We are not a party to any lawsuit or proceeding which is likely, in the
opinion of management, to have a material adverse effect on our financial
position, results of operations and cash flows. We are a party to routine
filings and customary regulatory proceedings with the FCC relating to our
operations.
-65-
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effects
The outstanding notes were originally issued and sold on April 23, 1999 in the
principal amount at maturity of $575.0 million in a transaction exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act. The outstanding notes may not
be reoffered, resold or transferred except under a registration statement filed
with the SEC or unless an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act is available.
The exchange offer is designed to provide to holders of outstanding notes an
opportunity to acquire exchange notes which, unlike outstanding notes, generally
will be freely transferable at all times, provided that the holder is not our
affiliate and not a broker-dealer or participating in a distribution of the
exchange notes. We believe that a holder may offer, sell or transfer the
exchange notes if the holder:
. acquired the exchange notes in the ordinary course of
business;
. has no intention of participating in a distribution of exchange
notes.
Based on no-action letters issued by the staff of the SEC to third parties in
other transactions, we believe that a holder of outstanding notes, but not a
holder who is our affiliate within the meaning of the Securities Act, who
exchanges outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, generally
may offer the exchange notes for resale, sell the exchange notes and otherwise
transfer the exchange notes without further registration under the Securities
Act and without delivery of a prospectus that satisfies the disclosure
requirements of the Securities Act. This does not apply, however, to a holder
who is our affiliate within the meaning under the Securities Act. We also
believe that a holder may offer, sell or transfer the exchange notes only if the
holder acquires the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business and is
not participating, does not intend to participate and has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange
notes.
Any holder of outstanding notes using the exchange offer to participate in a
distribution of exchange notes cannot rely on the no-action letters referred to
above. This includes a broker-dealer that acquired the outstanding notes
directly from us, but not as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. Consequently, the holder must comply with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in the absence of an
exemption from such requirements. See "Plan of Distribution."
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in
exchange for outstanding notes, where the outstanding notes were acquired by the
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities may be a statutory underwriter and must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with the resale of the exchange notes received in exchange for the
outstanding notes. The letter of transmittal which accompanies this prospectus
states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a participating
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the
meaning of the Securities Act. A participating broker-dealer may use this
prospectus, as it may be amended from time to time, in connection with the
resales of the exchange notes it receives in exchange for the outstanding notes
in the exchange offer. We will make this prospectus available to any
participating broker-dealer in connection with any resale of this kind for a
period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer. See "Plan of
Distribution."
Each holder of outstanding notes who wishes to exchange outstanding notes for
exchange notes in the exchange offer will be required to represent and
acknowledge, for the holder and for each beneficial owner of such outstanding
notes, whether or not the beneficial owner is the holder, in the letter of
transmittal that:
-66-
<PAGE>
. the exchange notes to be acquired by the holder and each
beneficial owner, if any, are being acquired in the ordinary course
of business;
. neither the holder nor any beneficial owner is our or any of our
subsidiaries' affiliate;
. any person participating in the exchange offer with the
intention or purpose of distributing exchange notes received in
exchange for the outstanding notes, including a broker-dealer that
acquired the outstanding notes directly from us, but not as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities cannot rely
on the no-action letters referenced above and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act, in connection with a secondary resale of the exchange notes
acquired by such person;
. if the holder is not a broker-dealer, the holder and each
beneficial owner, if any, are not participating, do not intend to
participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person
to participate in any distribution of the exchange notes received in
exchange for outstanding notes; and
. if the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange
notes for the holder's own account in exchange for the outstanding
notes, the outstanding notes to be so exchanged were acquired by the
holder as a result of market-making or other trading activities and
the holder will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes
received in the exchange offer. However, by so representing and
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the holder will not be
deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
Terms of the Exchange Offer
We will offer exchange notes in exchange for surrender of outstanding notes.
We will keep the exchange offer open for at least 30 days, or longer if required
by applicable law, after the date of notice of the exchange offer is mailed to
the holders of the outstanding notes.
Upon the terms contained in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal
which accompanies this prospectus, we will accept any and all outstanding notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date of the exchange offer. We will issue an equal principal amount
of exchange notes in exchange for the principal amount of the outstanding notes
accepted in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their
outstanding notes under the exchange offer. Outstanding notes may be tendered
only in principal amounts at maturity of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000.
The form and terms of the exchange notes will be the same as the form and
terms of the outstanding notes except that:
. the exchange notes will have been registered under the
Securities Act and therefore will not bear legends restricting their
transfer; and
. the exchange notes will not contain specific terms providing for
registration rights or an increase in the interest rate on the
outstanding notes under specific circumstances which are described in
the exchange and registration rights agreement.
The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes and
will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture.
In connection with the exchange offer, holders of the outstanding notes do not
have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under law or the indenture. We intend
to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable
-67-
<PAGE>
requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC
related to these offers.
We shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when,
as and if we have given oral or written notice of acceptance to Bankers Trust
Company, exchange agent for the exchange offer. The exchange agent will act as
agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving exchange notes from
us.
If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of other events specified in this prospectus or
if the outstanding notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the
holder desires to exchange, the certificates for the unaccepted outstanding
notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder. If outstanding
notes were tendered by book-entry transfer in the exchange agent account at The
Depository Trust Company in accordance with the book-entry transfer procedures
described below, these non-exchanged outstanding notes will be credited to an
account maintained with The Depository Trust Company as promptly as practicable
after the expiration date of the exchange offer.
Each of the following is a registration default:
(1) neither the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part
nor a shelf registration statement with respect to the outstanding
notes is filed on or prior to June 22, 1999;
(2) neither of the registration statements is declared effective by the
SEC on or prior to October 19, 1999, the effectiveness target date, or
within 45 days after the publication of a change in applicable law or
interpretation of law by the SEC's staff that would require us to file
a shelf registration statement;
(3) we fail to complete the exchange offer on or prior to November 18,
1999; or
(4) the shelf registration statement is declared effective but thereafter
ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the
outstanding notes during the period specified in the exchange and
registration rights agreement;
In the event of a registration default, we must pay liquidated damages to each
holder of outstanding notes, during the period of one or more such registration
defaults, in an amount equal to $0.192 per week per $1,000 of accreted value of
the outstanding notes, which value would be the initial offering price plus any
amortization, held by such holder until the cure of all registration defaults.
Such interest will be payable on the next scheduled interest payment date.
We may file a shelf registration if:
. a change in law or SEC interpretations precludes our exchange
offer;
. we do not exchange validly tendered outstanding notes for
exchange notes by November 19, 1999;
. any initial purchaser of the outstanding notes who were not
eligible to exchange their outstanding notes in the exchange offer
and still hold their outstanding notes so request;
. any law or SEC interpretations preclude a holder from
participating in the exchange offer;
-68-
<PAGE>
. a holder receives exchange notes which are not freely
transferable; or
. we so elect.
Tendering holders of the outstanding notes will not be required to pay
brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of
transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes in
the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer
taxes which may be imposed, in connection with the exchange offer. See "--
Transfer Taxes" below.
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment
The expiration date of the exchange offer is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 1999, unless we, in our reasonable discretion, extend the
exchange offer, in which case the expiration date shall be the latest date and
time to which the exchange offer is extended.
In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent of
any extension by oral or written notice and will make a public announcement of
the extension before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day
after the previously scheduled expiration date.
We reserve the right, in our reasonable discretion:
. to delay accepting any outstanding notes, to extend the exchange
offer or to terminate the exchange offer if, in our reasonable
judgment, any of the conditions described below under "--Conditions
to the Exchange Offer" shall not have been satisfied, by giving oral
or written notice of the delay, extension or termination to the
exchange agent; or
. to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-
acceptance or termination to the holders of outstanding notes as promptly as
practicable. In the case of any extension, we will issue such notice as a press
release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration
date.
Procedures for Tendering
To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must do the following:
. complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a
facsimile of the letter of transmittal;
. have the signatures guaranteed if required by the instructions
to the letter of transmittal; and
. except as discussed in "--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures," mail
or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal, or facsimile,
together with the outstanding notes and any other required documents,
to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date of the exchange offer.
The exchange agent must receive the outstanding notes, a completed letter of
transmittal and all other required documents at the address listed below under
"--Exchange Agent" before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date
for the tender to be effective. You may deliver your outstanding notes by using
the book-entry transfer procedures described below, as long as the exchange
agent receives confirmation of the book-entry transfer before the expiration
date.
The Depository Trust Company has authorized its participants that hold
outstanding notes on behalf of beneficial
-69-
<PAGE>
owners of outstanding notes through The Depository Trust Company to tender their
outstanding notes as if they were holders. To effect a tender of outstanding
notes, The Depository Trust Company participants should either:
. complete and sign the letter of transmittal, or a manually
signed facsimile of the letter, have the signature guaranteed if
required by the instructions to the letter of transmittal, and mail
or deliver the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent according
to the procedure described in "--Procedures for Tendering"; or
. transmit their acceptance to The Depository Trust Company
through its automated tender offer program for which the transaction
will be eligible and follow the procedure for book-entry transfer
described in "--Book-Entry Transfer."
By tendering, each holder will make the representations contained under the
heading "--Terms of the Exchange Offer." Each participating broker-dealer must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
exchange notes.
The tender of a holder and our acceptance of the tender will constitute a
binding agreement between the holder and us described in this prospectus and in
the letter of transmittal.
The method of delivery of outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal and
all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and sole
risk of the holder of the outstanding notes. If such delivery is by mail, it is
recommended that registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt
requested, be used. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure
timely delivery. No letters of transmittal or outstanding notes should be sent
to us.
Any beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a
broker-dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to
tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct it to tender
on the beneficial owner's behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender on
its own behalf, the owner must, prior to completing and executing the letter of
transmittal and delivering outstanding notes, either:
. make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the
outstanding notes in the owner's name; or
. obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder.
If a letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered
holder of any outstanding notes listed in the letter of transmittal, the
outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond
power and signed by the registered holder as the registered holder's name
appears on the outstanding notes. The transfer of a registered ownership may
take considerable time.
Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be
guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution unless the outstanding notes are
tendered as follows:
-70-
<PAGE>
. by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled
"--Special Issuance Instructions" or "--Special Delivery
Instructions" on the letter of transmittal; or
. for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.
An eligible guarantor institution is a transfer agent, registered by the
Securities and Exchange Commission to issue guarantees. If signatures on a
letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal are required to be guaranteed,
the guarantee must be by a member firm of a registered national securities
exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, a commercial bank
or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an
eligible guarantor institution.
If a letter of transmittal or any outstanding notes or bond are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these
persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by us, evidence
satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with the
letter of transmittal.
Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish
a new account or use an existing account with respect to the outstanding notes
at the book-entry facility, The Depository Trust Company, to facilitate the
exchange offer. Subject to establishing the accounts, any financial institution
that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility's system may make
book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer
facility to transfer the outstanding notes into the exchange agent's account in
accordance with that facility's procedures. Although delivery of the outstanding
notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's
account at the book-entry transfer facility, the exchange agent must receive:
. an appropriate letter of transmittal properly completed and duly
executed; or
. an agent's message with any required signature guarantee;
and
. all other required documents
. before the expiration date of the exchange offer or within the
time period provided under guaranteed delivery procedures. Delivery
of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute
delivery to the exchange agent.
The term agent's message means a message transmitted by The Depositary Trust
Company to the exchange agent, which states that The Depository Trust Company
has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in The Depository
Trust Company tendering the outstanding notes stating:
. the aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes which have
been tendered by such participant;
. that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the
term of the letter of transmittal; and
. that we may enforce such agreement against the participant.
-71-
<PAGE>
We will determine in our reasonable discretion all questions as to the
validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance of tendered outstanding
notes and withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes , which determination will be
final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all
outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes our acceptance
of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the
right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to
particular outstanding notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of
the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal,
will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or
irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured
within a period of time that we shall determine.
Neither us, the exchange agent nor any other person shall incur any liability
for failure to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any
tender of outstanding notes. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed to
have been made until such defects or irregularities mentioned above have been
cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are
not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not
been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering
holders, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as
practicable following the expiration date of the exchange offer.
Acceptance of Outstanding Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes
We will deliver exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes promptly
following acceptance of the outstanding notes.
For purposes of the exchange offer, we shall be deemed to have accepted
validly tendered outstanding notes when, as and if we have given oral or written
notice to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the
tendering holders of outstanding notes for the purposes of receiving exchange
notes. Under no circumstances will we or the exchange agent pay interest because
of any delay in making the payment or delivery.
If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of other events or otherwise, we will return any
unaccepted outstanding notes, at our expense, to the tendering holders as
promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange
offer.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
A holder who wishes to tender its outstanding notes and:
. whose outstanding notes are not immediately available;
. who cannot deliver outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any
other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration
date; or
. who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer, before the
expiration date;
may effect a tender if:
. the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;
. before the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from the
eligible guarantor institution a
-72-
<PAGE>
properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery by
facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, the name and address of
the holder, the certificate numbers of outstanding notes and the
principal amount of outstanding notes tendered, stating that the tender
is being made and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock
Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of
transmittal together with the certificate representing the outstanding
notes, or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes
into the exchange agent's account at the book-entry transfer facility,
and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be
deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent,
and
. the exchange agent receives, within three New York Stock Exchange
trading days after the expiration date, a properly completed and
executed letter of transmittal or facsimile, as well as the certificate
representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer
or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such outstanding notes into
the exchange agent's account at the book-entry transfer facility, and
all other documents required by the letter of transmittal.
Withdrawal of Tenders
Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.
To withdraw a tender of outstanding notes in the exchange offer, a letter or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange
agent at its address described below prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the expiration date. Any notice of withdrawal must:
. specify the name of the person having deposited the outstanding notes
to be withdrawn;
. identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn including the
certificate numbers and principal amount of those outstanding notes or,
in the case of outstanding notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the
name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be
credited and otherwise comply with the procedures of the transfer agent;
. be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature
on the letter of transmittal by which the outstanding notes were
tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied
by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee under the
indenture governing the outstanding notes register the transfer of the
outstanding notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender;
and
. specify the name in which any such outstanding notes are to be
registered, if different from that of the person who deposited the
outstanding notes.
If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise
identified to the exchange agent, then, before the release of this certificate,
the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular
certificates to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures
guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution unless the holder is an eligible
guarantor institution.
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility,
including time of receipt, of such notices, in our reasonable discretion, and
our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding
notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes
of the exchange offer, and no exchange notes will be issued, unless the
withdrawn outstanding notes are validly retendered. Any outstanding notes which
have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to
the holder of the notes without cost to the holder as soon as practicable after
withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly
withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures
described above under "--Procedures for Tendering" at any time before the
expiration date.
-73-
<PAGE>
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
Despite any other provision of the exchange offer, we will not be required to
accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding
notes, and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time before the
expiration date, any of the following events shall occur:
. the acceptance or issuance would violate applicable law or any
applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC;
. any action or proceeding by or before any court or governmental
agency with respect to the exchange offer shall be instituted or
pending which, in our reasonable judgment, might impair our ability to
proceed with the exchange offer; or
. any law, statute, rule or regulation shall have been proposed,
adopted or enacted which, in our reasonable judgment, might materially
impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.
The above conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them
regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any condition or we may waive
them in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our reasonable
discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of our rights shall not be
deemed a waiver of any right and each right shall be deemed an ongoing right
which we may assert at any time and from time to time.
If we determine in our reasonable discretion that any of the conditions are
not satisfied, we may:
. refuse to accept any outstanding notes and return all tendered
outstanding notes to the tendering holders;
. extend the exchange offer and retain all outstanding notes
tendered before the expiration of the exchange offer, subject to the
rights of holders to withdraw these outstanding notes; or
. waive unsatisfied conditions and accept all properly tendered
outstanding notes that the holders did not withdraw. If this waiver
constitutes a material change to the exchange offer, we will promptly
disclose the waiver by a prospectus supplement that we will distribute
to the registered holders. We will also extend the exchange offer for
five to ten business days, depending upon the significance of the
waiver, if the exchange offer would otherwise have expired.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered,
and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for any outstanding notes, if
at the time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or the qualification
of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
Exchange Agent
Bankers Trust Company has been appointed as the exchange agent for the
exchange offer. All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the
exchange agent at the addresses described below. Questions and requests for
assistance, requests for additional copies of the prospectus or the letter of
transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery should be directed
to the exchange agent, addressed as follows:
-74-
<PAGE>
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
By Facsimile: By Mail:
(212) 669-0772 Bankers Trust Company
Attention: Customer Service Corporate Trust and Agency Group
Confirm by Telephone to: (212) 250-4730 Four Albany Street, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10006
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
By Hand before 4:30 p.m.: By Overnight Courier and By Hand after 4:30 p.m.:
Bankers Trust Company Bankers Trust Company
Corporate Trust and Agency Group Corporate Trust and Agency Group
Four Albany Street, 4th Floor Four Albany Street, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10006 New York, New York 10006
Attention: Anthony M. Nista, Assistant Treasurer Attention: Anthony M. Nista, Assistant Treasurer
</TABLE>
Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as described above or
transmission of instructions via fax transmission other than as described above
does not constitute a valid delivery.
Fees and Expenses
We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting
acceptances of the exchange offer.
We will pay other expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange
offer, including the fees and expenses of the exchange agent, accounting and
legal fees.
Transfer Taxes
Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be obligated
to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the exchange, except that if a
holder of outstanding notes instructs us to register exchange notes in the name
of, or requests that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the
exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering
holder, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange
of outstanding notes in the exchange offer, the amount of any transfer taxes,
whether imposed on the registered holder of outstanding notes or any other
person, will be the responsibility of the registered tendering holder.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
The outstanding notes of holders who do not exchange their outstanding notes
for exchange notes in the exchange offer will continue to have restrictions on
transfer because we issued the outstanding notes under exemptions from, or in
transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws. In general, outstanding notes may not be
offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except under an
exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws.
-75-
<PAGE>
We do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes
under the Securities Act. To the extent that outstanding notes are tendered in
connection with the exchange offer, any trading market for the outstanding notes
not tendered in connection with the exchange offer could be adversely affected.
The tender of outstanding notes in the exchange offer may have an adverse effect
upon, and increase the volatility of, the market prices of the outstanding notes
due to a reduction in liquidity.
Accounting Treatment
The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the
outstanding notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the
exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be
recognized. The expenses of the exchange offer will be expensed over the term of
the exchange notes.
-76-
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The table below describes information regarding our directors and executive
officers.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Age Position
- ---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Gerald T. Vento............................. 52 Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Thomas H. Sullivan.......................... 37 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Julie Dobson................................ 42 Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Michael R. Hannon........................... 39 Director
Scott Anderson.............................. 40 Director
Rohit M. Desai.............................. 60 Director
Gary Fuqua.................................. 48 Director
James M. Hoak............................... 55 Director
Mary Hawkins Key............................ 48 Director
William Kussell............................. 40 Director
William Laverack, Jr........................ 42 Director
Joseph O' Donnell........................... 57 Director
Michael Schwartz............................ 34 Director
James F. Wade............................... 43 Director
</TABLE>
Gerald T. Vento is the co-founder of TeleCorp and our predecessor company and
has been Chief Executive Officer and a director since our inception. He has been
Chairman of our board since June 1999. From 1993 to 1995, Mr. Vento was Vice
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sprint Spectrum(/TM/)/American PCS.
Under Mr. Vento's leadership, that partnership developed the first PCS network
in the United States. Mr. Vento also served as managing partner in a joint
venture with the Washington Post Company to build and operate the company's
systems in the United Kingdom prior to its sale in 1993 to TCI/US West
Communications. Mr. Vento has spent over twenty years in cable, telephone and
wireless businesses. Mr. Vento was the founder and Managing General Partner for
several communications companies, which he developed from inception, including
wireless and cable television properties throughout the United States and
PuertoRico.
Thomas H. Sullivan has been Executive Vice President and a director of
TeleCorp since our inception, and Chief Financial Officer since March 1999. Mr.
Sullivan served as President of TeleCorp Holding from 1996 to 1998 and has
served as a senior executive and founder of several wireless and wireline
companies for the past five years. From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Sullivan was a partner
at McDermott, Will & Emery, where he served as co-head of its telecommunications
practice and co-chairman of its corporate finance practice. In 11 years at
McDermott, Will & Emery, he counseled several of the country's largest cellular
and PCS operators including Sprint Spectrum(TM)/American PCS, L.P., Aerial
Communications, NorthCoast Communications and Bell Atlantic Mobile in both
financial and operational matters. Mr. Sullivan has served in varying capacities
as consultant and/or senior advisor to several telecommunications start-ups. Mr.
Sullivan is a director of Affiliate License Co.
Julie Dobson has served as TeleCorp's Chief Operating Officer since July 1998.
Prior to joining us, Ms. Dobson was President of Bell Atlantic Corporation
Mobile Systems(TM) New York/New Jersey Metro Region. She was responsible for
sales, marketing, customer service and the continued expansion of that company's
wireless communications network in the region. She also oversaw more than 1,500
employees and an extensive retail store network in 22 counties in New York and
northern and central New Jersey. Ms. Dobson had been with Bell Atlantic since
1980, when she began her career as an account executive in sales at Bell
Atlantic-Pennsylvania, and has served in a variety of positions in sales, sales
management and marketing over two decades.
Michael R. Hannon has been a director of TeleCorp since July 1998. Mr. Hannon
is a General Partner of Chase Capital Partners, a general partnership with
approximately $7.0 billion under management and one of our equity investors.
Chase Capital Partners invests in a wide variety of domestic and international
private equity opportunities including management buyouts, growth equity and
venture capital situations. Chase Capital Partners' sole limited
-77-
<PAGE>
partner is The Chase Manhattan Corporation, one of the largest bank holding
companies in the United States with assets totaling over $300.0 billion. Mr.
Hannon is currently a director of Formus Communications, Entertainment
Communications and Financial Equity Partners.
Scott Anderson has served as a director of TeleCorp since July 1998. Since
1997, Mr. Anderson has served as Principal in Cedar Grove Partners, an
investment and consulting/advisory partnership, and since 1998, as Principal in
Cedar Grove Investments, a small "angel" capital investment fund. Mr. Anderson
was an independent board member of PriCellular Corp from March 1997 through June
1998, when the company went private. He is a board member and advisory board
member of Tegic, a wireless technology licensing company, a board member of
Tritel Communications, a board member of Triton PCS and a board member of
Xypoint, a private E-911 service company. He was employed by McCaw Cellular
Communications and AT&T from 1986 until 1997, where he last served as Senior
Vice President of the Acquisitions and Development group.
Rohit M. Desai has served as a director of TeleCorp since January 1998. He has
been the Chairman, President and Chief Investment Officer of Desai Capital
Management Incorporated, an equity investment firm with approximately $1 billion
under management, since 1984. Desai Capital Management is the investment advisor
to Equity-Linked Investors II and Private Equity Investors III, L.P., of which
Mr. Desai is the managing general partner. Desai Capital Management invests in a
variety of industries, including the media and telecommunications sectors. Mr.
Desai currently sits on the board of The Rouse Company, a developer and owner of
regional shopping centers and urban specialty retailing properties; Sunglass Hut
International, a specialty retailer of sunglasses and watch stations in over
2,000 locations in the United States, United Kingdom, Australia and various
other countries; Finlay Fine Jewelry Holdings, a retailer of fine jewelry in
approximately 1,000 department stores in the United States, United Kingdom and
France; and Independence Community Bankcorp, with headquarters in Brooklyn, New
York. He is also a director of various other private companies including
American Horizon and Penn National.
Gary Fuqua has served as a director of TeleCorp since July 1998. Mr. Fuqua has
managed corporate development activities at Entergy since 1998. In addition, Mr.
Fuqua oversees Entergy's non-regulated domestic retail businesses, including
District Energy, Entergy Security and Entergy's various telecommunications
businesses. Before he joined Entergy, Mr. Fuqua served as a Vice President with
Enron Ventures Corporation in London. He also founded and managed his own
company prior to joining Enron in 1988. He is a member of Entergy Enterprises'
board, and President of Entergy Technology Holdings. Mr. Fuqua is also a member
of the board of Tritel Communications.
James M. Hoak, Jr., has served as a director of TeleCorp since July 1998. Mr.
Hoak has served as Chairman and a Principal of Hoak Capital Corporation, a
private equity investment firm, since September 1991. He has also served as
Chairman of HBW Holdings, an investment bank, since July 1996. He served as
Chairman of Heritage Media Corporation, a broadcasting and marketing services
firm, from its inception in August 1987 to its sale in August 1997. From
February 1991 to January 1995, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Crown Media, a cable television company. From 1971 to 1987, he served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Heritage Communications, a diversified
communications company, and as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from
August 1987 to December 1990. He is also a director of PanAmSat Corporation;
Pier 1 Imports; and Texas Industries.
Mary Hawkins Key has served as a director of TeleCorp since March 1999. She is
Senior Vice President of Partnership Operations for AT&T. Partnership operations
include AT&T's proportionate interests in active 850 MHz cellular markets such
as Bay Area Cellular Telephone, strategic alliances such as Rogers Cantel, and
AT&T's equity participation in affiliated new PCS businesses which are members
of the AT&T Wireless Network. Ms. Hawkins Key heads the multi-disciplinary team
which provides guidance, consulting and assistance to partnership operations in
virtually every area of the business. Ms. Hawkins Key joined AT&T's Messaging
Division in 1995, and subsequently became Chief Operating Officer for the 1100
employee division. While in this role, Ms. Hawkins Key served as business leader
of the team responsible for spinning off the Messaging business unit. Ms.
Hawkins Key is on the board of Triton PCS and is a partner committee member for
CMT Partners, the partnership which owns the Bay Area Cellular Telephone and
Kansas City Cellular Telephone companies.
-78-
<PAGE>
William Kussell has served as a director of TeleCorp since July 1998. Mr.
Kussell has served as President of Dunkin' Donuts marketing office since 1996,
as well as Retail Concept Officer for Allied Domecq Retailing USA since 1997. In
this role, Mr. Kussell leads the overall strategy for Dunkin' Donuts as well as
oversees the development of the Baskin Robbins Brand. Mr. Kussell has over 13
years of brand building marketing experience within several industries, ranging
from food to photography. He was Vice President of worldwide marketing for
Reebok where he helped build Reebok's worldwide brand image and led the entry
into the home fitness video and programming business.
William Laverack, Jr. has served as a director of TeleCorp since January 1998.
He has been a General Partner of J.H. Whitney, an investment firm focused on
private equity and mezzanine capital investments, since May 1993. J.H. Whitney
manages approximately $1 billion of capital and invests in several industry
areas including communications. Prior to J.H. Whitney, he was with Gleacher &
Co., Morgan Stanley, and J.P. Morgan. He is currently a director of Steel
Dynamics, and several private companies including NBX, PRAECIS Pharmaceuticals,
NeuroMetrix, Ariat International, and Qualitech Steel. Mr. Laverack is a
graduate of Harvard College, B.A., and Harvard Business School, M.B.A.
Joseph O'Donnell has served as a director of TeleCorp since July 1998. He is
the former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of two major advertising
agencies: J. Walter Thompson Company Worldwide and Campbell-Mithum-Esty
Advertising. In his twenty-five year career in the advertising business, he has
had experience with the automotive, financial services, telecommunications and
retail industries. Since leaving the agency business in 1991, Mr. O'Donnell has
founded several marketing and/or communication related businesses, principally
Osgood, O'Donnell & Walsh LLC, a communications consulting company serving
companies such as Equitable Insurance, Chase Manhattan Bank,
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Ford and Teligent. Mr. O'Donnell also sits on the
board of Unique Casual Restaurants.
Michael Schwartz has served as a director of TeleCorp since November 1998. Mr.
Schwartz joined AT&T in September of 1996. He is currently a Vice President in
AT&T's Acquisitions and Development group. From September 1996 through September
1998, Mr. Schwartz was Vice President and Chief Counsel of AT&T's Messaging
Division. Prior to joining AT&T, Mr. Schwartz was in private practice in the
Seattle office of Graham & James. Mr. Schwartz holds a B.A., magna cum laude, in
physics and a J.D., magna cum laude, from Harvard University.
James F. Wade has served as a director of TeleCorp since July 1998. He is
currently the Managing Partner of M/C Venture Partners, a $250 million private
equity fund and has been a General Partner in a series of predecessor funds
since 1987. M/C Venture Partners invests solely in the telecommunications and
information technology sectors. Mr. Wade's investments have included several
wireless telephony commitments throughout North America. Mr. Wade has been
responsible for developing the firm's involvement in the telecommunications
sectors, including cellular telephones, ESMR, PCS, competitive access providers
that compete with local telephone service, local carrier competition, domestic
and international paging, and local multipoint distribution service that are
wireless competitors to local telephone service. Mr. Wade has been working with
the management of TeleCorp and TeleCorp Holding since 1995 and is on the board
of six other private companies. Mr. Wade graduated from the University of Notre
Dame in 1978 with a B.B.A. in Finance and received an M.B.A. from Harvard
Business School in 1982.
Selection of Directors
Our board currently consists of 13 directors. Our directors are elected to
serve until they resign or are removed or are otherwise disqualified to serve or
until their successors are elected and qualified. Our directors are elected at
the annual meeting of stockholders.
The stockholders' agreement provides that any action of our board be approved
by the affirmative vote of a majority of our entire board, except in
circumstances where voting by particular classes of directors is required, and
that our board shall initially consist of 13 directors. The stockholders'
agreement also provides
-79-
<PAGE>
that the members of our board will initially be comprised of the following:
. three individuals selected by the cash equity investors who own a
majority of the class A common stock - currently Mr. Desai, Mr. Hoak
and Mr. Laverack serve in this capacity;
. each of Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan, so long as each remains an
officer and the management agreement with TeleCorp Management remains
in effect;
. two individuals selected by AT&T Wireless PCS in its capacity as
holder of the series A preferred stock, so long as AT&T Wireless PCS
and TWR Cellular together own at least two-thirds of the number of
shares of series A preferred stock authorized on May 14, 1999 by our
restated certificate of incorporation - currently Ms. Hawkins Key and
Mr. Schwartz serve in this capacity;
. three individuals selected by the holders of the voting
preference stock, which three individuals are reasonably acceptable to
the cash equity investors who own a majority of the class A common
stock - currently Mr. Fuqua, Mr. Hannon and Mr. Wade serve in this
capacity; and
. three individuals selected by the holders of the voting
preference stock, which three individuals are reasonably acceptable to
the holders of a majority of the class A common stock beneficially
owned by the cash equity investors and AT&T Wireless PCS - currently
Mr. Anderson, Mr. Kussell and Mr. O'Donnell serve in this capacity.
The stockholders' agreement provides that our board will be reduced in size to
be comprised of 7 directors upon the later to occur of the following:
. the date that the holders of shares of our voting preference
stock votes as a class with the holders of our class A voting common
stock; and
. the date on which:
. the class A voting common stock is registered pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
. the aggregate gross proceeds received by us in connection with
such registration statement equals or exceeds $20 million; and
. the class A voting common stock is listed for trading on the New
York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchanged or authorized
for trading on NASDAQ.
If our board is to be reduced to 7 directors, the parties to the stockholders'
agreement agreed to vote all of the shares of class A voting common stock and
voting preference stock to cause the election of the following 7 individuals to
our board:
. two individuals selected by holders of a majority in interest of
the common stock beneficially owned by the cash equity investors;
. two additional individuals selected by holders of a majority in
interest of the common stock beneficially owned by the cash equity
investors which are acceptable to Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan, so long
as they remain officers, and AT&T Wireless PCS;
. two individuals employed by us and selected by Mr. Sullivan and
Mr. Vento, so long
-80-
<PAGE>
as they remain officers, one of whom shall be
acceptable to the holders of a majority in interest of the class A
voting common stock beneficially owned by the cash equity investors
and AT&T Wireless PCS; and
. one individual elected by AT&T Wireless PCS in its capacity as
the holder of series A preferred stock so long as it has the right to
nominate one director in accordance with our restated certificate of
incorporation.
Compensation of Directors
It is not anticipated that the representatives of the cash equity investors
who serve on our board or any committee of our board, such as Mr. Hannon, Mr.
Anderson, Mr. Desai, Mr. Fuqua, Mr. Hoak, Mr. Laverack and Mr. Wade, will
receive cash compensation for their service on our board. Other non-employee
members of our board or its committees receive a quarterly stipend of $1,875,
$1,000 for attending each board or committee meeting and $500 for participating
in each teleconference. It is anticipated that these directors may also receive
stock options. All members of our board or any committee of our board, including
members who are our employees, will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in
connection with attendance at meetings.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our bylaws provide that our board may establish committees to exercise powers
delegated by our board. Under that authority, our board has established an
executive committee, an audit committee and a compensation committee.
The stockholders' agreement provides that the executive committee be comprised
of 5 individuals as follows:
. one of the directors elected by AT&T Wireless PCS in its capacity
as holder of our series A preferred stock - currently there is a
vacancy;
. one of the directors selected by the cash equity investors -
currently Mr. Desai serves in this capacity;
. Mr. Vento, who is our Chief Executive Officer, so long as he is
an officer of us;
. one of the directors selected by the holders of our voting
preference stock who was reasonably acceptable to the holders of a
majority in interest of our class A voting common stock beneficially
owned by the cash equity investors - currently Mr. Hannon serves in
this capacity; and
. one of the directors selected by the holders of our voting
preference stock who was reasonably acceptable to the holders of a
majority in interest of the class A voting common stock owned by the
cash equity investors and AT&T Wireless PCS - currently Mr. O'Donnell
serves in this capacity.
The audit committee is comprised of:
. Mr. Anderson;
. Mr. Fuqua;
. Mr. Laverack; and
-81-
<PAGE>
. Mr. Wade.
The compensation committee is comprised of:
. Mr. Anderson;
. Mr. Desai;
. Mr. Hoak;
. Mr. Kussell; and
. Mr. Schwartz.
Executive Compensation
The following table contains information about the cash and other compensation
that we paid in the 1998 fiscal year to Mr. Vento, our Chief Executive Officer,
and the four other most highly paid executive officers. Our employees are
eligible for annual cash bonuses. These bonuses are generally earned in the year
prior to which they are paid based upon achievement of corporate and individual
performance objectives; however some bonuses are specified in employment
agreements. The bonuses earned in 1997 were paid in 1998 and are not included in
this table. The bonuses in the table were earned in 1998 and were paid in 1999.
Other annual compensation consists of amounts reimbursed for relocation expenses
and any taxes that we paid on behalf of the executive for the
reimbursement.
Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Long-Term Compensation
Annual Compensation Awards
------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Other Annual
Compensation Restricted Stock
Name and Principal Position Salary($) Bonus($) ($) Awards($)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Gerald T. Vento $213,461(a) $157,500(b) $ 5,994(c) $ 0
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman
Thomas H. Sullivan 206,931(d) 125,000(e) 106,637(f) 0
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
Julie Dobson 114,423(g) 155,000 66,134(h) 127,238(i)
Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer
Robert Dowski(j) 181,196(k) 101,251(l) 5,514(m) 40,640(n)
Chief Financial Officer
Steven Chandler 118,808(o) 45,000(p) 114,475(q) 14,541(r)
General Manager
</TABLE>
______________________________
(a) This amount consists of $111,538 that TeleCorp Management paid to Mr. Vento
out of amounts we paid to TeleCorp Management under the management
agreement and $101,923 that TeleCorp Holding paid to Mr. Vento.
(b) This amount does not include $62,500 in bonus that TeleCorp Holding paid to
Mr. Vento in 1998 earned in 1997.
(c) This amount consists of $5,994 that we paid on behalf of Mr. Vento into our
401(k) plan.
(d) This amount consists of $92,947 that TeleCorp Management paid to Mr.
Sullivan out of amounts we paid to TeleCorp Management under the management
agreement and $113,984 that TeleCorp Holding paid to
-82-
<PAGE>
Mr. Sullivan.
(e) This amount does not include $51,500 that TeleCorp Holding paid to Mr.
Sullivan in 1998 earned in 1997.
(f) This amount consists of $103,637 in relocation expenses that TeleCorp
Management paid to Mr. Sullivan out of amounts that we paid to TeleCorp
Management under the management agreement and $3,000 that we paid on
behalf of Mr. Sullivan in our 401(k) plan.
(g) This amount consists of $114,423 that TeleCorp Communications paid to Ms.
Dobson.
(h) This amount consists of $66,134 in relocation expenses that TeleCorp
Communications paid to Ms. Dobson.
(i) Consists of 2,287.21 shares of series E preferred stock, valued at $52
per share, and 3,459.45 shares of class A common stock, valued at $2.40
per share, issued under our restricted stock grant plan on July 16,
1998.
(j) Mr. Dowski ceased to be employed with us as of March 8, 1999, except for
transition support.
(k) This amount consists of $72,692 that TeleCorp Holding paid to Mr. Dowski
and $108,504 that TeleCorp Communications paid to Mr. Dowski.
(l) This amount does not include $9,803 that TeleCorp Holding paid to Mr.
Dowski in 1998 earned in 1997.
(m) This amount consists of $5,514 that we paid on behalf of Mr. Dowski into
our 401(k) plan.
(n) Consists of 714.340 shares of series E preferred stock, valued at $52 per
share, and 1,455.910 shares of class A common stock, valued at $2.40 per
share, issued under our restricted stock grant plan on July 16, 1998. On
March 8, 1999, we repurchased 577.392 of Mr. Dowski's shares of series E
preferred stock and 1,316.462 of Mr. Dowski's shares of class A common
stock for a total of approximately $19, which is not reflected in the
table.
(o) This amount consists of $54,519 that TeleCorp Holding paid to Mr.
Chandler and $64,288 that TeleCorp Communications paid to Mr. Chandler.
(p) This amount does not include $7,228 that TeleCorp Holding paid to Mr.
Chandler in 1998 earned in 1997 or $6,000 that TeleCorp Communications
paid to Mr. Chandler in 1998 earned in 1997.
(q) This amount consists of $111,995 in relocation expenses that TeleCorp
Communications paid to Mr. Chandler and $2,480 that we paid on behalf of
Mr. Chandler into our 401(k) plan.
(r) Consists of 255.59 shares of series E preferred stock and 520.92 shares
of class A common stock issued under our restricted stock grant plan on
July 16, 1998.
Restricted Stock Grant Plan
We established the TeleCorp PCS, Inc. 1998 Restricted Stock Plan to award key
employees shares of our series E preferred stock and class A common stock. Each
award is subject to a five- or six-year vesting schedule that depends on the
employee's date of hire, with unvested shares being redeemed by us for $0.01 per
share upon termination of employment. The shares granted are subject to the same
transfer restrictions and repurchase rights as our shares held by AT&T and other
investors. See "Description of Capital Stock." As of July 1, 1999, 6,687 shares
of series E preferred stock and 12,297 shares of class A common stock are
outstanding under this plan. We repurchased an additional 1,155 shares of series
E preferred stock and 2,633 shares of class A common stock from our
stockholders, which we had granted under this plan, and we have regranted some
of these repurchased shares under this plan.
-83-
<PAGE>
1999 Stock Option Plan
On July 22, 1999, we implemented the 1999 Stock Option Plan to award employees
and members of our board options to acquire shares of our class B common stock.
The options will be exercisable over a 10 year period. They will vest ratably
over a three to four year period. The exercise prices will be equal to the
estimated fair value of the underlying shares of class B common stock. The plan
restricts option holders from exercising their options until:
. an initial public offering of our class A common stock occurs
that raises aggregate proceeds of at least $20.0 million;
. we sell all or substantially all of our assets; or
. we sell all or substantially all of our outstanding capital stock
is sold.
We have reserved 5,871.59 shares of our class B common stock for issuance under
this plan.
On July 22, 1999, our board approved the grant of options to purchase 1,895.20
shares of class B common stock under our plan at an exercise price of $0.02 per
share. We have not yet effected these grants.
Management Agreement
Under the management agreement, TeleCorp Management, under our oversight,
review and ultimate control and approval, assists us with:
. administrative services, such as accounting, payment of all bills
and collection;
. operational services, such as engineering, maintenance and
construction;
. marketing services, such as sales, advertising and promotion;
. regulatory services, such as tax compliance, FCC applications and
regulatory filings; and
. general business services, such as supervising employees,
budgeting and negotiating contracts.
Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan own TeleCorp Management.
TeleCorp Management has agreed to provide the services of Mr. Vento and Mr.
Sullivan in connection with the performance of TeleCorp Management's obligations
under the management agreement. Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan have agreed to devote
their entire business time and attention to providing these services, provided
that they may devote reasonable periods of time to other enumerated
activities.
We reimburse TeleCorp Management for all out of pocket expenses it incurs for
the retention of third parties on our behalf. We pay TeleCorp management fees of
$550,000 per year, payable in monthly installments. TeleCorp Management is also
entitled to a potential annual bonus equal to up to 50% of the management fee
based upon the achievement of objectives established by the compensation
committee of our board for a particular calendar year. In 1998, we paid bonuses
totaling approximately $285,000 to TeleCorp Management.
The
-84-
<PAGE>
management agreement has a five-year term. We may terminate the management
agreement immediately in some circumstances including:
. indictment of Mr. Vento or Mr. Sullivan for a felony;
. a material breach which remains uncured after 30 days written notice;
. the failure of TeleCorp Management to provide to us the services of
Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan;
. an event of default on any of our credit agreements for borrowings of
$25.0 million or more as a result of our failure to comply with their
terms; or
. acceleration of any of our indebtedness over $25.0 million.
TeleCorp Management may terminate the agreement voluntarily upon 30 days written
notice to us. TeleCorp Management may also terminate the agreement if:
. Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan are removed as directors or are demoted or
removed from their respective offices or there is a material
diminishment of Mr. Vento's and Mr. Sullivan's responsibilities, duties
or status, which diminishment is not rescinded within 30 days after the
date of receipt by our board from Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan of their
respective written notice referring to the management agreement and
describing the diminishment; or
. we relocate our principal offices without TeleCorp Management's
consent to a location more than 50 miles from our principal offices in
Arlington, Virginia.
If TeleCorp Management terminates the agreement for reasons other than its
right to terminate upon 30 days written notice, or if we terminate the agreement
because of a breach by TeleCorp Management or we fail to comply with any of our
credit agreements for borrowed money in the amount of $25.0 million or more,
TeleCorp Management will be entitled to their management fee and annual bonus.
Their annual bonus will be determined as follows:
. if the date of termination is on or prior to June 30 or any applicable
calendar year, the annual bonus will be equal to a pro rata portion of
the annual bonus in respect of that year, as determined based upon our
achievement of the objectives for that year;
. if the date of termination is after June 30 of any applicable calendar
year, the annual bonus will be equal to the annual bonus payable in
respect of that year, as determined based upon our achievement of the
objectives for that year,
in either instance payable upon the later to occur of 30 days after
certification of our financial statements for that year and the last day of the
month after which a new management service provider is retained by us, and
TeleCorp Management has nominated a successor person or persons, who are
acceptable to our board, and:
. who would not cause a significant detrimental effect on our
eligibility to hold our PCS licenses and to realize the benefits, if
any, that we derive from TeleCorp Management's status as a very small
business;
. to whom our voting preference common stock and class C common stock
shall be transferred by Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan.
-85-
<PAGE>
. The management agreement protects us if TeleCorp Management does not
nominate an acceptable person or persons to provide to us management
services to us.
The shares of class A common stock and series E preferred stock that Mr. Vento
and Mr. Sullivan received under the securities purchase agreement vest in
accordance with the following schedule, which is contained in the management
agreement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Vesting Date Percent of
Shares
<S> <C>
July 17, 1998 20%
July 17, 2000 15%
July 17, 2001 15%
July 17, 2002 15%
July 17, 2003 15%
</TABLE>
The remaining shares vest according to the completion of different steps in
our minimum construction plan and the closing of our transactions for additional
licenses.
We are obligated to repurchase from Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan, and they are
required to sell to us, their shares of our series E preferred stock or our
class A common stock, following the termination of the management agreement for
any reason, in the amounts and upon the following conditions:
. 4,663.92 shares of our class A common stock if the termination occurs
prior to an extraordinary event, which is a merger between us and
another entity after giving effect to which our cash equity investors
would beneficially own less than 33% of the equity interests in the
surviving entity, the sale of substantially all of our assets, or the
date of an initial public offering of our capital stock;
. the shares of our class A common stock that have not already vested if
the termination occurs after an extraordinary event; and
. the amount of our class A common stock, up to 18,655.65 shares, and
our series E preferred stock, up to 18,219.13 shares, that have not yet
vested.
Upon the occurrence of an extraordinary event, we are obligated to repurchase
from Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan, and they are required to sell to us, a
percentage of their 4,663.92 shares of our class A common stock. The percentage
of shares to be repurchased is determined by the internal rate of return
realized by our cash equity investors. The percentage of Mr. Vento's and Mr.
Sullivan's 4,663.92 shares of our class A common stock to be repurchased is
determined as follows:
. if the internal rate of return realized by our cash equity investors
is less than 30%, we must repurchase a total of 4,664 shares of our
class A common stock from Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan;
. if the internal rate of return realized by our cash equity investors
is 30% or more but less than 35%, we must repurchase a total of 2,332
shares of our class A common stock from Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan; and
. if the internal rate of return realized by our cash equity investors
is more than 35%, we do not repurchase any shares of our class A common
stock.
During the term of the management agreement, and under limited circumstances
for a period following termination, TeleCorp Management, Mr. Vento and Mr.
Sullivan are prohibited from assisting or becoming associated with any person or
entity, other than as a holder of up to 5% of the outstanding voting shares
of
-86-
<PAGE>
any publicly traded company, that is actively engaged in the business of
providing mobile wireless communications services in our territory, and from
employing any person who was employed by us unless that person was not employed
by us for a period of at least six months.
Employee Agreements
On July 17, 1998, we entered into an employee agreement with Ms. Dobson, under
which she serves as our Chief Operating Officer at a base annual salary of
$250,000. Ms. Dobson is eligible under the employee agreement, at our board's
discretion, to receive an annual bonus in an amount up to 50% of her base annual
salary.
On July 17, 1998, we entered into an employee agreement with Mr. Chandler,
under which he serves as our General Manager at a base annual salary of
$145,000. Mr. Chandler is eligible under the employee agreement, at our board's
discretion, to receive an annual bonus in an amount up to 30% of his base annual
salary.
Both Ms. Dobson's and Mr. Chandler's employee agreements provide that they are
employees-at-will. We will reimburse the reasonable expenses that the executives
incur while performing their services under the employee agreements and the
executives may participate in our employee benefit plans available to employees
of comparable status and position.
If an executive should die, we will pay any amounts that we owe the executive
under the employee agreements accrued prior to the death to the executive's
estate, heirs and beneficiaries. All family medical benefits under the employee
agreements for the benefit of the executive will continue for six months after
death. Termination for cause is:
. engaging in misconduct which has caused demonstrable and serious
injury, financial or otherwise, to us or our reputation;
. being convicted of a felony or misdemeanor as evidenced by a judgment,
order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;
. failing to comply with our board's directions, or neglecting or
refusing to perform the executive's duties or responsibilities, unless
changed significantly without the executive's consent; or
. violating the employee agreement or restricted stock grant plan.
If we terminate an executive for cause, or an executive voluntarily quits, we
will pay the executive any amounts that we owe the executive accrued prior to
the cessation of employment. If we terminate an executive other than for cause,
we will pay the executive an amount equal to such executive's then annual base
salary, at normal payroll intervals, as well as continue to cover the executive
under our employee benefit plans for 12 months.
Under the employee agreements, the executives are subject to confidentiality
provisions, and have agreed, for one year after cessation of employment with us,
to non-competition and non-solicitation provisions and to limit public
statements concerning us.
Separation Agreement
On March 8, 1999, we entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Dowski.
Under such separation agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Dowski:
-87-
<PAGE>
. $17,500 per month for 12 months;
. a lump sum of $105,000, representing a 1998 bonus;
. a lump sum equal to earned but unpaid or unused vacation;
. $4,300 as reimbursement for relocation expenses, including taxes
payable by Mr. Dowski on the sum; and
. a lump sum equal to outstanding travel and expense reimbursement.
We also agreed to continue covering Mr. Dowski under our employee benefit plans
for 12 months. We will continue to pay a duplicate housing relocation benefit to
Mr. Dowski through July 1999.
In addition, we repurchased 577.392 shares of Mr. Dowski's series E preferred
stock and 1,316.462 of Mr. Dowski's shares of class A common stock for
approximately $19 in accordance with his share grant agreement concerning such
restricted stock.
The separation agreement contained mutual releases by Mr. Dowski and us of the
other. In addition, in the separation agreement, Mr. Dowski confirmed his
confidentiality agreements with us, and his one-year non-competition, non-
solicitation and limitation on public speaking agreements.
-88-
<PAGE>
SECURITIES OWNERSHIP OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table describes, as of August 1, 1999, on a pro forma basis,
after giving effect to our Viper Wireless transaction, the number of shares of
each class of our voting stock beneficially owned by:
. each of our directors;
. key executive officers;
. each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of any class of our voting capital stock at such
date;
. all of our directors and executive officers , as a group, 30
persons.
As of this date, after giving pro forma effect to our Viper Wireless
transaction, the following shares were outstanding:
. 97,473 shares of series A preferred stock;
. 210,608 shares of series C preferred stock;
. 49,417 shares of series D preferred stock;
. 24,906 shares of series E preferred stock;
. 48,261 shares of series F preferred stock;
. 238,799 shares of class A common stock;
. 919 shares of class C common stock;
. 2,755 shares of class D common stock; and
. 10 shares of voting preference stock.
See "Description of Capital Stock." Except as otherwise indicated, the address
for each stockholder is c/o TeleCorp, 1010 N. Glebe Road, Suite 800, Arlington,
Virginia 22201.
In accordance with the beneficial ownership provisions of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 for purposes of this table, a person is deemed to be the
beneficial owner of any shares of common stock if the person has or shares
voting power or investment power with respect to the common stock, or has the
right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days of the date of
the table. As used here, voting power is the power to vote or direct the voting
of shares and investment power is the power to dispose or direct the disposition
of shares.
Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation, until the
occurrence of defined events, and subject to specific rights granted to holders
of other classes of our capital stock, the holders of voting preference common
stock possess 50.1% of the voting power of all shares of our capital stock, and
the holders of class A common stock possess 49.9% of the voting power of all
shares of our capital stock. If, under circumstances described under
"Description of Capital Stock," we receive FCC approval for the class A common
stock and voting preference common stock to vote as a single class, the class A
common stock and the voting preference common stock will vote as a single class
on all matters and be granted one vote per outstanding share. Holders of some of
our other classes of our capital stock have been granted voting rights regarding
matters specifically affecting those classes. Finally, so long as AT&T
-89-
<PAGE>
continues to own not less than two-thirds of the shares of series A preferred
stock it owned on July 16, 1998, it will have the right to nominate two members
of our board, or one member following other events. See "Description of Capital
Stock."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Class A Voting Preference
Common Stock Common Stock
----------------------------- -----------------------------
Number of Percentage of Number of Percentage of
Stockholder Shares Class Shares Class
- ----------- ---------- -------------- ----------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CB Capital Investors, L.P............................ 48,992(a) 20.52% 0 0%
Equity-Linked Investors -II.......................... 46,505(b) 19.47 0 0
Hoak Communications Partners, L.P.................... 34,878(c) 14.61 0 0
Whitney Equity Partners. L.P......................... 29,064(d) 12.17 0 0
Media/Communications Partners........................ 18,685(e) 7.82 0 0
AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc............................... 51,189(f) 17.83 0 0
TWR Cellular, Inc.................................... 51,189(f) 17.83 0 0
Gerald T. Vento...................................... 16,099(g) 6.74 5 50
Thomas H. Sullivan................................... 10,424(h) 4.37 5 50
Michael R. Hannon.................................... 48,992(i) 20.52 0 0
Rohit M. Desai..................................... 46,505(j) 19.47 0 0
James M. Hoak........................................ 34,878(k) 14.61 0 0
William Laverack, Jr................................. 29,064(l) 12.17 0 0
Gary Fuqua........................................... 0 0 0 0
James F. Wade........................................ 18,685(m) 7.82 0 0
Scott Anderson....................................... 0(n) 0 0 0
William Kussell.................................... 0(o) 0 0 0
Joseph O' Donnell.................................. 0(p) 0 0 0
Michael Schwartz..................................... 51,189(f) 17.83 0 0
Mary Hawkins Key..................................... 51,189(f) 17.83 0 0
Julie Dobson......................................... 5,182(q) 2.17 0 0
Robert Dowski........................................ 139(r) * 0 0
Steven Chandler...................................... 571(s) * 0 0
All directors and executive officers, as a group, 30
persons.............................................. 267,666(t) 93.24
</TABLE>
_______________
* Less than one percent.
(a) Includes shares held by TeleCorp Investment Corp., LLC. Does not include 91
shares of class C common stock or 658 shares of class D common stock held by
these stockholders. These shares under some circumstances are convertible
into shares of class A common stock. Does not include 50,571 shares of
series C preferred stock held by these stockholders. These shares are
convertible under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock or
class B common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock." These shares may also be deemed to be
beneficially owned by Mr. Hannon. Mr. Hannon disclaims beneficial ownership
of all of these shares. The address of the stockholders is 380 Madison
Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
(b) Includes shares held by Private Equity Investors III, L.P. Does not include
87 shares of class C common stock or 629 shares of class D common stock held
by these stockholders. These shares, under some circumstances, are
convertible into shares of class A common stock. Does not include 48,038
shares of series C preferred stock held by these stockholders. These shares
are convertible under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock
or class B common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock." These shares may also be deemed to be
beneficially owned by Mr. Desai. Mr. Desai disclaims beneficial ownership of
all these shares. The address of the
-90-
<PAGE>
stockholders is 540 Madison Avenue, 36th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
(c) Includes shares held by HCP Capital Fund, L.P. Does not include 65 shares of
class C common stock or 472 shares of class D common stock held by these
stockholders. These shares, under some circumstances, are convertible into
shares of class A common stock. Does not include 36,028 shares of series C
preferred stock held by these stockholders. These shares are convertible
under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock or class B
common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock." These shares may also be deemed to be
beneficially owned by Mr. Hoak. The address of the stockholders is One
Galleria Tower, 13355 Noel Road, Suite 1050, Dallas, Texas 75240.
(d) Includes shares held by J.H. Whitney III, L.P. and Whitney Strategic
Partners III, L.P. Does not include 54 shares of class C common stock or 393
shares of class D common stock held by these stockholders. These shares,
under some circumstances, are convertible into shares of class A common
stock. Does not include 30,023 shares of series C preferred stock held by
these stockholders. These shares are convertible under some circumstances
into shares of class A common stock or class B common stock, which is
convertible into class A common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."
These shares may also be deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. Laverack.
The address of the stockholders is 177 Broad Street, 15th Floor, Stamford,
Connecticut 06901.
(e) Consists of shares held by Media/Communications Partners III Limited
Partnership and Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership. Does not
include 35 shares of class C common stock or 250 shares of class D common
stock held by these stockholders. These shares, under some circumstances,
are convertible into shares of class A common stock. Does not include 19,282
shares of series C preferred stock held by these stockholders. These shares
are convertible under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock
or class B common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock." These shares may also be deemed to be
beneficially owned by Mr. Wade. The address of the stockholders is 75 State
Street, Suite 2500, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.
(f) Consists of 25,325 shares of series F preferred stock held by AT&T Wireless
PCS, 18,036 shares of series F preferred stock held by TWR Cellular and
4,900 shares of series F preferred stock issuable to AT&T Wireless PCS in
connection with the Viper Wireless transaction. Does not include 68 shares
of class D common stock held by AT& T Wireless PCS. These shares may also be
deemed to be held by Mr. Schwartz, Ms. Hawkins Key and various AT&T
affiliates. Mr. Schwartz and Ms. Hawkins Key disclaim beneficial ownership
of all of these shares. Does not include 97,473 shares of series A preferred
stock or 49,417 shares of series D preferred stock held by this stockholder.
Series A preferred stock is convertible into shares of class A common stock
only after July 17, 2006. Series D preferred stock is convertible under some
circumstances into shares of senior common stock, which is convertible into
class A common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock." The address of the
stockholders is c/o AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc., 7277 164th Avenue, N.E.,
Redmond, Washington 98052.
(g) Includes 1,592 shares held by TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C. Mr.
Vento serves as a manager and is a stockholder of this entity. Does not
include 381.29 shares of class C common stock or 10 shares of class D common
stock held by this stockholder or 37 shares of class D common stock held by
TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C. These shares, under some circumstances,
are convertible into shares of class A common stock. Does not include 490
shares of series C preferred stock or 11,235 shares of series E preferred
stock held by this stockholder or 1,670 shares of series C preferred stock
owned by TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C. These shares are convertible
under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock or class B
common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock."
(h) Includes 1,592 shares held by TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C. Mr.
Sullivan serves as a manger and is a stockholder of this entity. Does not
include 221 shares of class C common stock or 2 shares of class D common
stock held by this stockholder or 37 shares of class D common stock held by
TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C. These shares, under some circumstances,
are convertible into shares of class A common stock. Does not include 109
shares of series C preferred stock or 6,984 shares of series E preferred
stock held by this stockholder or 1,670 shares of series C preferred stock
owned by TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C. These shares are convertible
under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock or class B
common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock."
(i) Includes shares of our capital stock owned by CB Capital Investors, L.P. and
TeleCorp Investment Corp., LLC. Mr. Hannon serves as Vice President of CB
Capital Investors, L.P. Includes 91 shares of class C common stock and 658
shares of class D common stock held by the stockholders. These shares, under
some circumstances, are convertible into shares of class A common stock.
Does not include 50,571 shares of series C preferred stock held by these
stockholders. These shares are convertible under
-91-
<PAGE>
some circumstances into shares of class A common stock or class B common
stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See "Description of
Capital Stock." Mr. Hannon disclaims beneficial ownership of all of these
shares. The address of the stockholder is c/o CB Capital Investors, L.P.,
380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
(j) Consists of shares owned by Equity-Linked Investors-II and Private Equity
Investors III, L.P. Mr. Desai serves as managing general partner of each of
these stockholders. Does not include 87 shares of class C common stock or
629 shares of class D common stock held by these stockholders. These shares,
under some circumstances, are convertible into shares of class A common
stock. Does not include 48,038 shares of series C preferred stock held by
these stockholders. These shares are convertible under some circumstances
into shares of class A common stock or class B common stock, which is
convertible into class A common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."
Mr. Desai disclaims beneficial ownership of all of these shares. The address
of this stockholder is 540 Madison Avenue, 36th Floor, New York, New York
10022.
(k) Consists of shares owned by Hoak Communications Partners, L.P. and HCP
Capital Fund, L.P. Mr. Hoak serves as Principal and Chairman of the manager
of these stockholders, shareholder of the manager and General Partner of
Hoak Communications Partners, L.P. and limited partner and shareholder of
the General Partner of HCP Capital Fund, L.P. Does not include 65 shares of
class C common stock or 472 shares of class D common stock held by these
stockholders. These shares, under some circumstances, are convertible into
shares of class A common stock. Does not include 36,028 shares of series C
preferred stock held by these stockholders. These shares are convertible
under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock or class B
common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock." The address of these stockholders is c/o
Hoak Communications Partners, L.P., One Galleria Tower, 13355 Noel Road,
Suite 1050, Dallas, Texas 75240.
(l) Consists of shares owned by Whitney Equity Partners, L.P., J.H. Whitney III,
L.P. and Whitney Strategic Partners III, L.P. Mr. Laverack serves as
Managing Member of J.H. Whitney Equity Partners, L.L.C., which is a General
Partner in Whitney Equity Partners, L.P., Managing Member of J.H. Whitney
Equity Partners III, L.L.C. which is a General Partner in J.H. Whitney III,
L.P. and Whitney Strategic Partners III, L.P. Does not include 54 shares of
class C common stock or 393 shares of class D common stock held by these
stockholders. These shares, under some circumstances, are convertible into
shares of class A common stock. Does not include 30,023 shares of series C
preferred stock held by these stockholders. These shares are convertible
under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock or class B
common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock." The address of these stockholders is c/o
Whitney Equity Partners, L.P., 177 Broad Street, 15th Floor, Stamford,
Connecticut 06901.
(m) Consists of shares owned by Media/Communications Investors Limited
Partnership and Media/Communications Partners III Limited Partnership. Mr.
Wade serves as President of M/C Investor General Partner-J, Inc., which is a
General Partner in Media Communications Investors Limited Partnerships and
Manager of M/C III, L.L.C., which is a General Partner in Media
Communications Partners III Limited Partnership. Does not include 35 shares
of class C common stock or 250 shares of class D common stock held by these
stockholders. These shares, under some circumstances, are convertible into
shares of class A common stock. Does not include 19,282 shares of series C
preferred stock held by these stockholders. These shares are convertible
under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock or class B
common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock." The address of these stockholders is c/o
Media/Communications Partners, 75 State Street, Suite 2500, Boston,
Massachusetts 02109.
(n) Does not include 1,592 shares of class A common stock and 37 shares of class
D common stock owned by TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C., of which Cedar
Grove Partners, LLC owns 4.49%. Mr. Anderson is a principal of Cedar Grove
Partners, LLC.
(o) Does not include 1,592 shares of class A common stock and 37 shares of class
D common stock owned by TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C., of which Mr.
Kussell owns 2.99%.
(p) Does not include 1,592 shares of class A common stock and 37 shares of class
D common stock owned by TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C., of which Mr.
O'Donnell owns 2.39%.
(q) Does not include 1,592 shares of class A common stock and 37 shares of class
D common stock owned by TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C., of which Ms.
Dobson owns 5.99%. Does not include 3,120 shares of series E preferred stock
held by this stockholder. These shares are convertible under some
circumstances into shares of class A common stock or class B common stock,
which is convertible into class A common stock.
(r) Does not include 137 shares of series E preferred stock held by this
stockholder. These shares are convertible
-92-
<PAGE>
under some circumstances into shares of class A common stock or class B
common stock, which is convertible into class A common stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock."
(s) Does not include 1,592 shares of class A common stock and 37 shares of class
D common stock owned by TeleCorp Investment Corp. II, L.L.C., of which Mr.
Chandler owns 5.99%.
(t) Includes shares held by members of management and our cash equity investors
that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by members of our board. These
members of our board disclaim beneficial ownership. The 14 members of our
senior management team hold approximately 14% of our common stock. Does not
include shares held by Mr. Dowski, whom we no longer employ. Does not
include options that have been approved but not granted under our 1999 Stock
Option Plan.
-93-
<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
AT&T Agreements
On January 23, 1998, we and AT&T announced the formation of a venture under
which we are financing, constructing and operating a wireless communications
network using the AT&T and SunCom brand names and logos together, giving equal
emphasis to both. AT&T contributed licenses to us in exchange for an equity
interest in us. The venture provides the basis for an alliance between us and
AT&T to provide wireless communications services in particular markets. These
agreements are unique and were heavily negotiated by the parties. The parties
entered into these agreements as a whole, and, taken as a whole, the terms of
these agreements were no more favorable to any of the parties than could have
been obtained from third parties negotiated at arm's length. AT&T, as a result
of these agreements, owns shares of our capital stock. The terms of the venture
and the alliance are described in a number of agreements, and we summarize these
agreements. These summaries are qualified by reference to the agreements. Copies
of the agreements are attached as exhibits to the registration statement.
Securities Purchase Agreement
Under a securities purchase agreement, dated as of January 23, 1998, as amended,
among:
. our cash equity investors which include:
. AT&T Wireless PCS Inc.;
. TWR Cellular, Inc.;
. CB Capital Investors, L.P.;
. Desai Associates;
. Hoak Capital Corporation;
. J. H. Whitney & Co.;
. Entergy Technology Holding Company, who has since transferred all of
our capital stock that it owned;
. M/C Partners;
. One Liberty Fund III, L.P.;
. Toronto Dominion Investments, Inc.;
. Northwood Capital Partners;
. and:
. the former stockholders of TeleCorp Holding;
. Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan; and
. us,
-94-
<PAGE>
we received PCS licenses from AT&T Wireless PCS and TWR Cellular in exchange for
shares of our series A preferred stock, series D preferred stock and series F
preferred stock. Under the securities purchase agreement , the cash equity
investors agreed to contribute $128.0 million to us in exchange for shares of
our series C preferred stock, class A voting common stock , class C common
stock, and class D common stock. In addition, the securities purchase agreement
provides that, upon the closing by us of an acquisition of PCS licenses covering
populations of one million or more people, the cash equity investors will
contribute an additional $5.0 million to us in exchange for additional shares of
our series C preferred stock and class A common stock. Approximately $39.0
million of the contributions to be made by the cash equity investors were made
upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the securities purchase
agreement, which occurred on July 17, 1998, and the remainder of the
contributions will be made over a three-year period. The obligations of each of
the cash equity investors to make its remaining contributions are:
. irrevocable and unconditional, and not subject to counterclaim,
set-off, deduction or defense, or to abatement, suspension, deferment,
diminution or reduction for any reason whatsoever; and
. under a pledge agreement between the cash equity investors and
us, secured by a pledge of all shares of our capital stock issued to
the cash equity investor under the securities purchase agreement.
See "Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
Under the securities purchase agreement, Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan exchanged
their shares of stock in TeleCorp Holding for shares of our series E preferred
stock, class A common stock, class C common stock and class D common stock. Mr.
Vento and Mr. Sullivan also each received five shares of our voting preference
stock in exchange for shares of stock we previously issued to them. The other
former stockholders of TeleCorp Holding exchanged their shares of stock in
TeleCorp Holding for shares of our series C preferred stock, class A common
stock, class C common stock and class D common stock. The table below indicates
the contribution made by each of the parties to the securities purchase
agreement, their contribution and the consideration received:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Stockholder Contribution Consideration Received
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
. AT&T Wireless PCS Inc. . PCS licenses covering some of the BTAs . 30,650 shares of our series A
or other areas within the St. Louis MTA, preferred stock
the Louisville-Lexington-Evansville MTA, . 15,741 shares of our series D
and the Boston-Providence MTA preferred stock
. 15,325 shares of our series F
preferred stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. TWR Cellular, Inc. . PCS licenses covering the Little Rock, . 36,073 shares of our series A
Arkansas MTA and covering some of the preferred stock
BTAs or other areas within the . 18,526 shares of our series D
Memphis-Jackson MTA preferred stock
. 18,036 shares of our series F
preferred stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
-95-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Stockholder Contribution Consideration Received
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
. CB Capital Investors, L.P. . $27,782,014 . 30,102 shares of our series C
. 363 class A shares of TeleCorp preferred stock
Holding . 28,654 shares of our class A common
. 2,296 class C shares of TeleCorp stock
Holding . 91 shares of our class C common
. 58 series A preferred shares of stock
TeleCorp Holding . 596 shares of our class D common
stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. Desai Associates . $27,782,014 . 27,782 shares of our series C
preferred stock
. 26,369 shares of our class A common
stock
. 87 shares of our class C common
stock
. 572 shares of our class D common
stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. Hoak Capital Corporation . $19,172,794 . 20,837 shares of our series C
preferred stock
. 19,777 shares of our class A common
stock
. 65 shares of our class C common
stock
. 429 shares of our class D common
stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. J.H. Whitney & Co. . $17,363,760 . 17,364 shares of our series C
preferred stock
. 16,481 shares of our class A common
stock
. 54 shares of our class C common
stock
. 357 shares of our class D common
stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. Entergy Technology Holding Company . $13,891,009 . 15,051 shares of our series C
. 1,974 class B shares of TeleCorp preferred stock
Holding . 14,327 shares of our class A common
. 685 class C shares of TeleCorp stock
Holding . 344 shares of our class D common
. 58 series A preferred shares of stock
TeleCorp Holding
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. M/C Partners and M/C Investors . $10,418,256 . 11,578 shares of our series C
. 363 class A shares of TeleCorp preferred stock
Holding . 11,031 shares of our class A
. 2,296 class C shares of TeleCorp common stock
Holding . 35 shares of our class C common
. 58 series A preferred shares of stock
TeleCorp Holding . 227 shares of our class D common
stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
-96-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Stockholder Contribution Consideration Received
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
. One Liberty Fund III, L.P. . $3,472,754 . 5,004 shares of our series C
. 837 class A shares of TeleCorp preferred stock
Holding . 4,633 shares of our class A common
. 2,273 class C shares of TeleCorp stock
Holding . 13 shares of our class C common
. 77 series A preferred shares of stock
TeleCorp Holding . 86 shares of our class D common
stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. Toronto Dominion Investments, Inc. . $3,472,754 . 3,473 shares of our series C
preferred stock
. 3,296 shares of our class A common
stock
. 11 shares of our class C common
stock
. 71 shares of our class D common
stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. Northwood Capital Partners and . $2,430,928 . 3,591 shares of our series C
Northwood Ventures . 363 class A shares of TeleCorp preferred stock
Holding . 3,450 shares of our class A common
. 2,296 class C shares of TeleCorp stock
Holding . 9 shares of our class C common stock
. 58 series A preferred shares of . 62 shares of our class D common
TeleCorp Holding stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. Gilde Investment Fund B.V. . 8 class A shares of TeleCorp . 15 shares of our series C preferred
Holding stock
. 23 class C shares of TeleCorp . 13 shares of our class A common
Holding stock
. 1 series A preferred share of . less than 1 share of our class C
TeleCorp Holding common stock
. less than 1 share of our class D
common stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. TeleCorp Investment Corp., L.L.C. . 2,659 class C shares of TeleCorp . 2 shares of our class C common stock
Holding . 12 shares of our class D common
. 58 series A preferred shares of stock
TeleCorp Holding . 1,160 shares of our series C
preferred stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
. Gerald T. Vento . $450,000 . 5 shares of our voting preferred
. 1,788 class A shares of TeleCorp common stock
Holding . 450 shares of our series C preferred
stock
. 8,729 shares of our series E
preferred stock
. 11,207 shares of our class A common
stock
. 341 shares of our class C common
stock
. 9 shares of our class D common stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
-97-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Stockholder Contribution Consideration Received
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
. Thomas H. Sullivan . $100,000 . 5 shares of our voting preferred
. 1,112 class A shares of TeleCorp common stock
Holding . 100 shares of our series C preferred
stock
. 5,426 shares of our series E
preferred stock
. 6,796 shares of our class A common
stock
. 212 shares of our class C common
stock
. 2 shares of our class D common stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Our cash equity investors also committed in the securities purchase agreement
to make additional irrevocable equity contributions in the aggregate amount of
$5.0 million in return for the issuance of preferred and common stock in
connection with the Digital PCS acquisition. In addition, upon the closing of
the transactions contemplated by the securities purchase agreement, we also
issued to other members of management shares of our series E preferred stock and
class A common stock. Up to 35.71% of the class A common stock issued to members
of management are under our restricted stock plan. Shares issued under the
restricted stock plan are subject to forfeiture according to a schedule if
employment of the stockholder with us is terminated within six years after the
closing of the securities purchase agreement.
Stockholders' Agreement
General. The stockholders' agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998, among AT&T
Wireless PCS, TWR Cellular, the cash equity investors, Mr. Vento, Mr. Sullivan
and us sets guidelines for our management and operations and restricts the sale,
transfer or other disposition of our capital stock.
Board of Directors. Our board currently consists of 13 directors. Our
directors are elected to serve until they resign or are removed or are otherwise
disqualified to serve or until their successors are elected and qualified. Our
directors are elected at the annual meeting of stockholders.
The stockholders' agreement provides that any action of our board be approved
by the affirmative vote of a majority of our entire board, except in
circumstances where voting by particular classes of directors is required. The
stockholders' agreement also provides that our board shall initially consist of
13 directors, comprised of the following:
. three individuals selected by the cash equity investors who own a
majority of the class A common stock;
. each of Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan, so long as each remains one
of our officers and the management agreement between us and TeleCorp
Management remains in effect;
. two individuals selected by AT&T Wireless PCS in its capacity as
holder of the series A preferred stock, so long as AT&T Wireless PCS
and TWR Cellular together own at least two-thirds of the number of
shares of series A preferred stock authorized on May 14, 1999 in our
restated certificate of incorporation;
. three individuals selected by the holders of the voting
preference stock, which three individuals are reasonably acceptable to
the
-98-
<PAGE>
cash equity investors who own a majority of the class A common stock;
and
. three individuals selected by the holders of the voting
preference stock, which three individuals are reasonably acceptable to
the holders of a majority of the class A common stock beneficially
owned by the cash equity investors and AT&T Wireless PCS.
The stockholders' agreement provides that our board will be reduced to 7
directors upon the later to occur of the following:
. the date that the holders of shares of our voting preference
stock vote as a class with the holders of our class A voting common
stock; and
. the date on which:
. the class A voting common stock is registered pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
. the aggregate gross proceeds received by us in connection with
such registration statement equals or exceeds $20 million; and
. the class A voting common stock is listed for trading on the New
York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or authorized for
trading on NASDAQ.
If our board is reduced to 7 directors, the parties to the stockholders'
agreement agreed to vote all of the shares of class A voting common stock and
voting preference stock to cause the election of the following 7 individuals to
our board:
. two individuals selected by holders of a majority in interest of
the common stock beneficially owned by the cash equity investors;
. two additional individuals selected by holders of a majority in
interest of the common stock beneficially owned by the cash equity
investors, which two individuals are acceptable, in each of their
discretion, to Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan, so long as they remain our
officers, and AT&T Wireless PCS;
. two individuals employed by us and selected by Mr. Sullivan and
Mr. Vento, so long as they remain our officers, one of whom shall be
acceptable, in each of their reasonable discretion, to the holders of
a majority in interest of the class A voting common stock beneficially
owned by the cash equity investors and AT&T Wireless PCS; and
. one individual elected by AT&T Wireless PCS in its capacity as
the holder of series A preferred stock so long as it has the right to
nominate one director in accordance with our restated certificate of
incorporation.
. The stockholders' agreement also addresses the composition of our
board committees. See "Management."
Exclusivity. The parties to the stockholders' agreement have agreed that,
during the term of the stockholders' agreement, neither they nor any of their
respective affiliates will provide or resell, or act as the agent for any person
offering, within the areas covered by our licenses, mobile wireless
communications services initiated or terminated using TDMA and frequencies
licensed by the FCC, except that AT&T and its affiliates may:
-99-
<PAGE>
. resell or act as agent for us in connection with mobile wireless
communications services initiated or terminated using TDMA and
frequencies licensed by the FCC;
. provide or resell wireless communications services to or from
specific locations, provided that any equipment sold in connection
with the service must be capable of providing mobile wireless
communications services initiated or terminated using TDMA and
frequencies licensed by the FCC; and
. resell mobile wireless communications services initiated or
terminated using TDMA and frequencies licensed by the FCC for another
person in any area where we have not placed a system into commercial
service.
Additionally, with respect to some markets identified in the intercarrier
roamer services agreement with AT&T Wireless Services, each of us and AT&T
Wireless PCS has agreed to cause our respective affiliates in their home carrier
capacities to:
. program and direct the programming of customer equipment so that
the other party, in its capacity as the serving carrier, is the
preferred provider in these markets; and
. refrain from inducing any of its customers to change such
programming.
AT&T Wireless PCS has retained certain PCS licenses within the areas covered
by our licenses for which we have a right of negotiation in the event of a
proposed transfer.
We and the other parties amended the stockholders' agreement to terminate the
exclusivity provisions with regard to populations of approximately 100,000 that
overlapped with the coverage area of licenses AT&T purchased from Vanguard
Cellular in Strafford, New Hampshire. We have agreed with AT&T to exchange our
licenses covering these populations for licenses covering other populations.
These exchanged populations will be covered under the scope of our agreements
with AT&T.
Construction. The stockholders' agreement requires us to construct a PCS
system in the areas covered by our licenses according to a minimum construction
plan, which requires us to construct a system in areas covering:
. 20% of the total 1990 population of the area covered by our
licenses by July 17, 1999, focusing on designated areas of Memphis and
New Orleans;
. 40% of the total 1990 population of the area covered by our
licenses by July 17, 2000, focusing on designated areas of New
England, Little Rock and Missouri and enhancing coverage in all
markets;
. 55% of the total 1990 population of the area covered by our
licenses by July 17, 2001, focusing on secondary cities and the
important associated connecting highways;
. 70% of the total 1990 population of the area covered by our
licenses by July 17, 2002, continuing to expand the secondary cities
and enhancing coverage of the core areas; and
. 75% of the total 1990 population of the area covered by our
licenses by July 17, 2003, focusing on adding capacity sites and
filling in the remaining suburban areas.
In addition to the minimum construction plan, we are bound to do the
following:
-100-
<PAGE>
. arrange for all necessary microwave relocation for our licenses
and AT&T's retained licenses;
. ensure compatibility of our systems with the majority of systems
in Louisiana, Oklahoma, Minnesota, Illinois and Texas, excluding
Houston;
. satisfy the FCC construction requirements in the areas covered by
our licenses and AT&T's retained licenses;
. offer service features such as call forwarding, call waiting and
voicemail with respect to our systems, causing our systems to comply
with AT&T's TDMA quality standards; and
. refrain from providing or reselling services other than
interexchange services that constitute mobile wireless communications
services initiated or terminated using TDMA and frequencies licensed
by the FCC or that are procured from AT&T.
AT&T Wireless PCS may terminate its exclusivity obligations under the
stockholders' agreement if:
. we materially breach any of our obligations; or
. AT&T Wireless PCS and its affiliates decide to adopt a new
technology standard other than TDMA in a majority of its markets, and
we decline to adopt the new technology.
Disqualifying Transaction. If AT&T and an entity that:
. derives annual revenues from communications businesses in excess
of $5 billion;
. derives less than one-third of its aggregate revenues from
wireless communications; and
. owns FCC licenses to offer, and does offer, mobile wireless
communications services serving more than 25% of the residents, as
determined by Equifax Marketing Decision Systems Inc., within the
areas covered by our licenses,
. merge, consolidate, acquire or dispose of assets to each other,
or otherwise combine, then AT&T, upon written notice to us, may
terminate some of its exclusivity obligations where the territory
covered by our licenses overlaps with CMRS licenses of the business
combination partner. Upon the termination, we have the right to cause
AT&T, TWR Cellular, or any transferee that acquired any shares of
series A preferred stock, series D preferred stock or series F
preferred stock owned by AT&T Wireless PCS on July 17, 1998, and any
shares of our common stock into which any of these shares are
converted, to exchange their shares into shares of series B preferred
stock. The share exchange will be proportionate to the overlap of
residents in the overlapping territory.
Once so converted, we may redeem the shares of series B preferred stock at any
time in accordance with our restated certificate of incorporation. Currently,
only Sprint, SBC Communications, Bell Atlantic and BellSouth satisfy the
criteria for a business combination partner.
-101-
<PAGE>
Under some circumstances, if AT&T proposes to sell, transfer or assign to any
person that is not an affiliate of AT&T, any PCS system owned and operated by
AT&T Wireless PCS and its affiliates in any of the St. Louis, Missouri,
Louisville, Kentucky, or Boston, Massachusetts BTAs, then AT&T must provide us
with the opportunity to offer for sale jointly with AT&T, for a 90-day period,
wireless communications services in the applicable subject markets and the
portion of the areas covered by our licenses that are included in the MTA that
includes these BTAs.
Acquisition of Licenses. The stockholders' agreement provides that we may
acquire any cellular license that our board has determined is a demonstrably
superior alternative to constructing a PCS system within the corresponding areas
covered by our licenses, if:
. a majority of the population covered by the license is within the
areas covered by our licenses;
. AT&T Wireless PCS and its affiliates do not own CMRS licenses in
the area covered by the license; and
. our ownership of the license will not cause AT&T Wireless PCS or
any affiliate to be in breach of any law or contract.
Vendor Discounts; Roaming Agreements. AT&T Wireless PCS has agreed in the
stockholders' agreement that, if we so request, it will use all commercially
reasonable efforts:
. to assist us in obtaining discounts from any AT&T Wireless PCS
vendor with whom we are negotiating for the purchase of any
infrastructure equipment or billing services; and
. to enable us to become a party to the roaming agreements between
AT&T Wireless PCS and its affiliates and operators of other cellular
and PCS systems.
Resale Agreements. Under the stockholders' agreement, we, upon the request of
AT&T Wireless PCS, will enter into resale agreements relating to the areas
covered by our licenses under which AT&T will resell our services. The rates,
terms and conditions of service that we provide are to be at least as favorable,
and to the extent permitted by applicable law, more favorable, to AT&T Wireless
PCS, taken as a whole, as the rates, terms and conditions that we provide to
other customers.
Subsidiaries. The stockholders' agreement provides that all of our
subsidiaries must be direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. The
stockholders' agreement also provides that, without the prior written consent
of, or right of first offer to, AT&T Wireless PCS, we and our subsidiaries may
not:
. sell or dispose of a substantial portion of our assets or the
assets of any of our subsidiaries; or
. liquidate, merge or consolidate until we meet minimum
construction requirements.
Restrictions on Transfer. The stockholders' agreement restricts the sale,
transfer or other disposition of our capital stock, such as by giving rights of
first offer, drag along and tag along rights, and providing demand and piggyback
registration rights.
-102-
<PAGE>
If one of our stockholders desires to transfer any or all of its shares of
preferred or common stock, other than voting preference stock and class C common
stock, the selling stockholder must first give written notice to us and:
. if the selling stockholders is a cash equity investor or any
other type of stockholder, to AT&T Wireless PCS; and
. if the selling stockholder is AT&T Wireless PCS or TWR Cellular,
to each cash equity investor.
The stockholders who receive notice from the selling stockholders may acquire
all, but not less than all, of the shares offered to be sold at the price
offered by the selling stockholder. If none of the existing stockholders opt to
purchase the shares of the selling stockholder, the selling stockholder can sell
its shares to any other person on the same terms and conditions as originally
offered to the existing stockholders. The right of first offer does not apply
to our repurchase of any shares of our class A voting common stock or class E
preferred stock from one of our employees in connection with the termination of
the employee's employment with us.
A stockholder may not transfer 25% or more of any of the following shares of
our capital stock, whether alone or with other stockholders or whether in one
transaction or a series of transactions:
. series A preferred stock;
. series C preferred stock;
. series D preferred stock;
. series E preferred stock;
. series F preferred stock;
. senior common stock;
. voting preference stock;
. class A voting common stock;
. class B non-voting common stock;
. class C common stock; or
. class D common stock,
unless the proposed transfer includes an offer to AT&T Wireless PCS, the cash
equity investors and Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan to join in the transfer. Class
C common stock and class D common stock shall count as one class of stock for
purposes of the 25% test. If a selling stockholder receives an offer from a
bona fide purchaser to transfer a selling stockholder's shares, the selling
stockholder must follow procedures included in the stockholders' agreement to
include the other stockholders in the proposed transfer.
Our stockholders also have demand and piggyback registration rights. In some
circumstances and after the passing of a period of time after our stock is
listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange or NASDAQ,
stockholders may demand that we register some or all of their securities with
the SEC under the Securities Act. Also, if we propose to register any shares of
our class A voting common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable
for class A voting common stock with the SEC under the Securities Act, we must
notify all stockholders of our intention to do so, and our stockholders may
include in our
-103-
<PAGE>
registration their shares of class A voting stock or securities convertible into
or exchangeable for class A voting common stock.
Amendments. Amendments to the stockholders' agreement require the written
consent of holders of:
. a majority of the shares of the class A common stock, including
AT&T Wireless PCS;
. two-thirds of the class A common stock beneficially owned by the
cash equity investors; and
. two-thirds of the class A common stock beneficially owned by Mr.
Vento and Mr. Sullivan.
Termination. The stockholders' agreement will terminate upon the earliest to
occur of:
. the receipt of the written consent of each party;
. July 17, 2009; and
. under circumstances, the date on which a single stockholder
beneficially owns all of the outstanding shares of class A common
stock.
Network Membership License Agreement
Under a network license agreement dated as of July 17, 1998 between AT&T and
us, AT&T granted to us a royalty-free, non-transferable, non-sublicensable, non-
exclusive, limited license to use some of their licensed marks, including:
. the logo containing the AT&T name and globe design;
. the expression "Member, AT&T Wireless Services Network"; and
. AT&T colors, graphics and overall configurations,
. solely in connection with licensed activities. These licensed
activities include:
. providing to our customers and resellers of our PCS, solely
within the areas covered by our licenses, mobile wireless
communications services initiated or terminated using TDMA and
frequencies licensed by the FCC to us for CMRS provided in accordance
with the agreements between us and AT&T; and
. marketing and offering the licensed services within the areas
covered by our licenses with limited advertising outside our licensed
area.
The license agreement also grants to us the right to use licensed marks on
specified mobile phones distributed to our customers.
Except in specified instances, AT&T has agreed not to grant to any other
person a right to provide or resell, or act as agent for any person offering,
mobile wireless communications services initiated or terminated using TDMA and
frequencies licensed by the FCC under the licensed marks. AT&T retains all
rights of ownership in the licensed marks, subject to its exclusivity
obligations to us, in both the areas
-104-
<PAGE>
covered by our licenses and all other areas.
The license agreement restricts our use and modification of any of the
licensed marks. Although we may develop our own marks, we may not use them
together with the licensed marks without the prior approval of AT&T. Any
services we market or provide using the licensed marks must be of comparable
quality to similar services that AT&T markets and provides in areas that are
comparable to the areas covered by our licenses. We may take into account
commercial reasonableness and the relative stage of development of the licensed
areas, among other things, to determine what is comparable service. We must also
provide sufficiently high quality services to provide maximum enhancement to and
protection of the licensed marks, such as attaining specified levels of network
quality, audio quality and system performance. The license agreement also
defines specific testing procedures to determine compliance with these standards
and affords us with a grace period to cure any instances of noncompliance.
Following the cure period, we must stop using the licensed marks until we comply
with the standards, or we may be deemed to be in breach of the license
agreement.
We may not assign, sublicense or transfer, by change of control or otherwise,
any of our rights under the license agreement, except that the license agreement
may be, and has been, assigned to our lenders under our senior credit
facilities. After the expiration of any applicable grace and cure periods under
our senior credit facilities, the lenders may then enforce our rights under the
license agreement and assign the license agreement to any person with AT&T's
consent.
The initial term of the license agreement is for a period of five years, which
will be automatically renewed for an additional five-year period if each party
gives written notice to the other party of our election to renew the term of the
license agreement and neither party gives a notice of non-renewal.
The license agreement may be terminated by AT&T at any time in the event of
our significant breach and the exhaustion of any applicable cure periods, which
include:
. our misuse of any licensed marks;
. our bankruptcy;
. our licensing or assignment of any of our rights under the
license agreement, except as permitted by the terms of the license
agreement;
. our loss of the licenses acquired from AT&T;
. our failure to maintain AT&T's quality standards in any material
respect; or
. our change in control.
Our rights under the license agreement are also subject to the minimum
construction plan set forth in the stockholders' agreement. For more
information concerning the minimum construction plan, see the discussion under
"Stockholders' Agreement" under the heading "A&T Agreements." After the initial
term, AT&T may also terminate the license agreement in connection with a
disqualifying transaction.
Upon closing of the Digital PCS acquisition, the license agreement was
automatically amended to include the Baton Rouge, Houma, Hammond and Lafayette,
Louisiana BTAs under its scope. Upon closing of the Puerto Rico acquisition, the
license agreement was automatically amended to include the San Juan MTA under
its scope. Upon the closing of the Wireless 2000 acquisition, the license
agreement was automatically amended to include the
-105-
<PAGE>
Alexandria, Lake Charles BTA and other counties under the Monroe, Louisiana BTA
under its scope.
Intercarrier Roamer Service Agreement / Roaming Administration Service Agreement
Intercarrier Roamer Service Agreement. We entered into the intercarrier
roamer services agreement dated as of July 17, 1998 with AT&T Wireless Services
and several of its affiliates. We have agreed with AT&T Wireless that each
party, in its capacity as a serving provider, will provide services to each
others customers where it has a license or permit to operate a wireless
communications system . Each home carrier whose customers receive service from
a serving provider will pay to the serving provider all of the serving
provider's charges for wireless service and all of the applicable charges. Each
serving provider's service charges per minute or partial minute for use for the
first three years will be fixed at a declining rate.
Each home carrier whose customers receive service from the other serving
provider under the intercarrier roamer service agreement shall pay to the
serving carrier who provided the service 100% of the serving carrier's charges
for CMRS and 100% of the toll charges. The service charges for some of our
BTAs, including the Boston MTA, is the lesser of $0.10 per minute and the actual
average retail rate charged by AT&T Wireless to its Boston customers roaming
into our markets located within the Boston MTA, but not less than the actual
average retail rate charged by AT&T Wireless to its Boston customers in its
Boston market. In our other BTAs, the service charges begin at $0.25 per minute
and decrease each year of the term by $0.05 per minute until July 17, 2002, at
which point the service charge will be the lesser of $0.10 per minute and the
actual average retail rates charged by AT&T Wireless to its customers roaming
into our markets, but not less than the actual average retail rate charged by
AT&T Wireless to its customers. The toll rate is $0.05 per long distance minute
and $0.02 per local minute. International toll rates shall not be more than
AT&T tariff rates.
The intercarrier roamer service agreement has a term of 20 years, which is
automatically renewed on a year-to-year basis unless terminated by either party
upon 90 days prior written notice after 10 years. The intercarrier roamer
service agreement may be terminated earlier by either party immediately by
either party upon written notice to the other of a default of the other party.
A party will be in default under the intercarrier roamer service agreement upon
any of the following:
. materially breaches any material term of the intercarrier roamer
service agreement and the breach continues for thirty days after
receipt of written notice of the breach from the nonbreaching party;
. voluntary liquidation or dissolution or the approval by the
management or owners of a party of any plan or arrangement for the
voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the party; or
. bankruptcy or insolvency of a party.
The intercarrier roamer service agreement may also be suspended by either
party immediately upon written notice to the other party of the existence of a
breach of the agreement, whether or not the breach constitutes a default, if the
breach materially affects the service being provided to the customers of the
non-breaching party. While the suspension is in effect, either in whole or in
part, the parties shall work together to resolve as quickly as possible the
difficulty that caused the suspension. When the party who originally gave
notice of suspension concludes that the problem causing the suspension has been
resolved, that party shall give to the other written notice to this effect, and
the agreement will resume in full effect within five business days after the
parties have mutually agreed that the problem has been resolved. Neither party
may assign or transfer its rights and obligations under the intercarrier roamer
service agreement without the written consent of the other party, except to an
affiliate or an assignee of its license.
-106-
<PAGE>
Upon closing of the Digital PCS acquisition, the intercarrier roamer service
agreement was automatically amended to include the Baton Rouge, Houma, Hammond
and Lafayette BTAs under its scope. Upon closing of the Puerto Rico
acquisition, the intercarrier roamer service agreement was automatically amended
to include the San Juan MTA under its scope. Upon closing of the Wireless 2000
acquisition, the intercarrier roamer service agreement was automatically amended
to include the Alexandria, Lake Charles and other counties under the Monroe,
Louisiana BTAs under its scope.
Roaming Administrative Service Agreement. AT&T Wireless provides to other
providers of wireless communications services various administrative services,
such as monthly reporting and billing, fraud settlement functions, and rate
monitoring. Under the roaming administrative service agreement dated as of July
17, 1998 between AT&T Wireless and us, AT&T Wireless has agreed to make
available to us the benefits of the intercarrier roaming services agreements it
has entered into with other wireless carriers, subject to the consent of the
other wireless carriers and to our remaining a member in good standing of the
North American Cellular Network.
The roaming administrative service agreement has an initial term of two years,
which is automatically renewed on a year-to-year basis unless terminated by
either party upon 90 days prior written notice after ten years. Either party may
terminate the roaming administrative service agreement for any reason at any
time upon 180 days prior written notice. Either party may also terminate the
roaming administrative service agreement:
. upon a material breach of the other party that is not cured or
for which cure is not reasonably begun within 30 days after written
notice of the claimed breach; or
. immediately by either party, after reasonable prior notice, if
the other party's operations materially and unreasonably interfere
with its operations and the interference is not eliminated within 10
days.
AT&T Wireless can terminate the roaming administrative service agreement if:
. we are no longer a member in good standing of the North American
Cellular Network; or
. the agreement under which AT&T Wireless receives roaming
administration services is terminated or expires; provided, however,
that AT&T Wireless will offer to resume its services in the event that
it extends or continues that agreement.
Neither party may assign or transfer its rights and obligations under the
roaming administrative service agreement without the written consent of the
other party, except to an affiliate or an assignee of its license, except that
AT&T Wireless may subcontract its duties.
-107-
<PAGE>
Resale Agreement
The stockholders' agreement provides that, from time to time, we will enter
into a resale agreement with AT&T Wireless PCS or other of its affiliates. The
resale agreement will grant to AT&T Wireless the right to purchase from us our
wireless services on a non-exclusive basis within a designated area and resell
access to, and use of, our services. AT&T Wireless will pay charges for any
services that are resold, including usage, roaming, directory assistance and
long distance charges, and taxes and tariffs, if any, according to a specified
rate schedule. Each resale agreement will have an initial term of ten years that
will be automatically renewed on a year-to-year basis unless terminated by
either party upon 90 days prior written notice. AT&T Wireless will be able to
terminate each resale agreement for any reason at any time upon 180 days prior
written notice.
In addition, AT&T has agreed to extend the terms of any resale agreement to
include the Baton Rouge, Houma, Hammond and Lafayette, Louisiana BTAs in
connection with the Digital PCS acquisition, the San Juan MTA in connection with
the Puerto Rico acquisition and the Alexandria, Lake Charles and other counties
under the Monroe, Louisiana BTAs in connection with the Wireless 2000
acquisition.
Long Distance Agreement
Under the long distance agreement dated as of December 21, 1998 between AT&T
Wireless and us, we purchase interstate and intrastate long distance services
from AT&T Wireless at preferred rates. We then resell these long distance
services to our customers. We can only obtain these preferred rates if we
continue our affiliation with AT&T Wireless.
The long distance agreement has a term of up to three years.
The long distance agreement requires that we meet a minimum traffic volume
during the term of the agreement, which are adjusted at least once each calendar
year at the time specified by AT&T Wireless. The minimum traffic volume
commitments may be adjusted more frequently upon mutual agreement by AT&T
Wireless and us. During the first year, we set the minimum traffic volume
commitment in our sole discretion. After the first calendar year, the commitment
may be increased by any amount or decreased by any amount up to ten percent at
our discretion. We may reduce the minimum traffic volume commitments by more
than ten percent with AT&T Wireless' permission. If we fail to meet the volume
commitments, we must pay to AT&T Wireless the difference between the expected
fee based on the volume commitment and the fees based on actual volume.
The long distance services we purchase from AT&T Wireless may only be used in
connection with:
. our commercial mobile radio services;
. calls that originate on our network; and
. those commercial mobile radio services that share our switches.
Puerto Rico License
In a series of transactions, we acquired a license and related assets
covering the San Juan MTA from AT&T Wireless PCS on May 25, 1999. The following
transactions took place ultimately to effect the acquisition of the license and
related assets from AT&T Wireless PCS:
. on May 24, 1999, we sold to AT&T for $40.0 million 30,750.03
shares of our series A preferred stock, 10,250.01 shares of our series
D preferred stock, and 10,000 shares of our series F preferred stock
under a preferred stock purchase agreement;
-108-
<PAGE>
. on May 24, 1999, we sold to our cash equity investors shares of
our series C preferred stock and our class A common stock in exchange
for an aggregate amount of $40.0 million in cash under a stock
purchase agreement, which will be funded over a three-year period.
. on May 25, 1999, we purchased the license for the San Juan MTA
and related assets, which included 27 constructed cell sites, a
switching facility and leases for additional cell sites, from AT&T for
$95.0 million in cash under an asset purchase agreement; and
. we reimbursed AT&T $3.2 million for microwave relocation and $1.5
million for other expenses it incurred in connection with this
acquisition.
In addition, Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan were issued fixed and variable awards of
5,643 and 9,212 restricted shares of our series E preferred stock and class A
common stock, respectively, in exchange for their interest in Puerto Rico
Acquisition Corporation. Puerto Rico Acquisition Corporation was a special
purpose entity wholly-owned by Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan. The fixed awards
typically vest over a five-year period. The variable awards vest based upon
certain events taking place, including our reaching milestones in our minimum
construction plan.
The San Juan MTA covers a population of approximately 4 million in Puerto
Rico, as well as the U.S. Virgin Islands. Our agreements with AT&T were
automatically amended to include the San Juan MTA under the scope of those
agreements.
Management Agreement
As of July 17, 1998, we entered into the management agreement with TeleCorp
Management, a company owned by Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan. Under the agreement,
TeleCorp Management will provide to us administrative, operational, marketing,
regulatory and general business services. TeleCorp Management receives an
annual fee of approximately $0.5 million and reimbursement of out-of-pocket
expenses from us, and is eligible for an annual bonus based upon achievement of
particular objectives determined by the compensation committee of our board. In
addition, the management agreement provides that some shares owned by Mr. Vento
and Mr. Sullivan vest based upon meeting minimum construction requirements for
our network. Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan have agreed to devote substantially
their entire business time and attention to the services provided under the
management agreement.
The management agreement has a term of five years and may be terminated
earlier by either party in some circumstances, including by us in the event
TeleCorp Management:
. commits fraud;
. fails to maintain adequately our debt; or
. one of the principals of TeleCorp Management is indicted for a
felony;
and by TeleCorp Management in the event Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan:
. are removed from our board; or
. are demoted or their duties are materially diminished.
TeleCorp Management, Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan are subject to non-
competition, non-solicitation and
-109-
<PAGE>
confidentiality provisions upon termination of the management agreement. In
addition, we must repurchase our shares owned by Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan in
the event of termination. For the 1998 fiscal year, we paid approximately $0.5
million for management services and bonuses under the management agreement. See
"Management--Management Agreement."
The terms of this agreement were no more favorable to the parties than they
could have obtained from third parties negotiated at arms' length.
Other Related Party Transactions
Relationship with WFI/Entel Technologies and other Site Acquisition Service
Providers
We receive site acquisition, construction management, program management,
microwave relocation and engineering services under a services agreement with
WFI/Entel Technologies. Payments under the agreement were approximately $30.7
million in the 1998 fiscal year. At the time of entering into the master
services agreement, Mr. Vento was a senior officer, and he and Mr. Sullivan were
the controlling stockholders, of WFI/Entel Technologies. Mr. Vento is our chief
executive officer and chairman of our board and Mr. Sullivan is our executive
vice president, chief financial officer and a director. In February 1998, they
sold their interests in WFI/Entel Technologies. The terms of this agreement were
no more favorable to the parties than they could have obtained from third
parties negotiated at arms' length.
American Towers, Inc. provides us with network site leases for PCS deployment
and a master site lease agreement. Mr. Hannon, one of our directors and
beneficial owners, has a noncontrolling interest in American Towers. The terms
of these lease agreements were no more favorable to the parties than they could
have obtained from third parties negotiated at arms' length.
Relationship with the Initial Purchasers of the Outstanding Notes in the
Original Private Offering
Chase Securities Inc. was one of the initial purchasers of the outstanding
notes. Chase Securities Inc. and its affiliates perform various investment
banking and commercial banking services from time to time for us and our
affiliates. Chase Securities Inc. acted as our lead manager for our offering of
the outstanding notes. The Chase Manhattan Bank, an affiliate of Chase
Securities Inc., is the agent bank and a lender under our senior credit
facilities. Michael R. Hannon, a member of our board, is a General Partner of
Chase Capital Partners, an affiliate of Chase Securities Inc. In addition, CB
Capital Investors, L.P., an affiliate of Chase Capital Partners , is one of our
cash equity investors and owns shares of our common and preferred stock. For
further information concerning these relationships, see "Management,"
"Securities Ownership of Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Plan of
Distribution." The terms of our senior credit facilities were no more favorable
to the parties than they could have obtained from third parties negotiated at
arms' length.
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, one of the initial purchasers of the outstanding
notes, is an affiliate of Bankers Trust Company, the documentation agent and one
of the lenders under our senior credit facilities for $525.0 million, as well as
the trustee under the indenture and the exchange agent. We have also entered
into other transactions with Bankers Trust Company. See "Description of the
Notes--Concerning the Trustee" and "Plan of Distribution." The terms of our
senior credit facilities and of these transactions were no more favorable to the
parties than they could have obtained from third parties negotiated at arms'
length.
Relationships with Tritel Communications and Triton PCS
We have formed Affiliate License Co. with Triton PCS and Tritel Communications
to adopt a common brand,
-110-
<PAGE>
SunCom, that is co-branded with AT&T on an equal emphasis basis. Under the
agreement, we, Triton PCS and Tritel Communications each own one third of
Affiliate License Co., the owner of the SunCom name. We and the other SunCom
companies license the SunCom name from Affiliate License Co. Mr. Sullivan is a
director of Affiliate License Co. The terms of this agreement were no more
favorable to the parties than they could have obtained from third parties
negotiated at arms' length.
Triton PCS recently paid $975,000 to settle a potential dispute regarding its
prior use of a version of the SunCom brand. In connection with this settlement,
Triton PCS transferred the SunCom trademark to Affiliate License Co. for
$650,000. Each of the other SunCom companies agreed to pay $325,000 as a
royalty fee to license such trademark from Affiliate License Co.
AT&T owns stock in us and in Tritel Communications, and we may be deemed
affiliates by virtue of common ownership. Mr. Anderson and Mr. Fuqua, two of our
directors who were elected by our cash equity investors, also serve as directors
of Tritel Communications. See "Management." AT&T, CB Capital Investors and
Equity-Linked Investors own stock in us and in Triton PCS, and we may be deemed
affiliates by virtue of common ownership. Ms. Hawkins Key and Mr. Anderson, two
of our directors who were elected by AT&T Wireless PCS, also serve as directors
of Triton PCS. See "Management."
Tritel Communications owned a controlling interest in Digital PCS at the
time we acquired licenses from Digital PCS. Tritel Communications may be deemed
an affiliate of Digital PCS. In addition, at the time we acquired licenses from
Digital PCS, Mr. Anderson and Mr. Fuqua were directors of Digital PCS. See
"Business--Recent Developments." The terms of this agreement were no more
favorable to the parties than they could have obtained from third parties
negotiated at arms' length.
Relationship with Other Entities
TeleCorp Holding. TeleCorp Holding, our predecessor company, was incorporated
to participate in the FCC's auction of licenses in April 1997. TeleCorp Holding
raised money from investors to develop any licenses it obtained in the auction.
TeleCorp Holding successfully obtained licenses in the New Orleans, Memphis,
Beaumont, Little Rock, Houston, Tampa, Melbourne and Orlando BTAs. In August
1997, TeleCorp Holding transferred the Houston, Tampa, Melbourne and Orlando
BTAs to four newly-formed entities created by TeleCorp Holding's stockholders:
. THC of Houston;
. THC of Tampa;
. THC of Melbourne; and
. THC of Orlando;
and issued notes in the aggregate amount of approximately $2.7 million to these
entities to develop these licenses. These licenses were transferred along with
the related operating assets and liabilities in exchange for investment units
consisting of class A, B and C common stock and series A preferred stock in
August 1997. Concurrently, TeleCorp Holding distributed the investment units, on
a pro rata basis, in a partial stock redemption to TeleCorp Holding's existing
stockholder group. As a result of this distribution, TeleCorp Holding no longer
retains any ownership equity interest in the newly formed entities. TeleCorp
Holding performed administrative and management services and paid costs on
behalf of these entities for the year ended December 31, 1997 worth the
aggregate amount of $0.7 million. In 1998, upon the closing of the agreements
with AT&T, TeleCorp Holding paid approximately $2.0 million to the four THC
entities as payment of the notes, offset by the approximately $0.7 million in
services and costs. We, TeleCorp Holding, THC of Houston, THC of Tampa, THC of
Melbourne, THC of Orlando, TeleCorp WCS and Telecorp LMDS have common
stockholders in Mr. Sullivan and Mr. Vento.
The terms of these transactions were no more favorable to the parties than
they could have obtained from third parties negotiated at arms' length.
TeleCorp WCS. On May 5, 1997, TeleCorp Holding lent approximately $3.0
million to TeleCorp WCS, Inc. in exchange for interest-free notes from TeleCorp
WCS. On May 5, 1997, TeleCorp Holding received equity investments in exchange
for the right to receive:
-111-
<PAGE>
. the notes from TeleCorp WCS;
. any cash, notes or other assets received by TeleCorp Holding on
behalf of the notes; or
. any capital stock into which the notes were converted.
TeleCorp WCS repaid approximately $2.7 million of the notes with cash to
TeleCorp Holding, and TeleCorp Holding forwarded this cash to the equity
investors. TeleCorp WCS issued a note in the amount of approximately $0.3
million directly to the investors on behalf of the remaining $0.3 million
outstanding under the notes. TeleCorp WCS converted these notes into capital
stock issued to the investors in 1998.
Mr. Sullivan and Mr. Vento are officers and directors of, and stockholders in,
us and own 2,875 and 4,625 shares of class C common stock of TeleCorp WCS,
respectively, which represents 60% of its outstanding class A common stock. At
the time of entering into the transactions with TeleCorp WCS, Mr. Sullivan and
Mr. Vento were stockholders in TeleCorp Holding.
The terms of these transactions were no more favorable to the parties than
they could have obtained from third parties negotiated at arms' length.
TeleCorp Investment Corp.; TeleCorp Investment Corp. II. TeleCorp Investment
Corp. owns 1,142.25 shares of our class A common stock, 1.86 shares of our class
C common stock, 12.23 shares of our class D common stock and 1,160.17 shares of
our series C preferred stock. Some of our stockholders own stock in TeleCorp
Investment Corp., as follows:
. CB Capital Investors, one of our cash equity investors, owns an
80% equity interest;
. Mr. Sullivan and Mr. Vento each own a 2.4% equity interest;
. Steven Chandler owns a 2.0% equity interest; and
. Robert Dowski owns a 1.6% equity interest.
In addition, TeleCorp Investment Corp. II was formed to purchase from Entergy
Technology Holding Corporation 1,592.44 shares of class A common stock and 36.78
shares of class D common stock. The purchase of shares was concluded on July
15, 1999. Mr. Vento, Mr. Sullivan, Ms. Dobson, and Steven Chandler each own
5.99%, and James Bartholomew Hawley and William Kussell each own 2.99% of
TeleCorp Investment Corp. II. Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan serve as managers of
TeleCorp Investment Corp. II.
The terms of these transactions were no more favorable to the parties than
they could have obtained from third parties negotiated at arms' length.
Viper Wireless. Viper Wireless was formed to participate in the FCC's
reauction of PCS licenses in most of our markets. TeleCorp Holding owns 85% of
Viper Wireless, and Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan collectively own the remaining
15%. Mr. Vento and Mr. Sullivan collectively have voting control over Viper
Wireless. Upon final award of licenses to Viper Wireless, we will solicit the
approval of the FCC for the consolidation of Viper Wireless into us. Any
consolidation of Viper Wireless into us will be subject to a final FCC order
approving the transaction.
AT&T and some of our other cash equity investors have committed an aggregate
of approximately $32.3 million in exchange for additional shares of our
preferred and common stock in connection with the Viper Wireless reauction.
AT&T will receive one share each of our series A preferred stock and our series
E preferred stock, and each of our cash equity investors will receive one share
each of our class A common stock and our series E preferred stock, for each
$1,000 of the pro rata portion of the amount we invested in Viper Wireless,
which is based upon their portion of the aggregate amount. As part of this
financing, we paid approximately $0.5 million to Chase Securities, Inc., an
initial purchaser and an affiliate of one of our cash equity investors, for
placement advice.
The terms of these transactions were no more favorable to the parties than
they could have obtained from third parties negotiated at arms' length.
On April 20, 1999, the FCC announced that the reauction ended, and Viper
Wireless was the higher bidder for
-112-
<PAGE>
additional spectrum in New Orleans, Houma and Alexandria, Louisiana, San Juan,
Puerto Rico, Jackson, Tennessee and Beaumont, Texas. The FCC has granted us all
of these licenses except those in Houma and New Orleans, Louisiana. AT&T and the
investors funded approximately $6.5 million of their commitment on May 14, 1999
and approximately $11.0 million on July 15, 1999, and approximately $14.8
million will be funded when we make payments to the FCC with respect to these
licenses, or if the FCC does not refund amounts we paid to them as deposits in
connection with the reauction within 180 days of the date of deposit. On June 3,
1999, a petition was filed by some of the secured creditors of DCR PCS and
Pocket Communications against the application of Viper Wireless for the Houma
and New Orleans licenses. The petition seeks deferral of the grant of these
licenses to Viper Wireless until an appeal, by the secured creditors of DCR PCS
and Pocket Communications has been resolved or in the alternative, a condition
noting that a pre-existing claim to the licenses may exist if the secured
creditors are successful in that appeal. The appeal seeks review of the
bankruptcy court's ruling concerning DCR PCS and Pocket Communications
permitting DCR PCS to file its election notice, which ultimately resulted in the
return of these licenses to the FCC, over the objection of the secured creditors
of DCR PCS and Pocket Communications. Viper Wireless filed an opposition to the
petition on June 15, 1999.
Relationship with Toronto Dominion
Toronto Dominion Investments, one of our cash equity investors, and TD
Securities (USA), an affiliate of Toronto Dominion Investments, which is a
lender under our senior credit facilities for $525.0 million, may be deemed to
be under common control by virtue of their relationship to each other and to us.
The terms of our senior credit facilities were no more favorable to the parties
than they could have obtained from third parties negotiated at arms' length.
Relationships with Stockholders
From inception through June 1998, our primary source of financing was notes
issued to our stockholders. In July 1996, we issued $0.5 million of subordinated
promissory notes to our stockholders. These notes were converted into 50 shares
of our series A preferred stock in April 1997. In December 1997, we issued
various promissory notes to our stockholders. These notes were converted into
mandatorily redeemable preferred stock in July 1998. From January 1, 1998 to
June 30, 1998, we borrowed approximately $22.5 million in the form of promissory
notes to existing and prospective stockholders to satisfy working capital needs.
These notes were converted into equity in July 1998 in connection with the
completion of the venture with AT&T.
The terms of these transactions were no more favorable to the parties than
they could have obtained from third parties negotiated at arms' length.
Relationship with McDermott, Will & Emery
We use the services of a law firm, McDermott, Will & Emery, to which Mr.
Sullivan, our executive vice president, chief financial officer and a member of
our board, is counsel. Prior to July 1998, Mr. Sullivan was a partner of
McDermott, Will & Emery. For the 1998 fiscal year, we paid McDermott, Will &
Emery approximately $2.1 million. The terms of these arrangements were no more
favorable to the parties than they could have obtained from third parties
negotiated at arms' length.
-113-
<PAGE>
OUR INDEBTEDNESS
Senior Credit Facilities
On July 17, 1998, we entered into senior credit facilities for $525.0 million
with several lenders, including The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative
agent and issuing bank, TD Securities (USA) Inc., as syndication agent, and
Bankers Trust Company, as documentation agent.
The senior credit facilities provide for:
. a $150.0 million senior secured term loan, the tranche A term
loan, which matures in January 2007;
. a $225.0 million senior secured term loan, the tranche B term
loan, which matures in January 2008;
. a $150.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which
matures in January 2007; and
. an uncommitted $75.0 million senior secured term loan in the form
of an expansion facility, which will mature no sooner than January
2008.
The tranche A term loan must be repaid, beginning in September 2002, in 18
consecutive quarterly installments. The amount of each of the first six
installments is $3.75 million. The amount of each of the next four installments
is $9.4 million. The amount of each of the last eight installments is $11.25
million. The tranche B term loan is required to be repaid, beginning in
September 2002, in 22 consecutive quarterly installments. The amount of each of
the first 18 installments is $0.6 million. The amount of each of the last four
installments is $54.0 million. The commitment to make loans under the revolving
credit facility automatically and permanently is reduced, beginning in April
2005, by virtue of eight consecutive quarterly reductions. The amount of each of
the first four reductions is $12.5 million. The amount of each of the last four
reductions is $25.0 million.
We may select the rate at which interest accrues on all loans. We may choose a
eurodollar loan, which accrues at LIBOR, multiplied by the ratio of which one is
the numerator and one minus the aggregate of maximum reserve percentages,
including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves expressed as
a decimal, established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve system
that applies to the administrative agent regarding eurocurrency funding is the
denominator, and added to the applicable margin. The applicable margin in the
case of eurodollar loan means:
. a rate between 1.25% and 2.75% per annum, depending upon our
leverage ratio, with respect to the tranche A Term loan and the
revolving credit loans; and
. 3.25% per annum, with respect to the tranche B term loan.
Alternatively, we may choose an ABR loan, which accrues at the higher of
either the administrative agent's prime rate and the federal funds effective
rate, the weighted average on overnight federal funds transactions as published
by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, plus 0.50% plus the applicable margin.
The applicable margin in the case of an ABR loan means:
. a rate between 0.25% and 1.75% per annum, depending on our
leverage ratio with respect to the tranche A term loan and the
revolving credit loans; and
. 2.25% per annum, with respect to the tranche B term loan.
-114-
<PAGE>
Interest on any overdue amounts will accrue at a rate per annum equal to 2.00%
plus the rate otherwise applicable to these amounts.
The terms of the senior credit facilities require us to pay an annual
commitment fee between 0.50% and 1.25%, depending on the percentage drawn, of
the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The term loans are payable
quarterly in arrears, and a separate agent's fee is payable to the
administrative agent. The senior credit facilities also require us to purchase
an interest rate hedging contract covering an amount equal to at least 50% of
the total amount of our outstanding indebtedness, excluding indebtedness which
earns interest at a fixed rate.
The tranche A term loan automatically will be reduced to the extent its
undrawn portion exceeds $50.0 million in July 2000 by the amount of the excess.
The term loans will be prepaid, and commitments under the revolving credit
facility will be reduced, in an aggregate amount equal to:
(1) 50% of the excess cash flow of each fiscal year beginning with the
fiscal year ending December 31, 2001;
(2) 100% of the net proceeds of asset sales outside of the ordinary
course of business, in excess of a $1.0 million annual threshold, or
unused insurance proceeds;
(3) 100% of the net cash proceeds of issuances of debt obligations, other
than debt obligations permitted by the senior credit agreement,
including the issuance of the notes; and
(4) 100% of the net cash proceeds of issuances of equity securities,
other than in connection with our equity investments;
provided that the prepayments and reductions described under clauses (3) and (4)
will not be required if, after giving effect to the issuance:
(A) our leverage ratio would be less than 5.0 to 1.0; and
(B) in the case of clause (4), we would be in pro forma compliance with
each covenant contained in the senior credit agreement.
We may establish the expansion facility so long as, both before and after
giving effect to it, no default exists under the senior credit agreement and we
are in pro forma compliance with each of the financial covenants contained in
the senior credit agreement. No lender is required to participate in the
expansion facility. Each of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries
unconditionally guarantees all our obligations under the senior credit
facilities. The facilities and the credit facility subsidiary guarantees, and
any related hedging contracts provided by the lenders under the senior credit
facilities, are secured by substantially all of our assets and the assets of
each of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries, including a first
priority pledge of all of the capital stock held by us or any of our
subsidiaries; provided that the pledge of shares of foreign subsidiaries will be
limited to 65% of the outstanding shares of the foreign subsidiaries. Under the
senior credit facilities, no action may be taken against our licenses unless and
until the requisite approval is obtained from the FCC. We have organized
special purpose subsidiaries to hold our licenses, our real property and our
equipment. Each single purpose subsidiary is prohibited from incurring any
liabilities or obligations other than:
. the credit facility subsidiary guarantee issued by it;
. obligations under the security agreement entered into by it in
connection with the senior credit facilities;
. obligations resulting from regulatory requirements; or
. taxes and liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of its
business incident to its business
-115-
<PAGE>
or necessary to maintain its existence.
The senior credit agreement contains covenants customary for facilities
similar to the senior credit facilities, including covenants that restrict,
among other things:
. the incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of particular
equity securities;
. the creation of liens;
. sale and lease-back transactions, mergers, consolidations and
liquidations;
. particular investments, loans, guarantees, advances and
acquisitions;
. sales of assets;
. hedging agreements;
. specific payments, including the payment of dividends or
distributions in respect of capital stock and prepayments of the
notes;
. some transactions with affiliates;
. the entering into of particular restrictive agreements; and
. the amendment of particular material agreements.
The senior credit agreement requires us to maintain specified ratios, including:
. a senior debt to capital ratio;
. a senior debt to EBITDA ratio;
. a total debt to EBITDA ratio;
. an interest coverage ratio; and
. a fixed charges ratio;
and to satisfy specified tests, including tests relating to:
. the minimum population covered by our network;
. the minimum number of subscribers to our services;
. the minimum aggregate service revenue per subscriber; and
. limits on capital expenditures.
In particular, we may not permit the following ratio to exceed 0.5 to 1.0:
the numerator is senior debt and the denominator is the sum of:
(1) all of our indebtedness and the indebtedness of our subsidiaries
which matures, in more than one year, whether, by its terms renewal
or extension; plus
-116-
<PAGE>
(2) other equity contributions; plus
(3) commitments of the cash equity investors to purchase shares of our
capital stock under the securities purchase agreement.
The denominator is known as total capital. However, if:
(1) our cash equity investors have satisfied in full in cash all
commitments to purchase shares of our capital stock under the
securities purchase agreement; and
(2) our network is substantially complete in markets that cover more than
60% of the aggregate number of residents within the areas that our
licenses cover,
the ratio of senior debt to total capital may exceed 0.5 to 1.00, but may not
exceed 0.55 to 1.00. In the above contingency, the aggregate number of residents
is determined by the Donnelley Marketing Service Guide published in 1995. The
senior credit agreement also contains customary representations, warranties,
indemnities, conditions precedent to borrowing and events of default.
Borrowings under the senior credit facilities are available to finance capital
expenditures related to the construction of our network, the acquisition of
related businesses, working capital needs and subscriber acquisition costs.
Vendor Financing
In May 1998, we entered into a vendor procurement contract with Lucent, under
which we agreed to purchase radio, switching and related equipment and services
for the development of our network. In connection with the procurement contract,
Lucent agreed to provide us with $80.0 million of junior subordinated vendor
financing. In addition, Lucent has agreed to make available up to an additional
$80.0 million of junior subordinated vendor financing in amounts up to 30% of
the value of equipment, software and services provided by Lucent in connection
with any additional markets we acquire. We have $15.0 million of availability
under the vendor expansion facility agreement as a result of the Puerto Rico
acquisition. The expiration date for any notes issued under the vendor expansion
facility is the date which is six months after the scheduled maturity of the
notes.
Under a note purchase agreement dated as of May 11, 1998, between Lucent and
us, we have issued to Lucent $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of Lucent
series A notes due 2012. All proceeds from the sale of these notes are to be
used to develop our network in designated areas.
We had also issued to Lucent $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of
Lucent series B notes due 2012. We repaid these notes with the proceeds from
the offering of the outstanding notes. Upon the completion of the offering of
the outstanding notes, Lucent's commitment to provide us with $40.0 million of
Lucent series B notes terminated.
We have a commitment from Lucent to purchase an additional $7.5 million of
Lucent series A notes and $7.5 million of Lucent series B notes under to the
vendor expansion facility in connection with the Puerto Rico acquisition. The
obligation of Lucent to purchase notes under the vendor expansion facility is
subject to a number of conditions, including the requirement that we have
received particular cash equity contributions in respect of each additional
market and that we irrevocably commit to purchase one mobile switching center
and 50 network equipment sites for each additional market from Lucent.
The original $40.0 million principal amount of the Lucent series A notes is
due in 2012. We must prepay this amount out of any proceeds of future equity
offerings over $130.0 million. The $5.0 million of equity to be contributed in
connection with our recent Louisiana acquisitions are excluded in determining
whether the $130.0 million threshold has been met. Any Lucent series A notes
issued under the vendor expansion facility will mature six months after the
notes, but will be subject to mandatory prepayment on a dollar for dollar basis
out of the proceeds of
-117-
<PAGE>
future equity offerings in excess of $175.7 million, exclusive of all cash
equity received in the offering of the outstanding notes, our recent
acquisitions of licenses in Puerto Rico and Louisiana and licenses in the recent
reauction and the funding of equity commitments in connection with these
acquisitions.
Any Lucent series B notes issued under the vendor expansion facility will
mature six months after the notes, but in no event later than May 1, 2012, and
will be subject to mandatory prepayment on a dollar for dollar basis out of the
net proceeds of any future public or private offering or sale of debt
securities, exclusive of borrowings under the senior credit agreement.
The Lucent series A notes, including any Lucent series A notes issued under
the vendor expansion facility, will initially accrue interest at a rate of 8.5%
per annum. If the Lucent series A notes are not redeemed in full on or prior to
January 1, 2001, the rate will increase by 1.5% per annum on each January 1
thereafter, beginning January 1, 2002, provided that the maximum interest rate
will not exceed 12 1/8% which is 50 basis points per annum over the initial
yield on the notes. Interest on the Lucent series A notes will be payable semi-
annually, provided that prior to May 11, 2004, interest will be payable in
additional Lucent series A notes and subsequently will be payable in cash,
unless prohibited by the senior credit facilities or the indenture.
Any Lucent series B notes issued under the vendor expansion facility will
initially accrue interest at a rate of 10% per annum. If the Lucent series B
notes are not redeemed in full on or prior to January 1, 2000, the rate will
increase by 1.5% per annum on each January 1 beginning on January 1, 2001,
provided that the maximum interest rate will not exceed 12 1/8% which is 50
basis points per annum over the initial yield on the notes. Interest on the
Lucent series B notes will be payable semi-annually, provided that prior to May
11, 2004, interest will be payable in additional Lucent series B notes and
subsequently will be payable in cash unless prohibited by the terms of the
senior credit facilities or the indenture.
Upon a change of control, we must repay the Lucent series A and series B
notes at their principal amount plus a premium. We will not be required to pay a
premium on any required repayment of the Lucent series A notes prior to May 31,
2007 or of the Lucent series B notes prior to May 31, 2005. After those dates,
the premiums will initially be equal to one-half of the interest rate on the
series of notes being repaid. The premiums will decrease ratably in each year
after the first year following the dates upon which the premiums first become
payable. The Lucent series A and series B notes may not be prepaid, however, if
prohibited by the terms of the senior credit facilities, the indenture or other
indebtedness that ranks senior to the Lucent series A and series B notes. In the
event a change of control occurs prior to May 1, 2002 in the case of the Lucent
series A notes, or in the case of the Lucent series B notes, May 1, 2000, the
Lucent series A and series B notes may be prepaid in accordance with the
optional prepayment provisions.
Under the note purchase agreement, Lucent may not engage in any remarketing
efforts of the Lucent series A or series B notes, or unused commitments relating
to the Lucent series A or series B notes, prior to January 23, 2000. If Lucent
has not completed specified sales in respect of the Lucent series A or series B
notes then outstanding prior to January 1, 2003, we must pay Lucent up to 3% of
the then outstanding principal amount of all the Lucent series A and series B
notes to defray any actual marketing distribution and other costs incurred by
Lucent in connection with any sales remarketing.
The Lucent series A notes may be prepaid without payment of a premium at any
time prior to May 1, 2002. In addition, the Lucent series A notes may be prepaid
at any time after May 1, 2002 without payment of a premium to the extent Lucent
or its affiliates have retained them. The Lucent series B notes may be prepaid
without payment of a premium at any time prior to May 1, 2000. In addition, the
Lucent series B notes may be prepaid at any time after May 1, 2000 without
payment of a premium to the extent Lucent or its affiliates have retained them.
If we are subject to any bankruptcy or related procedures or there is any
default in the payment of our debt, including borrowings under the senior credit
facilities and the notes, that ranks senior in right of payment to the Lucent
series A and series B notes, we will pay the senior debt in full before we make
payments on the Lucent series A and series B notes. If a default, other than a
payment default, occurs with respect to any debt senior to the
-118-
<PAGE>
Lucent series A notes and series B notes, the holders of more than $25.0 million
principal amount of the defaulted senior debt may prohibit us from making any
payments on the Lucent series A notes or series B notes for up to 179 days.
Events of default under the note purchase agreement include, subject to cure
periods:
. the failure to pay principal or interest under the agreement when
due;
. violation of covenants;
. inaccuracy of representations and warranties;
. cross-default for other indebtedness;
. bankruptcy;
. material judgments; and
. termination of the procurement contract.
Government Debt
In connection with our purchase of our licenses, we issued to the FCC secured
installment payment plan notes in an aggregate principal amount of $9.2 million.
This debt is shown on our balance sheet at a value of $8.0 reflecting a discount
of $1.2 million reflecting the below market interest rate on the debt. The FCC
notes are due April 28, 2007, and bear interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum. In
addition, we assumed $4.1 million in aggregate principal amount of additional
secured installment payment plan notes in connection with the Digital PCS
acquisition. This debt is shown on our balance sheet at a value of $3.0 million
reflecting a discount of $1.1 million reflecting the below market interest rate
on the debt. The Digital PCS notes are due August 21, 2007, and bear interest at
a rate of 6.125% per annum. In connection with the Wireless 2000 acquisition, we
assumed $7.4 million in aggregate principal amount of additional secured
installment payment plan notes. This debt is shown on our balance sheet at a
value of $6.1million reflecting a discount of $1.3 million reflecting the below
market interest rate on the debt. The Wireless 2000 notes are due September 17,
2006, and bear interest at a rate of 7.0% per annum. A security agreement
secures the FCC notes, Wireless 2000 notes and Digital PCS notes, which grants
the FCC a first priority security interest in the license for which the
applicable note was issued. In the event of a default under the FCC notes,
Wireless 2000 notes or Digital PCS notes, the FCC may revoke the licenses for
which the defaulted notes were issued.
-119-
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
Our authorized capital stock, as described in our restated certificate of
incorporation dated April 20, 1999, consists of:
. 1,904,010 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, consisting
of:
. 950,000 shares of class A common stock
. 950,000 shares of class B common stock
. 1,000 shares of class C common stock
. 3,000 shares of class D common stock
. 10 shares of voting preference common stock
. 715,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, consisting
of:
. 100,000 shares of series A preferred stock
. 200,000 shares of series B preferred stock
. 215,000 shares of series C preferred stock
. 50,000 shares of series D preferred stock
. 30,000 shares of series E preferred stock
. 50,000 shares of series F preferred stock
. 70,000 shares of senior common stock
As of July 1, 1999, and after giving pro forma effect to our Viper Wireless
transaction, our outstanding capital stock consisted of:
. 238,799 shares of class A common stock
. 919 shares of class C common stock
. 2,755 shares of class D common stock
. 10 shares of voting preference common stock
. 97,473 shares of series A preferred stock
. 210,608 shares of series C preferred stock
. 49,417 shares of series D preferred stock
. 24,906 shares of series E preferred stock
. 48,261 shares of series F preferred stock
On July 22, 1999, our board approved a 100-for-1 stock split. This stock
split has not been effected. We have not restated any of the information in
this registration statement to reflect this stock split. The following
summaries of particular provisions of the common stock and the preferred stock
are not complete and are subject to, and qualified by, the provisions of our
restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Subject to any required
approval of holders of any shares of any class or series of preferred stock, our
board has the power, by resolution, to issue additional shares of preferred
stock with the preferences, rights and designations as it shall determine.
Voting Rights
Subject to the rights of specific classes of stock to vote as a class on some
matters, the holders of the class A common stock are entitled to 4,990,000 votes
and the holders of voting preference common stock are entitled to 5,010,000
votes of all outstanding capital stock. No other class of capital stock has the
right to vote on any matter except as required by law. In addition, for so long
as AT&T and its affiliates continue to hold at least two-thirds of the shares of
series A preferred stock they held as of May 14, 1999, they will be entitled,
but not obliged, to nominate two of our directors. After an initial public
offering of our securities, or after the special voting rights of voting
-120-
<PAGE>
preference common stock are eliminated, they may nominate only one director.
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, except where a class
of capital stock has the right to vote as a class, a quorum shall be present so
long as a majority of the outstanding voting preference common stock and shares
representing at least 5,010,000 votes are present. When a class vote is
required, a majority of that class must also be present. Further, any action not
requiring a class vote may be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of
voting preference common stock present at any meeting where a quorum is present.
The holders of each class of preferred stock have the right to vote as a class
on any measure to:
. authorize or issue any shares senior to or on a parity with the
class;
. amend our restated certificate of incorporation to change any of
the characteristics of the class; or
. authorize or issue any security convertible into, exchangeable
for or granting the right to purchase or otherwise receive any shares
of stock senior to or on a parity with the class.
The majority of each class of preferred stock must affirmatively vote to act.
Subject to any class voting requirements, shares of common stock representing
at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of our
directors must affirmatively vote for any amendment, alteration or repeal of our
certificate of incorporation or bylaws.
If:
. we receive an opinion of regulatory counsel that class A common
stock and voting preference common stock can vote and be treated as a
single class of stock for quorum purposes and have one vote per share;
. not less than two-thirds of the outstanding class A common stock
affirmatively vote for the single class status; and
. our board has not determined that it is likely to be detrimental to
us,
we will seek the approval of the FCC to have class A common stock and voting
preference common stock vote and be treated together as a single class with one
vote per share.
Some of our stockholders have entered into agreements regarding the voting of
their shares on particular matters, including the election of directors. These
agreements include the stockholders' agreement and the investors stockholders'
agreement dated as of July 17, 1998 among the cash equity investors and the
management stockholders. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--
AT&T Agreements."
Conversion
After July 17, 2006, holders of series A preferred stock may convert their
shares into shares of class A common stock at a conversion rate equal to the
liquidation preference of series A preferred stock divided by the market price
of class A common stock.
On the date of an initial public offering of our capital stock, we may convert
shares of series C preferred stock and series E preferred stock into shares of
common stock at a conversion rate equal to the liquidation preference of series
C preferred stock or series E preferred stock, as applicable, divided by the
initial public offering price. If we convert series C preferred stock to shares
of common stock on the date of an initial public offering of our capital
-121-
<PAGE>
stock, shares of series D preferred stock will be automatically converted into
shares of senior common stock on that date at a rate equal to the liquidation
preference of series D preferred stock divided by the initial public offering
price.
At any time, holders of series F preferred stock may convert each share into
one share of class A common stock or class B common stock; provided, that, until
the happening of specified events, the first 631.27 of these shares to be
converted are convertible into shares of class D common stock. If we convert
series C preferred stock into common stock upon an initial public offering of
our capital stock, each share of series F preferred stock will be automatically
converted into one share of senior common stock.
At any time, holders of senior common stock may convert each share into one
share of class A common stock or class B common stock; provided, that, until the
happening of specified events, the first 631.27 of these shares to be converted
are convertible into shares of class D common stock.
At any time, holders of class A common stock and class B common stock may
convert their shares into shares of the other class.
If we receive an opinion of counsel that class A common stock and voting
preference common stock can vote and be treated as a single class of stock with
one vote per share, then, unless our board shall determine that it is likely to
be detrimental to us, holders of class C common stock and class D common stock
may convert their shares into shares of class A common stock or class B common
stock.
All conversions are subject to obtaining any required FCC approvals.
Redemption
We have the right to redeem our capital stock as follows:
. shares of series A preferred stock: following 30 days after the
10th anniversary of issuance at the liquidation preference of the
series A preferred stock;
. shares of series B preferred stock: at any time at the
liquidation preference of the series B preferred stock; and
. shares of series C preferred stock and series D preferred stock:
at any time at the liquidation preferences of series C preferred stock
and series D preferred stock; provided, that if we redeem any shares
of either series C preferred stock or series D preferred stock, we
must redeem a proportionate number of shares of the other.
In addition, the holders of some classes of capital stock have the right to
require us to redeem their shares as follows:
. holders of series A preferred stock or series B preferred stock:
following the 30th day after the 20th anniversary of issuance at the
liquidation preference of the series A preferred stock or series B
preferred stock; and
. holders of series C preferred stock, series D preferred stock or
series E preferred stock: following the 30th day after the 20th
anniversary of issuance at the liquidation preference of the series C
preferred stock, series D preferred stock and series E preferred
stock.
Neither we nor any holder of shares of any class of our capital stock may
cause us to redeem our capital stock if, at that time:
. we are insolvent or will be rendered insolvent by the redemption;
or
-122-
<PAGE>
. law or any of our agreements prohibits the redemption.
Further, our restated certificate of incorporation restricts our ability to
redeem any shares of capital stock to the extent shares of capital stock ranking
senior to or on a parity with the shares remain outstanding or dividends on the
senior or parity shares have not been paid in full.
Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides for our redemption of
any shares of our capital stock that is held by stockholders whose holding of
the shares, in the opinion of our board, may result in the loss of, or failure
to obtain the reinstatement of, any of our licenses or franchises.
The management agreement provides for the redemption by us of specific shares
of class A common stock and series E preferred stock held by Mr. Vento and Mr.
Sullivan in particular circumstances. See "Management--Management Agreement."
Ranking
With respect to the payment of dividends and distributions upon our
liquidation, dissolution or winding up, classes of our preferred stock ranks as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class of Stock Parity with Junior to Senior to
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
series A preferred series B preferred None series C preferred
series D preferred
series E preferred
series F preferred
senior common stock
common stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
series B preferred series A preferred none series C preferred
series D preferred
series E preferred
series F preferred
senior common stock
common stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
-123-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class of Stock Parity with Junior to Senior to
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
series C preferred series D preferred series A preferred and series E preferred
(except when a statutory series B preferred series F preferred
liquidation ) series D preferred (only senior common stock
common stock (only with upon a statutory common stock (only with
respect to dividends) liquidation) respect to dissolution,
liquidation and winding up)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
series D preferred series C preferred series A preferred series C preferred
(except when a statutory series B preferred (only upon a statutory
liquidation) liquidation)
common stock (only with series E preferred
respect to dividends) series F preferred
senior common stock
common stock (only with
respect to dissolution,
liquidation and winding up)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
series E preferred common stock (only with series A preferred series F preferred
respect to dividends) series B preferred senior common stock
series C preferred common stock
series D preferred
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
series F preferred senior common stock series A preferred common stock
common stock (except when a series B preferred (only upon a statutory
statutory liquidation) series C preferred liquidation)
series D preferred
series E preferred
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
-124-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class of Stock Parity with Junior to Senior to
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
senior common stock series F preferred series A preferred common stock
series B preferred
series C preferred
series D preferred
series E preferred
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Dividends
The holders of series A preferred stock and series B preferred stock are
entitled to receive annual dividends equal to 10% of the liquidation preference
related to their shares; provided that so long as any shares of series A
preferred stock or series B preferred stock are outstanding, no dividends may be
paid on any shares of any class of capital stock ranking junior to series A
preferred stock or series B preferred stock. Dividends accrue from the date of
issuance of the shares and are payable quarterly, provided that we have the
option to defer payments for up to ten and one-half years from the date of
issuance.
The holders of series C preferred stock, series D preferred stock, series E
preferred stock, series F preferred stock and senior common stock are entitled
to dividends as declared by our board.
Subject to the rights of the holders of the preferred stock, our board may
declare dividends on the common stock; provided, that dividends on class C
common stock and class D common stock may only be paid up to the amount by which
funds legally available for the dividends exceed the excess of:
(1) fair market value of the assets of TeleCorp Holding less TeleCorp
Holding's liabilities over
(2) the aggregate par value of class C common stock and class D common
stock, at our board's discretion.
Dividends may only be paid on the other classes of common stock up to the
amount legally available after subtracting the maximum amount payable in respect
of class C common stock and class D common stock, at our board's
discretion.
We may not pay dividends on any shares of any class of our capital stock if,
at the time:
. we are insolvent or will be rendered insolvent by the payments;
or
. law or any of our agreements prohibits the dividend payments.
Further, our restated certificate of incorporation restricts our ability to pay
any dividends on any class of capital stock to the extent shares of capital
stock ranking senior to or on a parity with the class remain outstanding or
dividends on the senior or parity shares have not been paid in full.
Liquidation Preference
The holders of preferred stock are entitled to preferences with respect to
distributions upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up as follows:
. holders of series A preferred stock and series B preferred stock
are entitled to a preference per share equal to $1,000 plus accrued
and unpaid dividends on the shares.
-125-
<PAGE>
. holders of series C preferred stock are entitled to a preference
per share equal to the paid-in capital per share of series C preferred
stock together with interest on $1,000 from the date of issuance at a
rate of 6% per annum, compounded quarterly, less the amount of any
dividends paid on the share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends.
. holders of series D preferred stock are entitled to a preference
per share equal to $1,000 together with interest from the date of
issuance at rate of 6% per annum, compounded quarterly, less the
amount of any dividends paid on the share, plus accrued and unpaid
dividends.
. holders of series E preferred stock are entitled to a preference
per share equal to the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends on the
share, together with interest on $1,000 from the date of issuance at a
rate of 6% per annum, compounded quarterly, less the amount of any
dividends declared and paid on the share.
. holders of series F preferred stock are entitled to a preference
equal to $.01 plus accrued and unpaid dividends on the shares.
. holders of senior common stock are entitled to a preference per
share equal to the liquidation preference associated with the shares
of series D preferred stock for all shares of series D preferred stock
converted into senior common stock plus the liquidation preference
associated with the shares of series F preferred stock for all shares
of series F preferred stock converted into senior common stock,
divided by the number of shares of senior common stock into which
shares of series D preferred stock and series F preferred stock were
converted.
Following payment of all amounts payable to the holders of preferred stock
upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of class C common
stock and class D common stock shall be entitled to receive the fair market
value of the assets of TeleCorp Holding less TeleCorp Holding's liabilities. The
holders of the other classes of common stock shall be entitled to receive the
remaining amounts available for distribution.
Transfer Restriction
Some of our stockholders have entered into agreements that restrict transfer
of their shares and provide for the happening of specified events, such as share
conversions. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--AT&T
Agreements" and "--Management Agreement."
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, upon the happening of
specified events described in the stockholders' agreement, we have the right to
exchange all or some of the shares of series A preferred stock, series D
preferred stock, series F preferred stock, senior common stock and common stock
held by AT&T for an equal number of shares of series B preferred stock. See
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--AT&T Agreements."
-126-
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
General
As used in this section, the first person means us, but does not include any
of our subsidiaries. Capitalized terms used in this section and not otherwise
defined have the meanings given such terms under "--Definitions."
The outstanding notes have been, and the exchange notes will be, issued under
the indenture, dated as of April 23, 1999, among us, TeleCorp Communications, as
our subsidiary guarantor, and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee. The following
is a summary of particular provisions of the indenture. It does not restate the
indenture in its entirety. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not
this description, defines your rights as holders of exchange notes. Copies of
the proposed form of indenture are available as described below under the
subheading "Additional Information." The terms of the notes include the terms in
the indenture and those terms made a part of the indenture by the Trust
Indenture Act.
Method of Receiving Payments on the Notes
We will pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes at our
office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which
initially shall be the corporate trust office of the trustee, at 4 Albany
Street, New York, New York 10006. At our option, we may make interest payments
by check mailed to the registered holders of the notes at their registered
addresses.
Transfer and Exchange
A noteholder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the indenture.
Upon any transfer or exchange, the registrar and the trustee may require a
noteholder to, among other things, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents, and we may require a noteholder to pay any taxes required by law or
permitted by the indenture. We will not be required to transfer or exchange any
note selected for redemption or to transfer or exchange any note for a period of
15 days prior to a selection of notes to be redeemed. The notes will be issued
in registered form, and the registered holder of a note will be treated as the
owner of that note for all purposes.
No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of
notes, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax
or other similar governmental charge payable in connection with such transfer or
exchange.
Terms of the Notes
Principal and Maturity
The notes are our unsecured senior subordinated obligations, limited to $575.0
million aggregate principal amount at maturity. We will issue the notes only in
fully registered form, without interest coupons, in denominations of $1,000 of
principal amount at maturity and integral multiples of $1,000. The notes will
mature on April 15, 2009.
Discount
We issued the notes at a discount. The notes will accrete in value until April
15, 2004, compounded semi-annually. At that time, cash interest on the notes
will accrue and become payable on April 15 and October 15 of each year,
beginning on October 15, 2004. The yield to maturity of the notes is 11 5/8%
computed on a semi-annual bond-equivalent basis calculated from April 23,
1999.
Interest
Cash interest will not accrue or be payable on the notes prior to April 15,
2004. Cash interest will accrue at the rate of 11 5/8% per annum from April 15,
2004, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or for
-127-
<PAGE>
which interest has been provided. Interest will be payable semiannually on April
15 and October 15 of each year, beginning October 15, 2004. Interest will be
payable to holders of record at the close of business on the April 1 or October
1 immediately preceding the interest payment date. We will pay cash interest on
overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of 11 5/8%, and we will pay interest
on overdue installments of cash interest at this higher rate to the extent
lawful.
Optional Redemption
Except as described in the next paragraph, the notes will not be redeemable at
our option until April 15, 2004. After April 15, 2004, we may redeem the notes,
in whole or in part, on not less than 30, nor more than 60, days prior notice,
at the following redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April
15 of the years described below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Redemption Price
- ---- ----------------
<S> <C>
2004................................................................ 105.813%
2005................................................................ 103.875%
2006................................................................ 101.938%
2007 and thereafter................................................. 100.000%
</TABLE>
We express the above redemption prices as percentages of principal amount at
maturity. The prices are subject to the right of holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest, if any, due on the relevant interest
payment date.
In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to April 15, 2002, we may
redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of
the notes with the proceeds of one or more sales of our equity, which equity may
not be converted, exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010, at a redemption
price equal to 111 5/8% of the accreted value of the notes on the redemption
date, which value would be the initial offering price plus any amortization;
provided that, after giving effect to any redemption, at least 65% of the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes remains outstanding. In
addition, any redemption shall be made within 60 days of our equity sale upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice mailed to each holder of notes
being redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures in the indenture.
Selection and Notice
In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the notes for redemption
will be made by the trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by another method as
the trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate,
although notes in denominations of $1,000 or less will not be redeemed in part.
If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to
the note shall state the portion of the note to be redeemed. A new note equal to
the unredeemed portion of the note will be issued in the name of the holder upon
cancellation of the original note.
Ranking
The Debt evidenced by the notes:
. is our unsecured senior subordinated debt;
. is subordinated in right of payment, as described in the
indenture, to all of our existing and future senior Debt;
. is pari passu in right of payment with all of our existing and
future senior subordinated debt;
. is senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future
subordinated debt; and
-128-
<PAGE>
. is effectively subordinated to any of our Secured Debt and any
Senior Debt of our subsidiaries to the extent of the value of the
assets securing the Debt.
The notes are guaranteed by TeleCorp Communications, one of our subsidiaries,
and may in the future be guaranteed by some of our subsidiaries that incur Debt.
The Debt evidenced by the subsidiary guarantees:
. is unsecured senior subordinated debt of each of our subsidiary
guarantors;
. is subordinated in right of payment, as described in the
indenture, to all existing and future Senior Debt of each subsidiary
guarantor;
. is pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future
senior subordinated debt of each of our subsidiary guarantors;
. is senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated debt of each of our subsidiary guarantors; and
. is effectively subordinated to any Secured Debt of each of our
subsidiary guarantors and their subsidiaries to the extent of the
value of the assets securing the Debt.
Payment from the money or the proceeds of U.S. government obligations held in
any defeasance trust described under "--Defeasance," however, is not
subordinated to any Senior Debt or subject to the restrictions described within
this offer.
We conduct substantially all of our operations through our subsidiaries.
Claims of creditors of these subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims
of preferred stockholders, if any, of the subsidiaries generally will have
priority with respect to the assets and earnings of the subsidiaries over the
claims of our creditors, including holders of the notes. The notes are
effectively subordinated to creditors, including trade creditors, and preferred
stockholders, if any, of our subsidiaries. As of June 30, 1999, the total
liabilities of our subsidiaries were approximately $512.1 million, including
trade payables. Although the indenture contains limitations on the incurrence of
Debt by, and the issuance of preferred stock of, some of our subsidiaries, these
limitations are subject to a number of significant qualifications.
As of June 30, 1999:
. with respect to us:
. our outstanding Senior Debt was $225.0 million, exclusive
of unused commitments under the senior credit agreement and
additional senior debt of our subsidiaries, all of which would
have been Secured Debt;
. we had no outstanding senior subordinated debt other than
the notes; and
. our outstanding Debt that was subordinate or junior in
right of payment to the notes would have been $40.5 million,
including $0.5 million of interest paid in kind;
. with respect to our subsidiary guarantor:
. the outstanding debt of our subsidiary guarantor was
$225.0 million, consisting entirely of a guarantee of Debt under
our senior credit agreement;
-129-
<PAGE>
. our subsidiary guarantor had no senior subordinated debt
outstanding other than the subsidiary guarantee;
. our subsidiary guarantor had no outstanding Debt that would
be subordinate or junior in right of payment to the subsidiary
guarantee; and
. with respect to our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the
notes:
. the outstanding debt of our subsidiaries that will not
guarantee the notes was $242.5 million, consisting of $20.7
million of debt to the FCC, which is shown on our balance sheet
net of discounts of $3.2 million reflecting the below market
interest rates on the debt, and $225.0 million of guarantees of
Debt under the senior credit agreement;
. our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the notes had total
liabilities of $320.8 million, consisting of $20.7 million of
debt to the FCC, $24.8 million of trade payables, $4.1 million of
accrued and other expenses and $274.4 million of intercompany
amounts payable. The debt to the FCC is shown on our balance
sheet net of discounts of $3.2 million reflecting the below
market interest rates on the debt.
Although the indenture limits the amount of additional Debt which we may
incur, under some circumstances the amount of this Debt could be substantial
and, in any case, the Debt may be Senior Debt. See "--Important Covenants--
Limitation on Incurrence of Debt."
Only Senior Debt will rank senior to the notes in accordance with the
provisions of the indenture. The notes will in all respects rank pari passu with
all of our other senior subordinated debt. We have agreed in the indenture that
we will not incur, directly or indirectly, any Debt which is subordinate or
junior in ranking in any respect to Senior Debt unless the Debt is senior
subordinated debt or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to senior
subordinated debt. Unsecured Debt is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to
Secured Debt merely because it is unsecured.
-130-
<PAGE>
If:
(1) any Designated Senior Debt is not paid when due; or
(2) any other default on the Designated Senior Debt occurs and the maturity
of the Designated Senior Debt is accelerated in accordance with its
terms,
we may not pay principal of, or premium or interest on, the notes or make any
deposit under the provisions described under "--Defeasance" and may not
otherwise repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any notes, other than payments
made with money or U.S. government obligations previously deposited in the
defeasance trust described under "--Defeasance"
unless, in either case:
(x) the default has been cured or waived and any acceleration has been
rescinded; or
(y) the Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full.
We may pay the notes without regard to the above restrictions if the
representative of the holders of the Designated Senior Debt approves the payment
and so notifies us and the trustee in writing. We may not pay the notes during a
default on any Designated Senior Debt that allows the representative of the
holders of the Designated Senior Debt to accelerate maturity:
. immediately without further notice; or
. when applicable grace periods expire.
When the representative of the holders of the Designated Senior Debt sends to
the trustee, and copies to us, a notice electing to block our paying the notes
because of a default, we may not pay the notes for a period that begins when the
trustee receives the blockage notice and ends the earlier of:
. 179 days later; and
. when the representative terminates the payment blockage
period.
If:
(1) any Designated Senior Debt is not paid when due; or
(2) any other default on the Designated Senior Debt occurs and the
maturity of the Designated Senior Debt is accelerated in accordance with
its teams,
. a payment blockage period terminates upon:
. written notice to the trustee and us from the person who
gave the blockage notice;
-131-
<PAGE>
. repayment in full of the Designated Senior Debt; or
. discontinuance of the default giving rise to the blockage
notice.
Unless the holders of the Designated Senior Debt or the representative of the
holders have accelerated the maturity of the Designated Senior Debt, we may
resume payments on the notes after the end of the payment blockage period.
Not more than one blockage notice may be given in any period of 360
consecutive days, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to
Designated Senior Debt during the period. However, if any blockage notice within
the 360-day period is given by the representative of the holders of Designated
Senior Debt other than indebtedness under our senior credit facilities, the
representative of indebtedness under our senior credit facilities may give
another blockage notice within the period. In no event may the total number of
days during which any payment blockage periods are in effect exceed 179 days in
the aggregate during any period of 360 consecutive days. In addition, no default
that existed or was continuing on the date that any payment blockage period
began shall trigger a subsequent payment blockage period, whether or not within
a period of 360 consecutive days, unless the default had been cured or waived
for more than 90 consecutive days.
Upon any payment or distribution of our assets to creditors upon our
liquidation or our dissolution or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to us or our property:
. the holders of our Senior Debt will be entitled to receive
payment in full in cash of the Senior Debt before noteholders are
entitled to receive any payment of principal of, or interest on, the
notes; and
. until the Senior Debt is paid in full, any payment or
distribution will be made first to holders of the Senior Debt as their
interests may appear and second to noteholders, except that
noteholders may receive shares of stock and any debt securities that
are subordinated to the Senior Debt and any securities exchanged for
the Senior Debt to at least the same extent as the notes.
If a distribution is made to noteholders that, due to the subordination
provisions of the indenture, should not have been made to them, the noteholders
will be required to hold the distribution in trust for the holders of our Senior
Debt and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.
If payment of the notes is accelerated because of an event of default, we or
the trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Debt or
their representative of the acceleration. If any Designated Senior Debt is
outstanding, we may not pay the notes until five business days after the holders
or the representative of the Designated Senior Debt receive notice of the
acceleration and, then, may pay the notes only if the subordination provisions
of the indenture otherwise permit payment at that time.
By reason of the subordination provisions in the indenture, in the event of
insolvency, our creditors who are holders of our Senior Debt may recover more,
ratably, than the noteholders. Our creditors who are not holders of our Senior
Debt or of our senior subordinated debt, including the notes, may recover less,
ratably, than holders of our Senior Debt and may recover more, ratably, than the
holders of our subordinated debt.
-132-
<PAGE>
The subordination provisions in the indenture will not apply to payments made
with money or U.S. government obligations previously deposited in the defeasance
trust described under "--Defeasance."
Subsidiary Guarantees
Our subsidiary guarantor and some of our future subsidiaries guarantee the
performance and full and punctual payment when due of all of our obligations
under the indenture and the notes.
The guarantees are:
. as primary obligors and not merely as sureties;
. joint and several;
. irrevocable and unconditional; and
. on an unsecured senior subordinated basis.
Guaranteed payments are deemed to be due whether:
. at maturity, on April 15, 2009;
. by acceleration; or
. otherwise
Payments include:
. principal of the notes;
. interest on the notes;
. liquidated damages in respect of the notes;
. expenses;
. indemnification; and
. otherwise.
Our subsidiary guarantors agree to pay, in addition to the amount stated
above, any and all costs and expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and
expenses, that the trustee or the holder of notes incurs in enforcing any rights
under the subsidiary guarantees. Each subsidiary guarantee is limited in amount
to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the
applicable subsidiary guarantor without rendering the subsidiary guarantee, as
it relates to such subsidiary guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating
to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the
rights of creditors generally. We will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that
incurs Debt to become a subsidiary guarantor; provided that we will not cause
any special purpose subsidiary, as designated in our senior credit agreement, to
become a subsidiary guarantor unless the special purpose subsidiary incurs Debt
other than Debt under our senior credit facilities, or any Refinancing Debt
incurred to refinance the Debt, or debt to the FCC. See "--Covenants--Future
Subsidiary Guarantors."
The obligations of each of our subsidiary guarantors under its subsidiary
guarantee are senior subordinated obligations. As such, the rights of
noteholders to receive payment from our subsidiary guarantor under its
subsidiary
<PAGE>
guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of
Senior Debt of the subsidiary guarantor. The terms of the subordination
provisions described under "--Ranking" with respect to our obligations under the
notes apply equally to each of our subsidiary guarantors and the obligations of
the subsidiary guarantor under its subsidiary guarantee.
Each subsidiary guarantee is a continuing guarantee and shall:
. remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all of
our guaranteed obligations;
. be binding upon each of our subsidiary guarantors and its
successors; and
. inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the trustee, the
holders of the notes and their successors, transferees and assigns.
The indenture provides that upon the merger or consolidation of our subsidiary
guarantors with or into any entity, other than us, any of our subsidiaries or
any of our affiliates, in a transaction in which the subsidiary guarantor is not
the surviving entity of the merger or consolidation, the subsidiary guarantor
shall be released and discharged from its obligations under its subsidiary
guarantee. The indenture also provides that if we or any of our subsidiaries
sell all of the capital stock or other ownership interests of any of our
subsidiary guarantors, including by issuance or otherwise, other than to us, to
any of our subsidiaries or to any of our affiliates, in a transaction
constituting an Asset Sale or which, but for the provisions of clause (3) of the
term, would constitute an Asset Sale, and:
(1) the Net Available Proceeds from the Asset Sale are used in accordance
with the covenant described under "--Important Covenants--Limitation on
Asset Sales;" or
(2) we deliver to the trustee an officers' certificate to the effect that the
Net Available Proceeds from the Asset Sale will be used in accordance
with the covenant described under "--Important Covenants--Limitation on
Asset Sales" within the time limits specified by the covenant,
then the subsidiary guarantor shall be released and discharged from its
obligations under its subsidiary guarantee upon the use, in the case of clause
(1) above or upon the delivery, in the case of clause (2) above. In addition,
any of our subsidiary guarantors that becomes our subsidiary guarantor as a
consequence of its guarantee of some Debt permitted under the indenture and that
is released and discharged from the guarantee will be released and discharged
from its subsidiary guarantee upon delivery of an officers' certificate
certifying the release and discharge from the guarantee to the trustee.
Change of Control
If a change of control occurs, each holder of notes will have the right to
require us to repurchase all or any part of the holder's notes at a purchase
price in cash equal to:
(1) 101% of the accreted value on the purchase date, if the date is on or
before April 15, 2004; or
(2) 101% of the principal amount at maturity, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the purchase date, if the date is after April 15,
2004.
Within 30 days following any change of control, we will be required to mail a
notice to each holder of the notes, with a copy to the trustee, stating that we
are beginning an offer to purchase all outstanding notes at a purchase price in
cash equal to;
(1) 101% of the accreted value of the notes on the purchase date, if the date
is on or before April 15, 2004; or
(2) 101% of the principal amount at maturity, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the purchase date, if the date is after April 15,
2004.
-134-
<PAGE>
We will not be required to make a change of control offer upon a change of
control if a third party makes the change of control offer in the manner, at the
times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements described in the
indenture applicable to a change of control offer made by us and purchases all
notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such change of control offer.
We will be required to comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of the tender offer provisions of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
or regulations in connection with the repurchase of the notes under this
covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, we will be required to
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be
deemed to have breached our obligations under this covenant by virtue of our
compliance with such securities laws and regulations.
If, at the time of a change of control, the terms of our senior credit
facilities restrict or prohibit the repurchase of notes under this covenant,
then, prior to the mailing of the notice to holders of the notes as provided in
the immediately following paragraph, but in any event within 30 days following
any change of control, we will be required to:
. repay in full all indebtedness under our senior credit
facilities; or
. obtain the requisite consent under the senior credit agreement to
permit the repurchase of the notes as required by this covenant.
The change of control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between us
and the initial purchasers of the notes. We have no present intention to engage
in a transaction involving a change of control, although it is possible that we
may decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations described under
"--Important Covenants," we could, in the future, enter into transactions,
including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not
constitute a change of control under the indenture, but that could increase the
amount of Debt outstanding at the time or otherwise affect our capital structure
or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Debt are
contained in the covenant described under "Important Covenants--Limitation on
Incurrence of Debt." The restrictions may only be waived with the consent of the
holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the notes then
outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in the covenants, however, the
indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders
of the notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
The occurrence of some of the events that would constitute a change of control
would constitute a default under our senior credit agreement. Our future Senior
Debt may also contain prohibitions of particular events which would constitute a
change of control or require the Senior Debt to be repurchased upon a change of
control. Moreover, the exercise by holders of the notes of their right to
require us to repurchase the notes could cause a default under the Senior Debt,
even if the change of control itself does not, due to the financial effect of
the repurchase on us. Finally, our ability to pay cash to holders of the notes
upon a repurchase may be limited by our then existing financial resources. There
can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to
make any required repurchases. The provisions of the indenture related to our
obligation to make a change of control offer as a result of a change of control
may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority
in principal amount at maturity of the notes.
Important Covenants
The indenture limits our ability, and the ability of our Restricted
Subsidiaries, to:
. incur debt, other than specified allowed debt or if we exceed
specified financial ratios;
. create levels of debt that are senior to the notes but junior to
our senior debt;
-135-
<PAGE>
. pay debt that is junior to the notes;
. make payments on our equity securities;
. invest in Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
. restrict dividends and other payments from our Restricted
Subsidiaries to us;
. sell assets unless we comply with restrictions on the use of
proceeds from asset sales;
. enter into non-arms length transactions;
. engage in business outside of the telecommunications
industry;
. amend our securities purchaser agreement; and
. designate Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
The indenture requires us, and our Restricted Subsidiaries, to:
. provide our financial information to you; and
. cause any Restricted Subsidiaries that incur debt to guarantee
the notes.
There are conditions and exceptions to many of the above limits, on which we
give detail below.
Our Restricted Subsidiaries are currently:
. TeleCorp Communications, Inc.;
. TeleCorp LLC;
. TeleCorp Holding Corp., Inc.;
. TeleCorp PR, Inc.;
. Puerto Rico Acquisition Corporation;
. TeleCorp Equipment Leasing, L.P.; and
. TeleCorp Realty, LLC.
Limitation on Incurrence of Debt
The indenture provides that we will not, and will not cause or permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Debt, including
Acquired Debt, except:
(1) our Debt or the Debt of any of our subsidiary guarantors if, immediately
after giving effect to the incurrence of the Debt and the receipt and
application of the net proceeds therefrom, including the application or
use of the net proceeds therefrom to repay Debt, complete an Asset
Acquisition or make any Restricted Payment, as defined in "Limitation on
Restricted Payments" below:
(a) the ratio of (x) Total Consolidated Debt to (y) Annualized Pro Forma
Consolidated Operating Cash Flow would be less than:
. 7.0 to 1.0, if the Debt is to be incurred prior to April 1,
2005; or
. 6.0 to 1.0 if the Debt is to be incurred on or after April
1, 2005;
-136-
<PAGE>
or
(b) in the case of any incurrence of Debt prior to April 1, 2005 only,
Total Consolidated Debt would be equal to or less than 75% of Total
Invested Capital;
(2) indebtedness under our senior credit facilities in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $600 million;
(3) our Debt and the Debt of our Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding from
time to time under any vendor credit arrangement;
(4) Debt owed by us to any Restricted Subsidiary or Debt owed by a Restricted
Subsidiary to us or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
that, upon either:
(a) the transfer or other disposition by the Restricted Subsidiary or us
of any Debt so permitted under this clause (4) to an entity other
than us or another Restricted Subsidiary; or
(b) the issuance, other than of directors' qualifying shares, sale,
transfer or other disposition of shares of capital stock or other
ownership interests, including by consolidation or merger, of such
Restricted Subsidiary to an entity other than us or another the
Restricted Subsidiary,
the exception provided by this clause (4) shall no longer be applicable
to the Debt and the Debt shall be deemed to have been incurred at the
time of any the issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition, as the
case may be;
(5) our Debt or the Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary under any hedging
agreement to the extent entered into to protect us or the Restricted
Subsidiary from fluctuations in interest rates on any other Debt
permitted under the indenture, currency exchange rates or commodity
prices and not for speculative purposes;
(6) Refinancing Debt incurred to refinance any Debt incurred under the prior
clause (1) or (3) above, the notes or the subsidiary guarantees;
(7) our Debt under the notes and Debt of our subsidiary guarantors under the
subsidiary guarantees, in each case incurred in accordance with the
indenture;
(8) our or any Restricted Subsidiary's capital lease obligations in an
aggregate principal amount not in excess of $25.0 million at any time
outstanding;
(9) debt to the FCC assumed in connection with the acquisitions from Digital
PCS or Wireless 2000;
(10) our Debt or the Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of a
guarantee of our Debt or the Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that was
permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant;
(11) our Debt or the Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of statutory
obligations, performance, surety or appeal bonds or other obligations of
a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(12) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time we acquired the
Restricted Subsidiary, other than Debt incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, the transaction or series of related transactions in
which we acquired the Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that on
the date we acquired the Restricted Subsidiary, we would have been able
to incur $1.00 of additional Debt under clause (1) above after giving
effect to the incurrence of the Debt under this clause (12) and the
acquisition of the Restricted Subsidiary and Refinancing Debt incurred by
us or the Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Debt incurred by the
Restricted Subsidiary under this clause (12); and
-137-
<PAGE>
(13) our Debt not otherwise permitted to be incurred under clauses (1) through
(12) above which, together with any other outstanding Debt incurred under
this clause (13), has an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $75
million at any time outstanding.
Debt of an entity existing at the time the entity becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary or which a Lien on an asset we or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired
secures, whether or not the Debt is assumed by the acquiring person, shall be
deemed incurred at the time the entity becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the
time of the asset acquisition, as the case may be.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
(1) if an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the categories
of Debt permitted under clauses (1) through (13) above, in our sole
discretion, we may classify the item of Debt in any manner that complies
with this covenant and may from time to time reclassify the items of Debt
in any manner that would comply with this covenant at the time of the
reclassification;
(2) Debt permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference
to one provision permitting the Debt but may be permitted in part by one
provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant
permitting the Debt;
(3) if Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described
in this covenant, in our sole discretion, we may classify the Debt and
only be required to include the amount of the Debt in one of the thirteen
clauses above; and
(4) accrual of interest, including interest paid-in-kind, and the accretion of
accreted value will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Debt for purposes
of this covenant.
Despite any other provision of this covenant:
(1) the maximum amount of Debt that we or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur
under this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result
of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies; and
(2) Debt incurred under our senior credit facilities prior to or on the date
of the indenture shall be treated as incurred under clause (2) of the
first paragraph of this covenant, which limits our indebtedness under our
senior credit facilities to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$600 million.
Limitation on Layered Debt
The indenture provides that we will not:
(1) directly or indirectly incur any Debt that by its terms would expressly
rank senior in right of payment to the notes and rank subordinate in right
of payment to any of our other Debt; or
(2) cause or permit any of our subsidiary guarantors to, and none of our
subsidiary guarantors will, directly or indirectly, incur any Debt that by
its terms would expressly rank senior in right of payment to the
subsidiary guarantee of the subsidiary guarantor and rank subordinate in
right of payment to any other Debt of the subsidiary guarantor;
provided that no Debt shall be deemed to be subordinated solely by virtue of
being unsecured.
Limitation on Restricted Payments
The indenture provides that we will not, and will not cause or permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
-138-
<PAGE>
indirectly, on or prior to December 31, 2002:
(1) declare or pay any dividend, or make any distribution of any kind or
character, whether in cash, property or securities, in respect of any
class of our capital stock, excluding any dividends or distributions
payable solely in shares of our capital stock, which may not be converted,
exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010, or in options, warrants or
other rights to acquire our capital stock, which may not be converted,
exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010;
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any shares of
our capital stock, any options, warrants or rights to purchase or acquire
our shares or any securities convertible or exchangeable into our shares,
other than any shares of capital stock or other ownership interests,
options, warrants, rights or securities that we or a Restricted Subsidiary
own;
(3) make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in an entity other
than us or a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(4) redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior
to its scheduled maturity, repayment or any sinking fund payment,
subordinated debt or make any payment of interest or premium on, or
distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or
securities, in respect of, the Lucent series A notes, excluding payments
of interest or distributions payable solely in additional Lucent series A
notes.
Each of the transactions described in clauses (1) through (4) above, other than
any exception to any clause, is a "Restricted Payment."
At any time after December 31, 2002, we will not, and will not cause or permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make a Restricted Payment
if:
(A) a default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after
giving effect to the Restricted Payment;
(B) immediately after giving effect to the Restricted Payment, we could not
incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under clause (1) of the covenant
described under "--Limitation on Incurrence of Debt;" and
(C) immediately upon giving effect to the Restricted Payment, the aggregate
amount of all Restricted Payments declared or made on or after April 23,
1999, including any designation amount, exceeds the sum, without
duplication, of:
(1) the amount of:
(x) our Consolidated Cash Flow after December 31, 2002, through the
end of the latest full fiscal quarter for which our consolidated
financial statements are available preceding the date of the
Restricted Payment, treated as a single accounting period, less
(y) 150% of our cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense after
December 31, 2002, through the end of the latest full fiscal
quarter for which our consolidated financial statements are
available preceding the date of the Restricted Payment, treated as
a single accounting period; plus
(2) the aggregate net cash proceeds, other than Excluded Cash Proceeds,
that we received as a capital contribution in respect of our capital
stock, which capital stock may not be converted, exchanged or redeemed
until April 16, 2010, or from the proceeds of a sale of our capital
stock, which capital stock may not be converted, exchanged or redeemed
until April 16, 2010, made after April 23, 1999, excluding in each
case:
-139-
<PAGE>
(x) the proceeds from a sale of our capital stock to a Restricted
Subsidiary; and
(y) the proceeds from a sale of our capital stock to an employee stock
ownership plan or other trust that we or any of our subsidiaries
established;
plus
(3) the aggregate net cash proceeds that we or any Restricted Subsidiary
received from the sale, disposition or repayment, other than to us or
a Restricted Subsidiary, of any Investment made after the date of the
indenture and constituting a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to
the lesser of:
(x) the return of capital with respect to the Investment; and
(y) the initial amount of the Investment, in either case, less the
cost of disposition of the Investment;
plus
(4) an amount equal to the consolidated Net Investment on the date of
revocation made by us and/or any Restricted Subsidiary in any of our
subsidiaries that has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
after April 23, 1999 upon its redesignation as a Restricted Subsidiary
in accordance with the covenant described under "--Limitation on
Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries."
For purposes of:
(1) clause (C)(2) above, the value of the aggregate net cash proceeds that we
received from, or as a capital contribution in connection with, the
issuance of our capital stock, which capital stock may not be converted,
exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010, either upon:
. the conversion of our convertible Debt or the convertible Debt of
any of our Restricted Subsidiaries or in exchange for our outstanding
Debt or the outstanding Debt of any of our Restricted Subsidiaries; or
. upon the exercise of options, warrants or rights
will be the net cash proceeds that we or any Restricted Subsidiary
received upon the issuance of the Debt, options, warrants or rights, plus
the incremental amount that we or any Restricted Subsidiary received upon
the conversion, exchange or exercise;
(2) clause (C)(4) above, the value of the consolidated Net Investment on the
date of revocation shall be equal to the fair market value, as determined
by our board in good faith, of the aggregate amount of our or any
Restricted Subsidiary's Investments in our subsidiaries on the applicable
date of designation; and
(3) determining the amount expended for Restricted Payments, cash distributed
shall be valued at the face amount and property other than cash shall be
valued at its fair market value on the date we make or a Restricted
Subsidiary makes the Restricted Payment, as the case may be.
The provisions of this covenant shall not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date
of its declaration, if at the date of declaration the payment would comply
with the provisions of the indenture;
(2) so long as no default shall have occurred and be continuing, the purchase,
redemption, retirement or other acquisition of any of our capital stock
out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent capital
-140-
<PAGE>
contribution to us in connection with our capital stock that may not be
converted, exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010 or out of the net
cash proceeds that we received from the substantially concurrent issue or
sale, other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock
ownership plan or other trust that we or any of our subsidiaries
established, of our capital stock that may not be converted, exchanged or
redeemed until April 16, 2010; provided that:
(a) any net cash proceeds shall be excluded from clause (C)(2) above,
and
(b) the proceeds do not constitute Excluded Cash Proceeds;
(3) so long as no default shall have occurred and be continuing, the purchase,
redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of our
subordinated debt made by exchange for or conversion into, or out of the
net cash proceeds that we received, or out of a capital contribution to us
in connection with a concurrent issue and sale, other than to a Restricted
Subsidiary, of:
. our capital stock that may not be converted, exchanged or redeemed
until April 16, 2010, provided that
. any net cash proceeds are excluded from clause (C)(2) above,
. the proceeds do not constitute Excluded Cash Proceeds, and
. the proceeds, if from a sale other than an underwritten public
offering, are not applied to optionally redeem the notes on or prior
to April 15, 2002; or
. other of our subordinated debt that has an Average Life equal to or
greater than the Average Life of the subordinated debt being purchased,
redeemed, retired or otherwise acquired and that is subordinated in
right of payment to the notes at least to the same extent as the
subordinated debt being purchased, redeemed, retired, or otherwise
acquired;
(4) so long as no default shall have occurred and be continuing, the making of
a direct or indirect Investment constituting a Restricted Payment in an
amount not to exceed the amount of the proceeds of a concurrent capital
contribution in respect of our capital stock that may not be converted,
exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010 or from the issue or sale,
other than to a Restricted Subsidiary, of our capital stock that may not
be converted, exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010; provided that:
(a) any net cash proceeds are excluded from clause (C)(2) above;
(b) the proceeds do not constitute Excluded Cash Proceeds; and
(c) the proceeds, if from a sale other than an underwritten public
offering, are not applied to optionally redeem the notes on or
prior to April 15, 2002;
(5) so long as no default shall have occurred and be continuing and so long
as, immediately after giving effect to the Investment, we could incur at
least $1.00 of additional Debt under clause (1) of the covenant described
under "--Limitation on Incurrence of Debt," our making of a direct or
indirect Investment constituting a Restricted Payment in any entity
incorporated, formed or created to acquire one or more licenses covering
or adjacent to where we or a Restricted Subsidiary own a license through
participation in any auction or reauction of PCS licenses conducted by the
FCC, in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding;
provided that
-141-
<PAGE>
. the entity shall qualify as an entrepreneur under the Communications
Act in the case of any proposed acquisition of licenses covering or
adjacent to where we or a Restricted Subsidiary own a license through
participation in any auction or reauction of PCS licenses conducted by
the FCC; and
. we shall have received, prior to making the Investment, from one or
more Strategic Equity Investors, irrevocable, unconditional commitments
to purchase our capital stock that may not be converted, exchanged or
redeemed until April 16, 2010, at the earliest to occur of:
. the date that is 30 days after the date on which the entity acquires
any licenses covering or adjacent to where we or a Restricted
Subsidiary own a license;
. the date that is 30 days after the date on which the entity
withdraws from the auction or reauction;
. the date that is 30 days after the date the FCC terminates the
auction or reauction; and
. the date that is 180 days after the date on which any amounts were
deposited by or on behalf of the entity in escrow with the FCC in
connection with the proposed acquisition of licenses covering or
adjacent to where we or a Restricted Subsidiary own a license; and
. in an amount not less than the amount of the Investment, plus the
amount of all fees, expenses and other costs incurred in connection
with the participation;
provided further that if at any time the aggregate net cash proceeds that
the Strategic Equity Investors pay to us shall exceed the amount of the
Investment plus all fees, expenses and other costs incurred in connection
with the participation:
(a) the commitments may terminate in accordance with their terms to the
extent, but only to the extent, of the excess; and
(b) we may rescind all or a portion of the payments made by the Strategic
Equity Investors for our capital stock and redeem all or a portion of
our capital stock in an amount not greater than the excess;
provided further that:
. the aggregate net proceeds that we receive upon the purchase by the
Strategic Equity Investors of our capital stock are excluded from
clause (C)(2) above unless the entity becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
or merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or into, or transfers or
conveys substantially all its assets to us or a Restricted Subsidiary,
or liquidates into us or a Restricted Subsidiary;
. the proceeds shall not constitute Excluded Cash Proceeds; and
. the proceeds are not applied to optionally redeem the notes prior to
April 15, 2002;
(6) so long as no default shall have occurred and be continuing and so long
as, immediately after giving effect to the Investment, we could incur at
least $1.00 of additional Debt under clause (1) of the covenant described
under "--Limitation on Incurrence of Debt," our making of a direct or
indirect Investment constituting a Restricted Payment in any entity
engaged in a Permitted Business in an amount not to exceed $60 million at
any time outstanding; provided that we shall have received, prior to
making the Investment, from one or more Strategic Equity Investors,
aggregate net cash proceeds from capital contributions or the issuance or
sale of our capital stock that may not be converted, exchanged or redeemed
until April 16, 2010, including our capital stock issued upon the
conversion of convertible Debt or upon the exercise of options, warrants
or
-142-
<PAGE>
rights to purchase our capital stock, in an amount equal to the amount of
the Investment plus the amount of all fees, expenses and other costs
incurred in connection with the Investment, regardless of whether or not
the Investment is completed; provided further that:
. the proceeds that we received as capital contributions from, or
the purchase of our capital stock by, the Strategic Equity Investors
are excluded from clause (C)(2) above unless the entity becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or
into us or a Restricted Subsidiary, or transfers or conveys
substantially all its assets to us or a Restricted Subsidiary, or
liquidates into us or a Restricted Subsidiary;
. the proceeds shall not constitute Excluded Cash Proceeds; and
. the proceeds are not applied to optionally redeem the notes prior
to April 15, 2002; or
(7) so long as no default has occurred and is continuing, the repurchase,
redemption, acquisition or retirement for value of any of our capital
stock held by any member of our management or any of our subsidiaries
under any management equity subscription agreement, stock option
agreement, restricted stock agreement or other similar agreement; provided
that:
. the aggregate amount of the dividends or distributions shall not
exceed $4.0 million in any twelve-month period;
. any unused amount in any twelve-month period may be carried
forward to one or more future twelve-month periods; and
. the aggregate of all unused amounts that may be carried forward
to any future twelve-month period shall not exceed $16 million.
Restricted Payments made under clauses (1) and (7) above shall be included
when determining available amounts under clause (C) above, Restricted Payments
made under clauses (5) and (6) above shall be included when determining
available amounts under clause (C) above unless, after giving effect to the
Investment, the entity becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges, consolidates
or amalgamates with or into us or a Restricted Subsidiary, or transfers or
conveys substantially all its assets to us or a Restricted Subsidiary, or
liquidates into us or a Restricted Subsidiary and Restricted Payments made under
to clauses (2), (3) and (4) above shall not be included when determining
available amounts under clause (C) above.
Limitation on Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
The indenture provides that we will not, and will not cause or permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist any consensual encumbrances or restrictions of any kind on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay, directly or indirectly, dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any
other distributions in respect of its capital stock or other ownership
interests or pay any Debt or other obligation owed to us or any other
Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) make any Investment in us or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
(3) transfer any of its property or assets to us or any other Restricted
Subsidiary,
except for the encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
-143-
<PAGE>
(A) any agreement in effect on April 23, 1999 as in effect on that date;
(B) any agreement relating to any Debt incurred by the Restricted Subsidiary
prior to the date on which we acquired the Restricted Subsidiary and
outstanding on the date and not incurred in anticipation or contemplation
of becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the
encumbrance or restriction shall not apply to any of our property or
assets or any property or assets of any Restricted Subsidiary other than
the Restricted Subsidiary;
(C) customary provisions contained in an agreement which has been entered into
for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the capital
stock or other ownership interests or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that the encumbrance or restriction is applicable only
to the Restricted Subsidiary or its property and assets;
(D) any agreement effecting a Refinancing or amendment of Debt incurred under
any agreement referred to in clause (A) or (B) above; provided, however,
that the provisions contained in the Refinancing or amendment agreement
relating to the encumbrance or restriction are no more restrictive in any
material respect than the provisions contained in the agreement referred
to in clause (A) or (B) above in the reasonable judgment of our board;
(E) the indenture;
(F) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(G) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease
governing any leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;
(H) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business that impose restrictions of the type referred to in clause (3) of
this covenant; and
(I) restrictions of the type referred to in clause (3) of this covenant
contained in security agreements securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary
to the extent that the Liens restrict the transfer of property subject to
the agreements.
Limitation on Asset Sales
The indenture provides that we will not, and will not cause or permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Asset Sale unless:
(1) we or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration for the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value
of the assets sold or disposed of as determined by our board in good faith
and evidenced by a resolution of our board filed with the trustee;
(2) other than in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, not less than 75% of the
consideration received by us or the Restricted Subsidiary from the
disposition consists of:
(A) cash or Cash Equivalents;
(B) the assumption of our Debt or Debt of the Restricted Subsidiary, other
than non-recourse Debt or any subordinated debt, or other obligations
relating to the assets, accompanied by an irrevocable and
unconditional release of us or the Restricted Subsidiary from all
liability on the Debt or other obligations assumed; or
(C) notes or other obligations that we or the Restricted Subsidiary
received from the transferee or the
-144-
<PAGE>
Restricted Subsidiary convert into cash or Cash Equivalents
concurrently with the receipt of the notes or other obligations to the
extent of the cash that we actually received; and
(3) all Net Available Proceeds, less any amounts invested within 365 days of
the Asset Sale to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a
majority of the voting stock of, an entity primarily engaged in a
Permitted Business, to make a capital expenditure or to acquire other
long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business, are
applied, on or prior to the 365th day after the Asset Sale, unless and to
the extent that we shall determine to make an offer to purchase, to the
permanent reduction and prepayment of any of our Senior Debt then
outstanding, including a permanent reduction of the commitments in respect
of the Senior Debt.
Any Net Available Proceeds from any Asset Sale which is subject to this
covenant that are not applied as provided in the covenant shall be used promptly
after the expiration of the 365th day after the Asset Sale, or earlier if we so
elect, to make an offer to purchase the notes at a purchase price in cash equal
to:
(a) 100% of the accreted value on the purchase date, if the purchase date
is on or before April 15, 2004; and
(b) 100% of the principal amount at maturity plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the purchase date, if such purchase date is after April
15, 2004;
provided, that if we elect or the terms of any other senior subordinated debt
require, an offer may be made ratably to purchase the notes and other senior
subordinated debt
Despite the above, we may defer making any offer to purchase the notes, and
any offer to purchase other senior subordinated debt ratably, until there are
aggregate unused Net Available Proceeds from Asset Sales otherwise subject to
this covenant equal to or in excess of $15.0 million, at which time the entire
unused Net Available Proceeds from Asset Sales otherwise subject to the two
immediately preceding sentences, and not just the amount in excess of $15.0
million, shall be applied as required under this paragraph. We may use any
remaining Net Available Proceeds following the completion of the required offer
to purchase and any offer to purchase other senior subordinated debt ratably for
any other purpose, subject to the other provisions of the indenture, and the
amount of Net Available Proceeds then required to be otherwise applied in
accordance with this covenant shall be reset to zero. These provisions will not
apply to a transaction completed in compliance with the provisions of the
indenture described under "--Merger, Consolidation and Sales of Assets."
Pending application as described above, the Net Available Proceeds of any
Asset Sale may be invested in cash or Cash Equivalents or used to reduce
temporarily Debt outstanding under any revolving credit agreement to which we
are a party and under which we have incurred Debt.
We must comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of the tender
offer provisions of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or
regulations in connection with the repurchase of the notes under this covenant.
To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict
with provisions of this covenant, we must comply with the applicable securities
laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached our obligations
under this covenant.
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
The indenture provides that we will not, and will not cause or permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, conduct any business or enter
into, renew or extend any transaction with any of our or their respective
affiliates, including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the
rendering of any service or the making of any guarantee, loan, advance or
Investment, either directly or indirectly, unless the terms of the transaction
are at least as favorable as the terms that could be obtained at the time by us
or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a
-145-
<PAGE>
comparable transaction made on an arms-length basis with an entity that is not
an Affiliate; provided, that:
(1) in any transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0
million, we shall deliver an officers' certificate to the trustee stating
that a majority of the disinterested directors of our board or the board
of directors of the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, have
determined, in their good faith judgment, that the terms of the
transaction are at least as favorable as the terms that could be obtained
by us or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable
transaction made on an arms-length basis between unaffiliated parties; and
(2) if the aggregate consideration is in excess of $25.0 million, we shall
also deliver to the trustee, prior to the completion of the transaction,
the favorable written opinion of a nationally recognized accounting,
appraisal or investment banking firm as to the fairness of the transaction
to the holders of the notes, from a financial point of view.
Despite the foregoing, the restrictions described in this covenant shall not
apply to:
(1) transactions between or among us and/or any Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment permitted by the covenant
described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments;"
(3) directors' fees, indemnification and similar arrangements, officers'
indemnification, employee stock option or employee benefit plans and
employee salaries and bonuses paid or created in the ordinary course of
business;
(4) any other agreement in effect on the date of the indenture, as the same
shall be amended from time to time; provided that any material amendment
shall be required to comply with the provisions of the immediately
preceding paragraph;
(5) the acquisitions from Digital PCS, Wireless 2000 or AT&T;
(6) transactions with AT&T or any of its affiliates relating to marketing or
providing of telecommunication services or related hardware, software or
equipment on terms that are no less favorable, when taken as a whole, to
us or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, than those available from
unaffiliated third parties;
(7) transactions involving the leasing or sharing or other use by us or any
Restricted Subsidiary of communications network facilities, including
cable or fiber lines, equipment or transmission capacity, of any of our
affiliates, as a related party, on terms that are no less favorable when
taken as a whole to us or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, than
those available from the related party to unaffiliated third parties;
(8) transactions involving providing of telecommunication services by a
related party in the ordinary course of its business to us or any
Restricted Subsidiary, or by us or any Restricted Subsidiary to a related
party, on terms that are no less favorable when taken as a whole to us or
the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, than those available from the
related party to unaffiliated third parties;
(9) any sales agency agreements under which an affiliate has the right to
market any or all of our products or services or the products or services
of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(10) transactions involving the sale, transfer or other disposition of any
shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of any affiliate
that is not engaged in any activity other than the registration, holding,
maintenance or protection of trademarks and related licensing; and
-146-
<PAGE>
(11) customary commercial banking, investment banking, underwriting, placement
agent or financial advisory fees paid in connection with services
rendered to us and our subsidiaries in the ordinary course.
Limitation on our Activities and Activities of the Restricted Subsidiaries
The indenture provides that we will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to
the extent as is not material to us and our Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.
Amendments to Securities Purchase Agreement
The indenture provides that we will not amend, modify or waive, or refrain
from enforcing, any provision of the securities purchase agreement in any manner
that would cause the net cash proceeds from capital contributions or sales of
our capital stock, which may not be converted, exchanged or redeemed until April
16, 2010, under the securities purchase agreement to be less than $128.0
million.
Providing Financial Information
The indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the SEC, so long as any notes are outstanding, we will furnish to
the holders of the notes:
(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to
be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if we were
required to file these forms, including a section entitled "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
that describes our financial condition and results of operations and that
of our consolidated subsidiaries and a report on the annual information
only by our certified independent accountants; and
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
Form 8-K if we were required to file the reports, in each case within the
time period specified in the SEC's rules and regulations.
In addition, following the completion of the exchange offer whether or not
required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, we will file a copy of all
information and reports with the SEC for public availability within the time
periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations and make the information
available to prospective investors upon request. In addition, we will, for so
long as any notes remain outstanding, furnish to the holders of notes, upon
request, the information required to be delivered under the conditions for
resale provisions of the Securities Act. We will also comply with reporting
requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.
Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
The indenture allows us to designate any of our subsidiaries, other than an
Ineligible Subsidiary, as an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" under the indenture only
if:
(1) no default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after
giving effect to the designation;
(2) we would be permitted under the indenture to make an Investment at the
time of designation, assuming the effectiveness of the designation, in a
designation amount equal to the fair market value of the aggregate amount
of its Investments in the Subsidiary on that date; and
(3) except in the case of any of our subsidiaries in which an Investment is
being made under, and as permitted by, the third paragraph of the
covenant described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments," we would
be permitted to incur $1.00 of additional Debt under clause (1) of the
covenant described under "--
-147-
<PAGE>
Limitation on Incurrence of Debt" at the time of designation, assuming the
effectiveness of the designation.
In the event of any designation, we shall be deemed to have made an Investment
constituting a Restricted Payment under the covenant described under "--
Limitation on Restricted Payments" for all purposes of the indenture in the
designation amount.
The indenture further provides that we shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, at any time:
(1) provide direct or indirect credit support for, or a guarantee of, any Debt
of any Unrestricted Subsidiary including of any undertaking, agreement or
instrument evidencing the Debt;
(2) be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary; or
(3) be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt which provides that the
holder of the Debt may upon notice, lapse of time or both declare a
default on the Debt or cause the payment be accelerated or payable prior
to its final scheduled maturity upon the occurrence of a default with
respect to any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including any right to
take enforcement action against the Unrestricted Subsidiary, except, in
the case of clause (1) or (2) above, to the extent permitted under the
covenant described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments."
The indenture further provides that we may revoke any designation of a
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, where the Subsidiary shall then
constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, if no default shall have occurred and be
continuing at the time of and after giving effect to the revocation. In the
event of any revocation, we shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent
Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary constituting a Restricted Payment under
the covenant described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments" for all
purposes under the indenture in a positive amount equal to:
(1) the fair market value of the aggregate amount of our Investments in the
subsidiary at the time of the revocation; less
(2) the portion proportionate to our equity interest in the Subsidiary of the
fair market value of the net assets of the Subsidiary at the time of the
revocation.
All designations and revocations must be evidenced by a resolution of our
board delivered to the trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing
provisions.
Future Subsidiary Guarantors
We will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that incurs Debt to become our
subsidiary guarantor, and, if applicable, execute and deliver to the trustee a
supplemental indenture in the form described in the indenture under which the
Restricted Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the notes; provided that we
shall not cause any special purpose subsidiary to become our subsidiary
guarantor unless the special purpose subsidiary incurs Debt other than Debt in
respect of the senior credit agreement, or any Refinancing Debt incurred to
refinance the Debt, or debt to the FCC. Each subsidiary guarantee will be
limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by
that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the subsidiary guarantee, as it
relates to the Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to
fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the
rights of creditors generally.
Merger, Consolidation and Sales of Assets
We may not:
-148-
<PAGE>
. consolidate or merge with or into any entity; or
. sell, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of our assets; or
. cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to do any of the above
including by way of liquidation or dissolution,
to any entity unless:
(1) the entity formed by or surviving any consolidation or merger, if other
than us or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or to which the
sale, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made, is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United
States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;
(2) the surviving entity assumes by supplemental indenture all of our
obligations on the notes and under the indenture;
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction and the use of any net
proceeds from the transaction on a pro forma basis, we or the surviving
entity, as the case may be, could incur at least $1.00 of Debt under
clause (1) of the covenant described under "--Important Covenants--
Limitation on Incurrence of Debt;"
(4) immediately after giving effect to the transaction and treating any Debt
which becomes our obligation or an obligation of any of our Restricted
Subsidiaries as a result of the transactions as having been incurred by us
or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at the time of the
transaction, no default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(5) we deliver to the trustee an officers' certificate and an opinion of
counsel, each stating that the merger, consolidation or sale of assets and
the supplemental indenture, if any, comply with the indenture; and
(6) we deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that holders
of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income
tax purposes as a result of the merger, consolidation or sale of assets
and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the merger,
sale or consolidation had not occurred.
We will determine what we deem to be all or substantially all of our assets on
a consolidated basis for us and the Restricted Subsidiaries, whether as an
entirety or substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of
transactions.
The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any merger of a Restricted
Subsidiary with or into us or a wholly owned subsidiary or the release of any of
our subsidiary guarantors in accordance with the terms of its subsidiary
guarantee and the indenture in connection with any transaction complying with
the provisions of covenant described under "--Important Covenants--Limitation on
Asset Sales."
The indenture provides that we may not permit any of our subsidiary guarantors
to:
. consolidate or merge with or into any entity; or
. sell, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of the subsidiary guarantor's assets, including by way of liquidation
or dissolution,
to any entity unless:
(1) the entity formed by or surviving any consolidation or merger, if other
than the subsidiary guarantor, or to which the sale, assignment, lease,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, is a corporation
-149-
<PAGE>
organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state of
the United States or the District of Columbia;
(2) the corporation assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations
of our subsidiary guarantors, if any, under its subsidiary guarantee;
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction and treating any Debt
which becomes an obligation of the subsidiary guarantor as a result of the
transactions as having been incurred by the subsidiary guarantor at the
time of the transaction, no default shall have occurred and be continuing;
and
(4) we deliver to the trustee an officers' certificate and an opinion of
counsel, each stating that the merger, consolidation or sale of assets and
the supplemental indenture, if any, comply with the indenture.
Defaults
Each of the following events constitutes an event of default under the
indenture:
(1) a default in any payment of interest on any note when due and payable,
whether or not prohibited by the provisions described under "--Ranking,"
continued for 30 days;
(2) a default in the payment of the accreted value or principal of any note
when due and payable at maturity on April 15, 2009, upon required
redemption or repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, whether or not
the payment is prohibited by the provisions described under "--Ranking;"
(3) our failure to comply with its obligations under the covenant described
under "--Merger, Consolidation and Sales of Assets;"
(4) our failure to comply for 30 days after notice with any of our obligations
under the covenants described under "--Change of Control" or "--Important
Covenants," other than a failure to purchase the notes;
(5) our failure to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements
contained in the indenture or the notes;
(6) a failure by us or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Debt within any
applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any
the Debt by the holders of the Debt because of a default if the total
amount of the Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $15.0 million or its
foreign currency equivalent and the failure continues for 10 days after
receipt of the notice specified in the indenture;
(7) particular events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of us or a
Significant Subsidiary;
(8) the rendering of any final judgment or decree, not subject to appeal, for
the payment of money in excess of $15.0 million or its foreign currency
equivalent at the time it is entered against us or a Significant
Subsidiary and is not discharged, waived or stayed if:
(A) an enforcement proceeding is commenced by any creditor; or
(B) the judgment or decree remains outstanding for a period of 60 days
following the judgment and is not discharged, waived or stayed;
or
(9) any subsidiary guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect, except as
contemplated by the terms of the indenture, or any of our subsidiary
guarantors or entity acting by or on behalf of the subsidiary guarantor
-150-
<PAGE>
denies or disaffirms the subsidiary guarantor's obligations under the
indenture or any subsidiary guarantee and the default continues for 10
days after receipt of the notice specified in the indenture.
The above will constitute events of default whatever the reason for the event
of default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by
operation of law or under any judgment, decree or order of any court or any
order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
However, a default under clauses (4), (5) or (8) will not constitute an event
of default until the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the outstanding notes notify us of the default
and we do not cure the default within the time specified in clauses (4), (5) or
(8) after receipt of notice.
If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than bankruptcy,
insolvency and reorganization, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes by notice to us may
accelerate the maturity of all the notes. Upon an acceleration, the notes will
become immediately due and payable. If an event of default relating to
particular events of our bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occurs, the
principal of and interest on all the notes will become immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or the
holders of the notes. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the outstanding notes may rescind any acceleration with respect to
the notes and its consequences if rescinding the acceleration:
. would not conflict with any judgment or decree; and
. all defaults have been cured or waived except as related to payments due
solely because of acceleration.
Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the
trustee, in case an event of default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will
be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the
indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the notes unless
the holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against
any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment
of principal, premium or interest when due, no holder of notes may pursue any
remedy with respect to the indenture or the notes unless:
(1) the holder has previously given the trustee notice that an event of
default is continuing;
(2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
outstanding notes have requested the trustee in writing to pursue the
remedy;
(3) the holders have offered the trustee reasonable security or indemnity
against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after the
receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
(5) the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
notes have not given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the request
within the 60-day period.
Subject to restrictions, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of the notes are given the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee
or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee. The trustee,
however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the
indenture or that the trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of
any other holder of notes or that would involve the trustee in personal
liability. Prior to taking any action under the indenture, the trustee will be
entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against
all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking the action.
-151-
<PAGE>
The indenture provides that, if a default occurs and is continuing and is
known to the trustee, the trustee must mail to each holder of notes notice of
the default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is
known to a trust officer or written notice of it is received by the trustee.
Except in the case of a default in the payment of principal of, premium or
interest on any note, including payments under the redemption provisions of the
note, the trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its trust
officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of
the noteholders. In addition, we will be required to deliver to the trustee,
within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating
whether the signers know of any default that occurred during the previous year.
We will also be required to deliver to the trustee, within 30 days after the
occurrence of the event, written notice of any event which would constitute
events of default, the status of any event and the action we are taking or
propose to take in respect of the event.
Amendments and Waivers
Subject to some exceptions, the indenture or the notes may be amended with the
written consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the notes then outstanding, and any past default or compliance with
any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes then outstanding. However,
without the consent of each holder of an outstanding note affected, no amendment
may, among other things:
(1) reduce the amount of the notes whose holders must consent to an amendment;
(2) reduce the rate of, or extend the time for payment of, interest or any
liquidated damages on any note;
(3) reduce the principal of any note, or extend the maturity of any note
beyond April 15, 2009;
(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any note or change the
time at which any note may be redeemed as described under "--Optional
Redemption;"
(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the note;
(6) make any change to the subordination provisions of the indenture that
adversely affects the rights of any holder of notes;
(7) impair the right of any holder of notes to receive payment of principal of
and interest on any liquidated damages on the holder's notes on or after
the due dates for the payment or to institute suit for the enforcement of
any payment on or with respect to the holder's notes;
(8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require the consent of
each holder of the notes or in the waiver provisions; or
(9) modify the subsidiary guarantees in any manner adverse to the holders of
the notes.
Without the consent of any holder of the notes, we and the trustee may amend
the indenture to:
(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
(2) provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of our obligations
under the indenture;
(3) provide for uncertificated notes in addition to, or in place of,
certificated notes, provided that the uncertificated notes are issued in
registered form for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code, or in a manner
such that the uncertificated notes are described in the Internal Revenue
Code;
-152-
<PAGE>
(4) make any change in the subordination provisions of the indenture that
would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of our
Senior Debt or any representative of the holder under the subordination
provisions;
(5) add additional guarantees with respect to the notes;
(6) secure the notes;
(7) add to our covenants for the benefit of the noteholders;
(8) surrender any right or power conferred upon us;
(9) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder
of the notes;
(10) provide for the issuance of the exchange notes or debt securities that
are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except for
transfer restrictions, that we issued simultaneously with and under the
same indenture as the exchange notes, to holders of an unsold allotment
in an initial distribution, or to noteholders that are not entitled to
participate in the exchange offer in exchange for a like aggregate
principal amount of notes held by the holder, subject to the provisions
of the indenture; or
(11) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the
qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
No amendment may be made to the subordination provisions of the indenture,
however, that adversely affects the rights of any holder of our Senior Debt then
outstanding unless the holders of the Senior Debt, or any group or
representative of the holders authorized to give a consent, consent to the
change.
The consent of the noteholders will not be necessary under the indenture to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It will be sufficient if
the consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
After an amendment under the indenture becomes effective, we will be required
to mail to noteholders a notice briefly describing the amendment. However, the
failure to give the notice to all noteholders, or any defect in the notice, will
not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.
Defeasance
We at any time may terminate all our obligations under the indenture and the
notes, the terminations being a legal defeasance, except for specific
obligations, including obligations:
. relating to the defeasance trust;
. to register the transfer or exchange of the notes;
. to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes; and
. to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the notes.
We at any time may terminate our obligations under:
. the covenants described under "--Important Covenants;"
. the operation of the cross acceleration provision, the bankruptcy
provisions with respect to significant subsidiaries and the judgment
default provision described under "--Defaults;"
-153-
<PAGE>
. clauses (3), (4) and (5) described in the first paragraph under "--
Merger, Consolidation and Sales of Assets," the terminations being a
covenant defeasance.
In the event that we exercise our legal defeasance option or our covenant
defeasance option, each of our subsidiary guarantors will be released from all
of its obligations with respect to its subsidiary guarantee.
We may exercise our legal defeasance option in spite of our prior exercise of
our covenant defeasance option. If we exercise our legal defeasance option,
payment of the notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default with
respect to our exercise of our legal defeasance option. If we exercise our
covenant defeasance option, payment of the notes may not be accelerated because
of an event of default specified in clause (4), (6), (7) with respect only to
our Restricted Subsidiaries that would be significant subsidiaries meeting the
10 percent of assets or income threshold within the meaning under Regulation S-
X, (8) with respect only to significant subsidiaries or (9) under "--Defaults"
or because of our failure to comply with clause (3), (4) and (5) described in
the first paragraph under "--Merger, Consolidation and Sales of Assets."
In order to exercise either defeasance option, we must irrevocably deposit in
a defeasance trust with the trustee, money or U.S. government obligations for
the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes to
redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with other
conditions, including delivery to the trustee of an opinion of counsel to the
effect that holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and defeasance and will
be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and
at the same times as would have been the case if the deposit and defeasance had
not occurred and, in the case of legal defeasance only, the opinion of counsel
must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in
applicable federal income tax law.
Concerning the Trustee
Bankers Trust Company serves as the trustee under the indenture, and we have
appointed Bankers Trust Company as registrar and paying agent with regard to the
notes. The indenture provides that the trustee has a first priority lien against
monies or property collected or held by the trustee, other than monies or
property held in trust to pay the principal of and interest and damages on the
notes, for the payment of fees. Bankers Trust Company is also one of the lenders
under our senior credit facilities and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, an affiliate
of Bankers Trust Company, was one of the initial purchasers of our outstanding
notes. Bankers Trust Company could also become our creditor under the indenture.
However, in the event of default, the indenture and the Trust Indenture Act
provide that a trustee who becomes a creditor under the notes, within three
months prior to a default, shall, unless and until the default is cured, set
apart and hold in a special account for the benefit of the trustee, an amount
equal to any and all reductions in the amount due and owing upon the claim. If
the event of default was not cured, Bankers Trust Company would be required to
resign as trustee.
Governing Law
The indenture provides that it and the notes will be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving
effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the
application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required.
Definitions
Described below is a summary of defined terms used in the indenture, which is
attached as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus
is a part.
"Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any entity, Debt of the entity:
(1) existing at the time the entity becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
-154-
<PAGE>
(2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from another entity,
including Debt incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, the
entity becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or the acquisition, as the case
may be.
"affiliate" of any specified entity means any other entity directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common
control with, any specified entity. For purposes of this definition, "control"
when used with respect to any entity means the power to direct the management
and policies of the entity, directly or indirectly, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
"Annualized Pro Forma Consolidated Operating Cash Flow" means Consolidated
Cash Flow for the latest two full fiscal quarters for which our consolidated
financial statements are available multiplied by two. For purposes of
calculating "Consolidated Cash Flow" for any period for purposes of this
definition only:
(1) any of our subsidiaries that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate "Annualized Pro Forma
Consolidated Operating Cash Flow" shall be deemed to have been a
Restricted Subsidiary at all times during the period; and
(2) any of our subsidiaries that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the
transaction date shall be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary
at any time during the period.
In addition to of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition only,
"Consolidated Cash Flow" shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma
basis for the applicable period to, without duplication, any Asset Sales or
Asset Acquisitions, including any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to
make the calculation as a result of our or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries,
including any entity who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the
Asset Acquisition incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired
Debt, occurring during the period beginning on the first day of the two-fiscal-
quarter period to and including the transaction date, as if the Asset Sale or
Asset Acquisition occurred on the first day of the reference period.
"Asset Acquisition" means:
(1) any purchase or other acquisition, by means of transfer of cash, Debt or
other property to others or payment for property or services for the
account or use of others or otherwise, of capital stock or other ownership
interests of any entity by us or any Restricted Subsidiary, in either
case, under which the entity shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall
be merged with or into us or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(2) any acquisition by us or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property or
assets of any entity which constitute all or substantially all of an
operating unit or line of business of the entity.
"Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer or other disposition, including by
merger, consolidation or Sale/Leaseback Transaction, of:
(1) shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of any of our
subsidiaries, other than directors' qualifying shares;
(2) any PCS license for wireless telecommunications services held by us or any
Restricted Subsidiary, whether by sale of capital stock or other ownership
interests or otherwise; or
(3) any other property or assets of ours or any of our subsidiaries other than
in the ordinary course of business;
provided, however, that an Asset Sale shall not include:
-155-
<PAGE>
(A) any sale, transfer or other disposition of shares of capital stock or
other ownership interests, property or assets by a Restricted Subsidiary
to us or to any other Restricted Subsidiary or by us to any Restricted
Subsidiary;
(B) any sale, transfer or other disposition of defaulted receivables for
collection;
(C) the sale, lease, conveyance or disposition or other transfer of all or
substantially all of our assets as permitted under "--Important Covenants-
-Merger, Consolidation and Sales of Assets;"
(D) any disposition that constitutes a change of control; or
(E) any sale, transfer or other disposition of shares of capital stock or
other ownership interests of any affiliate that is not engaged in any
activity other than the registration, holding, maintenance or protection
of trademarks and related licensing; or
(F) any sale, transfer or other disposition that does not, together with all
related sales, transfers or dispositions, involve aggregate consideration
in excess of $5.0 million.
"Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Debt for borrowed money or preferred stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of
determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal or
liquidation value payments of the Debt or preferred stock, respectively,
and the amount of the principal or liquidation value payments by
(2) the sum of all principal or liquidation value payments.
"Cash Equivalents" means:
(1) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on
which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America or
by any agency to the extent the obligations are backed by the full faith
and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing within
one year from the date of the acquisition;
(2) investments in commercial paper maturing within 365 days from the date of
the acquisition and having, at the date of acquisition, the highest credit
rating obtainable from Standard & Poor's Corporation or from Moody's
Investors Service;
(3) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptance and time
deposits maturing within 365 days from the date of the acquisition issued
or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued
or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under
the laws of the United States of America or any of its States which has a
combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than
$500,000,000;
(4) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30
days for securities described in clause (1) above and entered into with a
financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (3)
above; and
-156-
<PAGE>
(5) money market funds substantially all of whose assets comprise securities
of the type described in clauses (1) through (3) above.
"change of control" means the occurrence of any of the following:
. any person or group, as the terms are used in the applicable
provisions of the Exchange Act, other than a Permitted Holder or
Permitted Holders or a person or group controlled by a Permitted
Holder or Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner, as defined
in the beneficial ownership provisions under the Exchange Act, except
that a person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all the
securities that the person has the right to acquire within one year,
upon the happening of an event or otherwise, directly or indirectly,
of our securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting
power of our then outstanding voting stock;
. the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute more than
a majority of the number of directors then serving on our board:
individuals who, on April 23, 1999, constituted our board and any new
director, other than a director whose initial assumption of office is
in connection with an actual or threatened election contest,
including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation relating to the
election of our directors, whose appointment or election by our board
or nomination for election by our stockholders was approved by the
vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office or
whose appointment, election or nomination was previously so approved
or recommended or made in accordance with the terms of the
stockholders' agreement; or
. our stockholders shall approve any plan of liquidation, whether or not
otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the indenture.
"Consolidated Cash Flow" of any entity means, for any period, the Consolidated
Net Income of the entity for the period:
(1) increased, to the extent Consolidated Net Income for the period has been
reduced, by the sum of, without duplication"
(A) Consolidated Interest Expense of the entity for the period; plus
(B) consolidated income tax expense of the entity and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the period; plus
(C) the consolidated depreciation and amortization expense of the entity
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period; plus
(D) any other non-cash charges of the entity and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the period except for any non-cash charges that
represent accruals of, or reserves for, cash disbursements to be made
in any future accounting period; and
(2) decreased, to the extent Consolidated Net Income for the period has been
increased, by any non-cash gains from Asset Sales.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" for any entity means, for any period, without
duplication:
(1) the consolidated interest expense included in a consolidated income
statement, without deduction of interest or finance charge income, of the
entity and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period calculated on a
consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, including (a) any amortization of debt discount, (b) the net
costs under hedging agreements, (c) all capitalized interest, (d) the
interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and (e) all
amortization of any premiums, fees and expenses payable in connection with
the incurrence of any Debt; plus
-157-
<PAGE>
(2) the interest component of capital lease obligations paid, accrued and/or
scheduled to be paid or accrued, by the entity and its Restricted
Subsidiaries during the period as determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
"Consolidated Net Income" of any entity means for any period the consolidated
net income or loss of the entity and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from:
(1) the net income or loss of any entity acquired by the entity or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the entity in a pooling-of-interests transaction
for any period prior to the date of the transaction;
(2) the net income but not loss of any Restricted Subsidiary of the entity
which is subject to restrictions which prevent or limit the payment of
dividends or the making of distributions to the entity to the extent of
the restrictions, regardless of any waiver;
(3) the net income of any entity that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the
entity, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
distributions representing the entity's proportionate share of the other
entity's net income for the period actually paid in cash to the entity by
the other entity during the period;
(4) gains or losses, other than for purposes of calculating Consolidated Net
Income under clause (c) of the first paragraph under "--Important
Covenants--Limitation on Restricted Payments," on Asset Sales by the
entity or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(5) all extraordinary gains, but not, other than for purposes of calculating
Consolidated Net Income under clause (c) of the first paragraph under "--
Important Covenants--Limitation on Restricted Payments," losses,
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
and
(6) in the case of a successor to the entity by consolidation or merger or as
a transferee of the entity's assets, any earnings or losses of the
successor corporation prior to the consolidation, merger or transfer of
assets.
"Debt" means without duplication, with respect to any entity, whether recourse
is to all or a portion of the assets of the entity and whether or not
contingent:
(1) every obligation of the entity for money borrowed;
(2) every obligation of the entity evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or
other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection
with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses;
(3) every reimbursement obligation of the entity with respect to letters of
credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account
of the entity;
(4) every obligation of the entity issued or assumed as the deferred purchase
price of property or services, but excluding trade accounts payable or
accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business which are
not overdue or which are being contested in good faith;
(5) every capital lease obligation of the entity;
(6) every net obligation under hedging agreements or similar agreements of the
entity; and
(7) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of
another entity and all dividends of another entity the payment of which,
in either case, the entity has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for,
directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise.
-158-
<PAGE>
Debt shall:
(1) include the liquidation preference and any mandatory redemption payment
obligations in respect of any of our capital stock that may be converted,
exchanged or redeemed on or before April 15, 2010 and any Restricted
Subsidiary and any preferred stock of any of our subsidiaries;
(2) never be calculated taking into account any cash and Cash Equivalents held
by the entities;
(3) not include obligations arising from our agreements or agreement of a
Restricted Subsidiary to provide for indemnification, adjustment of
purchase price, earn-out or other similar obligations, in each case,
incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or
assets of a Restricted Subsidiary.
The amount of any Debt outstanding as of any date shall be:
(1) the accreted value of the indebtedness, in the case of any Debt issued
with original issue discount;
(2) the principal amount of the indebtedness, in the case of any Debt other
than Debt issued with original issue discount; and
(3) the greater of the maximum repurchase or redemption price or liquidation
preference of the indebtedness, in the case of any capital stock that may
be converted, exchanged or redeemed on or before April 15, 2010 or
preferred stock.
"Excluded Cash Proceeds" means the first $128 million of net cash proceeds
received by us subsequent to the date of the indenture from capital
contributions in respect of our capital stock or from the issue or sale, other
than to a Restricted Subsidiary, of our capital stock, which capital stock may
not be converted, exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010.
"hedging agreement" means any interest rate, currency or commodity swap
agreement, interest rate, currency or commodity future agreement, interest rate
cap or collar agreement, interest rate, currency or commodity hedge agreement
and any put, call or other agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in
interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices.
"incur" means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any entity, to
create, issue, incur, including by conversion, exchange or otherwise, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of the Debt or other obligation
or the recording, as required under generally accepted accounting principles or
otherwise, of any Debt or other obligation on the balance sheet of the entity,
and "incurrence," "incurred" and "incurring" shall have meanings correlative to
the foregoing. Debt of any entity or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing
at the time the entity becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or is merged into, or
consolidates with, us or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether or not the Debt was
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, the entity becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary, or being merged into, or consolidated with, us or any
Restricted Subsidiary, shall be deemed incurred at the time any the entity
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges into, or consolidates with, us or any
Restricted Subsidiary.
"Ineligible Subsidiary" means:
(1) any special purpose subsidiary;
(2) any of our subsidiary guarantors;
(3) any of our subsidiaries that, directly or indirectly, own any capital
stock or other ownership interests or Debt of or own or hold any Lien on
any property of, us or any of our other subsidiaries that is not a
subsidiary of the subsidiary to be so designated; and
(4) any of our subsidiaries that, directly or indirectly, own any capital
stock or other ownership interests or Debt
-159-
<PAGE>
of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other subsidiaries
that is not eligible to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Investment" in any entity means any direct or indirect loan, advance,
guarantee or other extension of credit or capital contribution to, by means of
transfers of cash or other property to others or payments for property or
services for the account or use of others or otherwise, or purchase or
acquisition of capital stock or other ownership interests, bonds, notes,
debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other entity.
"Lien" means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed of
trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, lien, charge,
easement other than any easement not materially impairing usefulness or
marketability, encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement
with respect to the property or assets, including any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any
of the foregoing.
"Net Available Proceeds" from any Asset Sale by any entity means cash or
readily marketable Cash Equivalents received, including by way of sale or
discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but excluding
any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiror of
Debt or other obligations relating to the properties or assets or received in
any other non-cash form, from the Asset Sale by the entity, including any cash
received by way of deferred payment or upon the monetization or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration, including notes or other securities
received in connection with the Asset Sale, net of:
(1) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees
and expenses incurred and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes
required to be accrued as a liability as a consequence of the Asset Sale;
(2) all payments made by the entity or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on
any Debt which is secured by the assets in accordance with the terms of
any Lien upon or with respect to the assets or which must, by the terms of
the Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to the Asset Sale or
by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from the Asset Sale;
(3) all payments made with respect to liabilities associated with the assets
which are the subject of the Asset Sale, including trade payables and
other accrued liabilities;
(4) appropriate amounts to be provided by the entity or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles against any liabilities associated with the
assets and retained by the entity or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, after the Asset Sale, including liabilities under any
indemnification obligations and severance and other employee termination
costs associated with the Asset Sale, until the time as the amounts are no
longer reserved or the reserve is no longer necessary at which time any
remaining amounts will become Net Available Proceeds to be allocated in
accordance with the provisions of clause (3) of the covenant described
under "--Important Covenants--Limitation on Asset Sales"; and
(5) all distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in
Restricted Subsidiaries of the entity or joint ventures as a result of the
Asset Sale.
"Net Investment" means the excess of:
(1) the aggregate amount of all Investments made in any Unrestricted
Subsidiary or joint venture by us or any Restricted Subsidiary on or after
the date of the indenture, in the case of an Investment made other than in
cash, the amount shall be the fair market value of the Investment as
determined in good faith by our board or the board of the Restricted
Subsidiary; over
(2) the aggregate amount returned in cash on or with respect to the
Investments whether through interest payments, principal payments,
dividends or other distributions or payments; provided, however, that the
payments or distributions shall not be, and have not been, included in
clause (c) of the first paragraph
-160-
<PAGE>
described under "--Important Covenants--Limitation on Restricted
Payments;" provided further that, with respect to all Investments made in
any Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture, the amounts referred to in
clause (1) above with respect to the Investments shall not exceed the
aggregate amount of all Investments made in the Unrestricted Subsidiary or
joint venture.
"our Designated Senior Debt" means:
(1) so long as outstanding, indebtedness under our senior credit facilities;
and
(2) so long as outstanding, any other Senior Debt which has at the time of
initial issuance an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of
$25.0 million and which has been so designated as Designated Senior Debt
by our board at the time of its initial issuance in a resolution
delivered to the trustee. "Designated Senior Debt" of our subsidiary
guarantors has a correlative meaning.
"Permitted Asset Swap" means any exchange of assets by us or a Restricted
Subsidiary where we and/or our Restricted Subsidiaries receive consideration at
least 75% of which consists of:
(1) cash;
(2) assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; or
(3) any combination of cash and assets.
"Permitted Business" means:
(1) the delivery or distribution of telecommunications, voice, data or video
services;
(2) any business or activity reasonably related or ancillary to, including any
business conducted by us or any Restricted Subsidiary on the date of the
indenture and the acquisition, holding or exploitation of any license
relating to the delivery of the services described in clause (1) above; or
(3) any other business or activity in which we and the Restricted Subsidiaries
are expressly contemplated to be engaged under the provisions of our
certificate of incorporation and bylaws in effect on the date of the
indenture.
"Permitted Holder" means:
(1) each of AT&T Wireless, TWR Cellular, our cash equity investors, Mr.
Vento, Mr. Sullivan, Digital PCS, Wireless 2000 and any of their
respective affiliates and the respective successors by merger,
consolidation, transfer or otherwise to all or substantially all of the
respective businesses and assets of any of the foregoing; and
(2) any "person" or "group" as the terms are used in the applicable provisions
of the Exchange Act pertaining to beneficial ownership reporting
controlled by one or more persons identified in clause (1) above.
"Permitted Investments" means:
(1) Investments in Cash Equivalents;
(2) Investments representing capital stock or other ownership interests or
obligations issued to us or any Restricted Subsidiary in the course of the
good faith settlement of claims against any other entity or by reason of a
composition or readjustment of debt or a reorganization of any debtor of
us or any Restricted Subsidiary;
-161-
<PAGE>
(3) deposits including interest-bearing deposits, maintained in the ordinary
course of business in banks;
(4) any Investment in any entity; provided, however, that, after giving
effect to the Investment, the entity is or becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary or the entity is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or
into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, us or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(5) trade receivables and prepaid expenses, in each case arising in the
ordinary course of business; provided, however, that the receivables and
prepaid expenses would be recorded as assets of the entity in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;
(6) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business
by the entity of bank drafts and similar negotiable instruments of the
other entity received as payment for ordinary course of business trade
receivables;
(7) any interest rate agreements with an unaffiliated entity otherwise
permitted by clause (5) or (6) under "--Important Covenants--Limitation
on Incurrence of Debt;"
(8) Investments received as consideration for an Asset Sale in compliance
with the provisions of the indenture described under "--Important
Covenants--Limitation on Asset Sales;"
(9) loans or advances to employees of us or any Restricted Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0
million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
(10) any Investment acquired by us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries as a
result of a foreclosure by us or any of our Restricted Subsidiaries or in
connection with the settlement of any outstanding Debt or trade payable;
(11) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-
related travel expense, moving expense and other similar expenses, each
incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(12) other Investments with each Investment being valued as of the date made
and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $7.5 million at any one time outstanding.
"Refinancing Debt" means Debt that is incurred to refund, refinance, replace,
renew, repay or extend, including under any defeasance or discharge mechanism,
any of our Debt or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the date of the
indenture or incurred in compliance with the indenture, including our Debt that
refinances Refinancing Debt; provided, however, that:
(1) the Refinancing Debt has a stated maturity no earlier than the stated
maturity of the Debt being refinanced;
(2) the Refinancing Debt has an Average Life at the time the Refinancing Debt
is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Debt
being refinanced;
(3) the Refinancing Debt is incurred in an aggregate principal amount, or if
issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price, that is
equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount, or if issued with
original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value, then outstanding
of the Debt being refinanced plus the amount of any premium required to
be paid in connection with the Refinancing under the terms of the Debt
being refinanced or the amount of any premium reasonably determined by
the issuer of the Debt as necessary to accomplish the Refinancing by
means of a tender offer, exchange offer or privately negotiated
repurchase, plus the expenses of the issuer reasonably incurred in
connection with the Refinancing; and
(4) if the Debt being refinanced is pari passu with the notes, the
Refinancing Debt is made pari passu with, or subordinate in right of
payment to, the notes, and, if the Debt being refinanced is subordinate
in right of payment to the notes, the Refinancing Debt is subordinate in
right of payment to the notes on terms no less
-162-
<PAGE>
favorable to the holders of notes than those contained in the Debt being
refinanced;
provided further, however, that Refinancing Debt shall not include:
(A) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances our Debt; or
(B) Our Debt or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Debt of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Restricted Subsidiary" means any of our subsidiaries other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property owned
on the date of the indenture or acquired by us or a Restricted Subsidiary after
the date of the indenture that involves our or a Restricted Subsidiary's
transferring of the property to a person or entity and our or the Restricted
Subsidiary's leasing it from the a person or entity, other than leases between
us and a wholly owned subsidiary or between wholly owned subsidiaries.
"Senior Debt" means the principal of, premium and accrued and unpaid interest
on, and fees and other amounts owing under our senior credit facilities and all
of our other Debt, including debt to the FCC, whether outstanding on the date of
the indenture or thereafter incurred, unless in the instrument creating or
evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that
such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the notes; Senior Debt
includes interest accruing on or after our filing of any petition in bankruptcy
or for our reorganization, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing
interest is allowed in such proceedings, but does not include:
. any of our obligations to any of our subsidiaries;
. any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes that we
owe;
. any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors
arising the ordinary course of business, including guarantees of or
instruments evidencing the liabilities;
. any of our Debt or obligations, and any accrued and unpaid
interest in respect of the Debt or obligations, that by its terms is
subordinate or junior in any respect to any of our other Debt or
obligations, including any of our senior subordinated debt and any of
our subordinated debt;
. any obligations with respect to any capital stock or other
ownership interests; or
. any Debt incurred in violation of the indenture.
"Senior Debt" of our subsidiary guarantor has a correlative meaning.
"Strategic Equity Investor" means any of the cash equity investors, any
affiliate of any cash equity investor, any other entity engaged in a Permitted
Business whose Total Equity Market Capitalization exceeds $500 million or any
other entity who has at least $100 million total funds under management and who
has issued an irrevocable, unconditional commitment to purchase our capital
stock that may not be converted, exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010 for
an aggregate purchase price that does not exceed 20% of the value of the funds
under management by the entity.
"Total Consolidated Debt" means, at any date of determination, an amount equal
to:
(1) the accreted value of all Debt, in the case of any Debt issued with
original issue discount; plus
(2) the principal amount of all Debt, in the case of any other Debt,
-163-
<PAGE>
of us and our Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of the date of
determination; provided, however, that no amount owing by us or any of our
Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Lucent series A notes outstanding as
of the date of determination shall be included in the determination of Total
Consolidated Debt.
"Total Equity Market Capitalization" of any entity means, as of any day of
determination, the sum of:
(a) the product of:
(1) the aggregate number of outstanding primary shares of common stock of
the entity on the day, which shall not include any options or warrants
on, or securities convertible or exchangeable into, shares of common
stock of the entity, multiplied by
(2) the average closing price of the common stock listed on a national
securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market System over the 20
consecutive business days immediately preceding the day, plus
(b) the liquidation value of any outstanding shares of preferred stock of the
entity on the day.
"Total Invested Capital" means, as of any date of determination, the sum of,
without duplication:
(1) the total amount of equity contributed to us as of the date of the
indenture, as described on our December 31, 1998 consolidated balance
sheet; plus
(2) irrevocable, unconditional commitments from any Strategic Equity Investor
to purchase our capital stock that may not be converted, exchanged or
redeemed until April 16, 2010, within 36 months of the date of issuance of
the commitment, but in any event not later than April 15, 2009; provided,
however, that the commitments shall exclude commitments related to any
Investment in any entity incorporated, formed or created for the purpose
of acquiring one or more licenses covering or adjacent to where we or a
Restricted Subsidiary owns a license unless the entity shall become a
Restricted Subsidiary; plus
(3) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by us from capital contributions
or the issuance or sale of our capital stock that may not be converted,
exchanged or redeemed until April 16, 2010, but including capital stock
issued upon the conversion of convertible Debt or upon the exercise of
options, warrants or rights to purchase capital stock, subsequent to the
date of the indenture, other than issuances or sales of capital stock to a
Restricted Subsidiary and other than capital contributions from, or
issuances or sales of capital stock to, any Strategic Equity Investor in
connection with:
(a) any Investment in any entity incorporated, formed or created for the
purpose of acquiring one or more licenses covering or adjacent to
where we or a Restricted Subsidiary owns a license; and
(b) any Investment in any entity engaged in a Permitted Business,
unless, in either case, the entity shall become a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, such aggregate net cash proceeds shall exclude any amounts
included as commitments to purchase our capital stock in the preceding clause
(2); plus
(4) the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in a Permitted
Business or of the capital stock or other ownership interests of an entity
engaged in a Permitted Business received by us as a capital contribution
or in exchange for our capital stock that may not be converted, exchanged
or redeemed until April 16, 2010 , subsequent to the date of the
indenture, other than:
(x) capital contributions from a Restricted Subsidiary or issuance or
sales of our capital stock to a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(y) the proceeds from the sale of our capital stock that may not be
converted, exchanged or redeemed
-164-
<PAGE>
until April 16, 2010 to an employee stock ownership plan or other
trust established by us or any of our subsidiaries;
plus
(5) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by us or any Restricted
Subsidiary from the sale, disposition or repayment of any Investment made
after the date of the indenture and constituting a Restricted Payment in
an amount equal to the lesser of:
(a) the return of capital with respect to such Investment; and
(b) the initial amount of such Investment, in either case, less the cost
of the disposition of such Investment;
plus
(6) an amount equal to the consolidated Net Investment of us and/or any of our
Restricted Subsidiaries in any Subsidiary that has been designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of the indenture upon its
redesignation as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the covenant
described under "--Important Covenants--Limitation on Designations of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries;" plus
(7) cash proceeds from the sale to Lucent of the Lucent series A notes, less
payments made by us or any of our subsidiaries with respect to Lucent
series A notes, other than payments of additional Lucent series A notes;
plus
(8) Total Consolidated Debt; minus
(9) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments including any designation
amount, but other than a Restricted Payment of the type referred to in
clause (3)(b) of the third paragraph of the covenant described under "--
Important Covenants--Limitations on Restricted Payments," declared or made
on or after the date of the indenture.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means:
(1) any of our subsidiaries, other than an Ineligible Subsidiary, so
designated after the date of the indenture as such under, and in
compliance with, the covenant described under "--Important Covenants--
Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted subsidiaries"; and
(2) any affiliate that is not engaged in any activity other than the
registration, holding, maintenance or protection of trademarks and related
licensing.
Any designation of any of our subsidiaries may be revoked by a resolution of
our board delivered to the trustee certifying compliance with the covenant,
subject to the provisions of the covenant.
"vendor credit arrangement" means any Debt, including Debt under any credit
facility entered into with any vendor or supplier or any financial institution
acting on behalf of the vendor or supplier; provided that the net proceeds of
the Debt are used solely for the purpose of financing the cost, including the
cost of design, development, site acquisition, construction, integration,
handset manufacture or acquisition or microwave relocation, of assets used or
usable in a Permitted Business, including through the acquisition of capital
stock or other ownership interests of an entity engaged in a Permitted Business.
-165-
<PAGE>
U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership, disposition and exchange of the
notes. Unless otherwise stated, this discussion is limited to the tax
consequences to those holders who are initial purchasers of the notes and who
hold the notes as capital assets within the meaning of the applicable provision
of the Internal Revenue Code. The discussion does not address specific tax
consequences that may be relevant to particular persons, including, for
example:
. financial institutions;
. broker-dealers;
. insurance companies;
. tax-exempt organizations; and
. persons in special situations, such as those who hold the notes
as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, or other
integrated investment.
. In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal
alternative minimum tax consequences or any aspect of state, local or
foreign taxation. This discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue
Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated under, and administrative
and judicial interpretations of the Internal Revenue Code and
regulations, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a
retroactive basis.
We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to
the notes. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different
position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or
disposition of the notes or that a court would not sustain the IRS's position.
Prospective purchasers of the notes are urged to consult their tax advisors
concerning the u.s. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring,
owning, disposing and exchanging of the notes, as well as the application of
state, local and foreign income and other tax laws and of any change in federal
tax law or administrative or judicial interpretation of the law since the date
of this prospectus.
Exchange Offer
The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer
should not be treated as an exchange for federal income tax purposes because
exchange notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent
from the outstanding notes. As a result, there should be no federal income tax
consequences to holders of outstanding notes exchanging outstanding notes for
exchanges notes in the exchange offer.
For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. holder means a holder that, for U.S.
federal income tax purposes, is:
. a U.S. citizen or resident;
. a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized
in or under the laws of the United States or any political
subdivision;
. an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income
taxation regardless of its source; or
-166-
<PAGE>
. a trust if:
. a U.S. court exercises primary jurisdiction over its
administration; and
. one or more United States persons, as defined in the Internal
Revenue Code, has the authority to control all substantial decisions.
A non-U.S. holder is any holder other than a U.S. holder.
No gain or loss should be realized by a holder upon receipt of exchange
notes. The basis of the exchange notes would be the same as the adjusted basis
of the outstanding notes immediately before the exchange and the holding period
of the exchange notes would include the holding period of the outstanding notes.
The exchange notes would be subject to the tax rules applicable to the notes as
described above, including with respect to the accrual and inclusion in income
of original issue discount. It is possible that the IRS could take a different
position concerning the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the
event of a registration default that results in the payment of liquidated
damages with respect to the notes. Holders are urged to consult their own tax
advisors regarding the tax consequences of the exchange offer.
Characterization of the Notes
We will treat the notes as indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
and the following discussion assumes that the treatment will be respected.
Accordingly, under the Internal Revenue Code, a holder also will generally be
required to treat the notes as indebtedness. A holder taking an inconsistent
position must expressly disclose the fact in the holder's return.
Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders
Original Issue Discount. The notes will be treated as issued with original
issue discount. All U.S. holders, regardless of their method of accounting for
tax purposes, will be required to include original issue discount in income as
it accrues. The inclusion of the original issue discount in gross income will
occur in advance of the receipt of some or all of the related cash payments,
whether labeled as interest or otherwise. Original issue discount will
generally be treated as interest income to a U.S. holder and will accrue on a
constant yield-to-maturity basis over the life of the notes, as discussed below.
The amount of original issue discount with respect to a note will be equal to
the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of the note over its
issue price. The stated redemption price at maturity of a debt instrument
generally includes all cash payments, including principal and interest, required
to be made with respect to the debt instrument through its maturity, other than
qualified stated interest. Qualified stated interest is generally defined as
stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or other property, other
than debt instruments of the issuer, at least annually and at a
-167-
<PAGE>
single fixed rate that appropriately takes into account the lengths of intervals
between payments. The stated interest on the note will not qualify as qualified
stated interest, and thus the stated redemption price at maturity of a note will
include all cash payments of principal and interest through maturity. The issue
price of the note will be the first price at which a substantial portion are
sold to investors, excluding bond houses, brokers, or similar persons acting as
underwriters, placement agents, or wholesalers, for cash.
Taxation of Original Issue Discount. The amount of original issue discount
accruing to and includible in income by a U.S. holder of a note will be the sum
of the daily portions of original issue discount with respect to the note for
each day during the taxable year or portion of the taxable year on which the
holder owns the note. The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day
in any accrual period a pro rata portion of the original issue discount
allocable to that accrual period. The accrual periods are periods of any length
and may vary in length over the term of a note, provided that each accrual
period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or
interest occurs either on the final day or on the first day of an accrual
period. The amount of original issue discount accruing during any accrual period
with respect to a note will be equal to the product of:
(x) the adjusted issue price of the note at the beginning of that accrual
period; and
(y) the yield to maturity of the note,
taking into account the length of the accrual period. The adjusted issue price
of a note at the beginning of its first accrual period will be equal to its
issue price. The adjusted issue price at the beginning of any subsequent accrual
period will be equal to:
(1) the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the prior accrual period;
plus
(2) the amount of original issue discount accrued during the prior accrual
period; minus
(3) any payments made on the note during the prior accrual period.
The yield to maturity of a note is the discount rate that, when used in
computing the present value of all principal and interest payments to be made on
the note, produces an amount equal to the issue price of the note.
Original issue discount allocable to a final accrual period is the difference
between the amount payable at maturity and the adjusted issue price at the
beginning of the final accrual period. If all accrual periods are of equal
length, except for an initial short accrual period, the amount of original issue
discount allocable to the initial short accrual period may be computed under any
reasonable method.
We are required to report the amount of original issue discount accrued on
the notes held of record by persons other than corporations and other particular
holders. See "--Information Reporting and Backup Withholding." Because stated
interest on the note is taken into account in the accrual of original issue
discount, a U.S. holder will not be required to recognize any income upon
receipt of interest payments on the notes The tax basis of a note in the hands
of a U.S. holder will be increased by the amount of original issue discount, if
any, on the note that is included in the U.S. holder's income under these rules
and will be decreased by the amount of any payments, whether stated as interest
or principal, made with respect to the note.
Acquisition Premium. A subsequent U.S. holder of a note is generally subject
to the rules for accruing original issue discount described above. However, if
the U.S. holder's purchase price for the note exceeds the adjusted issue price
but is less than or equal to the sum of all amounts payable on the note after
the purchase date, the excess is acquisition premium and is subject to special
rules.
Acquisition premium ratably offsets the amount of accrued original issue
discount otherwise includible in the U.S. holder's taxable income, i.e., the
U.S. holder may reduce the daily portions of original issue discount
-168-
<PAGE>
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the U.S. holder's
purchase price for the note over the adjusted issue price, and the denominator
of which is the excess of the sum of all amounts payable on the note after the
purchase date over the note's adjusted issue price. As an alternative to
reducing the amount of original issue discount otherwise includible in income by
this fraction, the U.S. holder may elect to compute original issue discount
accruals by treating the purchase as a purchase at original issuance and
applying the constant yield method described above under "Taxation of Original
Issue Discount."
Market Discount. Under the market discount rules of the Internal Revenue Code,
a U.S. holder who purchases a note at a market discount will generally be
required to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of the note as ordinary
income to the extent of the lesser of the gain or the portion of the market
discount that accrued during the period that the U.S. holder held the note.
Market discount is generally defined as the amount by which a U.S. holder's
purchase price for a note is less than the revised issue price of the note on
the date of purchase, subject to a statutory de minimis exception. A note's
revised issue price equals the sum of the issue price of the note and the
aggregate amount of the original issue discount includible in the gross income
of all holders of the note for periods before the acquisition of the note by the
holder, likely reduced, although the Internal Revenue Code does not expressly so
provide, by any cash payment in respect of the note. A U.S. holder who acquires
a note at a market discount may be required to defer a portion of any interest
expense that otherwise may be deductible on any indebtedness incurred or
continued to purchase or carry the note until the U.S. holder disposes of the
note in a taxable transaction.
A U.S. holder who has elected under applicable Internal Revenue Code
provisions to include market discount in income annually as the discount accrues
will not, however, be required to treat any gain recognized as ordinary income
or to defer any deductions for interest expense under these rules. A U.S.
holder's tax basis in a note is increased by each accrual of amounts treated as
market discount. This election to include market discount in income currently,
once made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired on or after the
first day of the taxable year to which the election applies and may not be
revoked without the consent of the IRS. Holders should consult their tax
advisors as to the portion of any gain that would be taxable as ordinary income
under these provisions and any other consequences of the market discount rules
that may apply to them in particular.
Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. U.S. holders may
elect to include in gross income all amounts in the nature of interest that
accrue on a note, including any stated interest, acquisition discount, original
issue discount, market discount, de minimis original issue discount, de minimis
market discount and unstated interest, as adjusted by amortizable bond premium
and acquisition premium, by using the constant yield method described above
under "Taxation of Original Issue Discount." An election for a note with
amortizable bond premium results in a deemed election to amortize bond premium
for all debt instruments owned and later acquired by the U.S. holder with
amortizable bond premium and may be revoked only with the permission of the IRS.
Similarly, an election for a note with market discount results in a deemed
election to accrue market discount in income currently for the note and for all
other bonds acquired by the U.S. holder with market discount on or after the
first day of the taxable year to which the election first applies, and may be
revoked only with permission of the IRS. A U.S. holder's tax basis in a note is
increased by each accrual of the amounts treated as original issue discount
under the constant yield election described in this paragraph.
Change of Control. In the event of a change of control, the holders will
have the right to require us to purchase their notes. The Treasury regulations
provide that the right of holders of the notes to require redemption of the
notes upon the occurrence of a change of control will not affect the yield or
maturity date of the notes unless, based on all the facts and circumstances as
of the issue date, it is more likely than not that a change of control giving
rise to the redemption right will occur. We do not intend to treat this
redemption provision of the notes as affecting the computation of the yield to
maturity of the notes.
Redemption of Notes. We may redeem the notes at any time on or after a
specified date, and, in some circumstances, may redeem or repurchase all or a
portion of the notes any time prior to the maturity date. Under Treasury
regulations, we are deemed to exercise any option to redeem if the exercise of
the option would lower the yield of the debt instrument. We believe, and intend
to take the position, that we will not be treated as having
-169-
<PAGE>
exercised an option to redeem under these rules.
Sale, Redemption, Exchange or Retirement of the Notes. Upon the sale,
redemption, exchange or retirement of the notes, a U.S. holder will recognize
gain or loss equal to the difference between:
(1) the amount of cash and the fair market value of property received upon the
sale, redemption, exchange or retirement; and
(2) the U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the notes.
A U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the notes will generally be the U.S.
holder's cost therefor increased by the amount of original issue discount
previously accrued on the notes through the sale, redemption, exchange or
retirement date and decreased by the amount of all prior cash payments received
with respect to the notes.
Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder on the sale, redemption, exchange, or
retirement of the notes will be capital gain or loss, except to the extent it
constitutes accrued but unrecognized market discount, and will be long-term
capital gain or loss if the notes have been held by the U.S. holder for more
than one year.
U.S. Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
For purposes of the following discussion, interest income, original issue
discount and gain on the sale, redemption, exchange or retirement of a note will
be U.S. trade or business income if the income or gain is effectively connected
with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United
States.
Interest and Original Issue Discount. In general, any interest or original
issue discount paid to a non-U.S. holder of a note will not be subject to U.S.
federal income tax if:
(1) the interest or original issue discount is not U.S. trade or business
income; and
(2) the interest or original issue discount qualifies as portfolio interest.
Interest or original issue discount on the notes generally will qualify as
portfolio interest if:
(1) the non-U.S. holder does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of
the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to
vote;
(2) the non-U.S. holder is not a controlled foreign corporation as defined in
the Internal Revenue Code with respect to which we are a related person
within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code; and
(3) either:
(A) the non-U.S. holder certifies to us or our agent under penalties of
perjury that it is not a U.S. person and the certificate provides the
non-U.S. holder's name and address, or
(B) in the case of a note held by a securities clearing organization or
bank that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its
trade or business, the financial institution certifies to us or our
agent under penalties of perjury that the certificate has been received
from the non-U.S. holder by it or by another financial institution and
the financial institution furnishes the payor with a copy of the non-
U.S. holder's certificate.
Under recently finalized Treasury Regulations, the certification requirements
described above may also be
-170-
<PAGE>
satisfied with other documentary evidence for interest paid after December 31,
1999, with respect to an offshore account or through foreign intermediaries.
If the interest or original issue discount neither qualifies as portfolio
interest nor is treated as U.S. trade or business income, the gross amount of
the payment generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%
unless the rate is reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty.
U.S. trade or business income generally will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax at regular rates in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S.
holder, and, in the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation, the income,
under some circumstances, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at
a 30% rate or the lower rate as may be applicable under an income tax treaty,
but the income generally will not be subject to the 30% withholding tax. To
claim the benefit of a lower or zero withholding rate under an income tax treaty
or to claim exemption from withholding because the income is U.S. trade or
business income, the non-U.S. holder must provide the payor with a properly
executed IRS Form 1001 or 4224, respectively or, in the case of payments after
December 31, 1999, IRS Form W-8, prior to the payment of interest or original
issue discount.
Sale, Exchange, Redemption, or Other Disposition of a Note. Any gain
realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale, redemption, exchange or other
disposition of a note generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding taxes unless:
(1) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
in the United States by the non-U.S. holder; or
(2) in the case of an individual, the non-U.S. holder is present in the United
States for 183 days or more and other conditions are met.
U.S. Federal Estate Tax. In general, notes held by an individual who is
neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States for U.S. federal estate
tax purposes at the time of the individual's death will not be subject to U.S.
federal estate tax unless the income from the notes was effectively connected
with a U.S. trade or business of the individual or would not qualify as
portfolio interest, without regard to the certification requirements, if
received by the individual at the time of his or her death.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
We will be required to report annually to the IRS, and to each holder of
record, the amount of original issue discount paid on the notes, and the amount
withheld for federal income taxes, if any, for each calendar year, except as to
exempt holders, generally, corporations, tax-exempt organizations, qualified
pension and profit-sharing trusts, individual retirement accounts, or
nonresident aliens who provide certification as to their status. Each holder,
other than holders who are not subject to the reporting requirements, will be
required to provide to us, under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing
the holder's name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a
statement that the holder is not subject to backup withholding. Should a
nonexempt holder fail to provide the required certificate, we will be required
to withhold 31% of the original issue discount otherwise payable to the holder
and to remit the withheld amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's
federal income tax liability.
In the case of payments of original issue discount to non-U.S. holders,
temporary Treasury regulations provide that the 31% backup withholding tax and
information reporting will not apply to the payments with respect to which the
requisite certification, as described above, for the exemption from the 30%
withholding tax, has been received or an exemption has otherwise been
established; provided that neither we nor our payment agent have actual
knowledge that the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other
exemption are not in fact satisfied. Under temporary Treasury regulations, these
information reporting and backup withholding requirements will apply, however,
to the gross proceeds paid to a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of notes by
or through a U.S. office of a U.S. or foreign broker, unless the holder
certifies to the broker under penalties of perjury as to its name, address and
status as a foreign person or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
Information reporting requirements will
-171-
<PAGE>
also apply to a payment of the proceeds of a disposition of notes by or through
a foreign office of a U.S. broker or foreign brokers with particular types of
relationships to the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in
its file that the holder is not a U.S. person, and the broker has no actual
knowledge to the contrary, or the holder establishes an exception; backup
withholding will not apply to the payment, absent actual knowledge that the
holder is a U.S. holder. Neither information reporting nor backup withholding
generally will apply to a payment of the proceeds of a disposition of notes by
or through a foreign office of a foreign broker not subject to the previous
sentence.
The Treasury Department recently promulgated final regulations regarding the
withholding and information reporting rules relating to non-U.S. holders
discussed above. In general, the final regulations do not significantly alter
the substantive withholding and information reporting requirements but rather
unify current certification procedures and forms and clarify reliance standards.
The final regulations are generally effective for payments made after December
31, 1999, subject to transition rules. Non-U.S. holders should consult their
own tax advisors with respect to the impact, if any, of the new final
regulations.
Applicable High Yield Discount Obligations
The Internal Revenue Code provides that the yield with respect to applicable
high yield discount obligations will be bifurcated into two elements:
(1) an interest element that is deductible by the issuer only when paid,
generally in cash; and
(2) a disqualified portion, if any, for which the issuer receives no
deduction.
A U.S. holder of an applicable high yield discount obligation must continue to
include interest or original issue discount on the obligation in income as it
accrues. A corporate U.S. holder of the obligation, however, is allowed to claim
a dividends-received deduction for the part of the disqualified portion, if any,
that would have been treated as a dividend had it been distributed to the holder
by the issuing corporation with respect to its stock.
The deduction by us of original issue discount on the notes will be limited if
the notes constitute applicable high yield discount obligations. A note will be
an applicable high yield discount obligation if:
(1) its yield to maturity equals or exceeds the sum of:
(x) the long-term applicable federal rate for the month in which it was
issued; and
(y) 5%; and
(2) the note has significant original issue discount.
A note will have significant original issue discount if:
(1) the aggregate amount that would be included in gross income with respect
to the note for periods before the close of any accrual period that ends
more than five years after the date of issue exceeds
(2) the sum of:
(x) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid, generally in cash, under
the note before the close of the accrual period; and
(y) the product of the note's issue price and its yield to maturity.
-172-
<PAGE>
If the notes are applicable high yield discount obligations, the disqualified
portion of original issue discount will equal the lesser of:
(x) the amount of the original issue discount on the note; and
(y) the product of the total original issue discount on the notes and a
fraction, the numerator of which is:
(a) the yield to maturity; minus
(b) the sum of 6% and the long-term applicable federal rate in effect
for the month in which the notes are issued,
and the denominator of which is the yield to maturity.
Corporate U.S. holders generally will be eligible for the dividends-received
deduction with respect to any disqualified portion of original issue discount on
a note to the extent of our accumulated or current earnings and profits, if any.
The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to a number of
complex limitations. Although the issue is not totally clear, any amount
qualifying as a dividend should not be subject to extraordinary dividend
treatment under the Internal Revenue Code. Corporate U.S. holders should consult
their tax advisors concerning the availability of the dividends-received
deduction.
-173-
<PAGE>
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
The exchange notes are represented by a permanent global certificate in
definitive, fully registered form. The global note is registered in the name of
a nominee of the Depository Trust Company.
Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes
The descriptions of the operations and procedures of the Depository Trust
Company, Euroclear and Cedel described below are provided solely as a matter of
convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of
the respective settlement systems, and are subject to change by them from time
to time. Neither we nor any of the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes
takes any responsibility for these operations or procedures, and investors are
urged to contact the relevant system or its participants directly to discuss
these matters.
The Depository Trust Company has advised us that it is:
. a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of
New York;
. a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law;
. a member of the Federal Reserve System;
. a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial
Code; and
. a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act.
The Depository Trust Company was created to hold securities for its
participants and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes to the
accounts of its participants, eliminating the need for physical transfer and
delivery of certificates. The Depository Trust Company's participants include
securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers, banks and
trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access
to the Depository Trust Company's system is also available to indirect
participants such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear
through, or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either
directly or indirectly. Investors who are not participants may beneficially own
securities held by, or on behalf of the Depository Trust Company only through
participants or indirect participants.
We expect that under procedures established by the Depository Trust
Company:
(1) upon deposit of each global note, the Depository Trust Company will
credit the accounts of participants designated by the initial purchasers
of the outstanding notes with an interest in the global note; and
(2) ownership of the notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of
the notes will be effected only through, records maintained by the
Depository Trust Company, with respect to the interests of participants
and the records of participants and the indirect participants, with
respect to the interests of persons other than participants.
The laws of some jurisdictions may require that purchasers of securities take
physical delivery of the securities in definitive form. Accordingly, the ability
to transfer interests in the notes represented by a global note to these persons
may be limited. In addition, because the Depository Trust Company can act only
on behalf of its participants, who in turn act on behalf of persons who hold
interests through participants, the ability of a person having an interest in
the notes represented by a global note to pledge or transfer the interest to
persons or entities that do not participate in the Depository Trust Company's
system, or to otherwise take actions in respect of the interest, may be affected
by the lack of a physical definitive security in respect of the interest.
-174-
<PAGE>
So long as the Depository Trust Company or its nominee is the registered owner
of a global note, the Depository Trust Company or the nominee, will be
considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by the global note
for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of
beneficial interests in a global note will not be entitled to have the notes
represented by the global note registered in their names, will not receive or be
entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated notes and will not be
considered the owners or holders under the indenture for any purpose, including
with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the
trustee. Accordingly, each holder owning a beneficial interest in a global note
must rely on the procedures of the Depository Trust Company and, if the holder
is not a participant or an indirect participant, on the procedures of the
participant through which the holder owns its interest, to exercise any rights
of a holder of the notes under the indenture or the global note. We understand
that, under existing industry practice, if we request any action of holders of
the notes, or a holder that is an owner of a beneficial interest in a global
note desires to take any action that the Depository Trust Company, as the holder
of the global note, is entitled to take, the Depository Trust Company would
authorize the participants to take the action and the participants would
authorize holders owning through the participants to take the action or would
otherwise act upon the instruction of the holders. Neither we nor the trustee
will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating
to, or payments made on account of, the notes by the Depository Trust Company,
or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the Depository Trust
Company relating to these notes.
Payments with respect to the principal and interest, and premium, if any, and
liquidated damages, if any, on any notes represented by a global note registered
in the name of the Depository Trust Company or its nominee on the applicable
record date will be payable by the trustee to, or at the direction of, the
Depository Trust Company or its nominee in its capacity as the registered holder
of the global note representing the notes under the indenture. Under the terms
of the indenture, we and the trustee will be permitted to treat the persons in
whose names the notes, including the global notes, are registered as the owners
of the notes for the purpose of receiving payment and for any and all other
purposes whatsoever. Accordingly, neither we nor the trustee have or will have
any responsibility or liability for the payment of the amounts to owners of
beneficial interests in a global note, including principal, premium, if any,
liquidated damages, if any, and interest. Payments by the participants and the
indirect participants to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note
will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice, and
will be the responsibility of the participants or the indirect participants and
the Depository Trust Company.
Transfers between participants in the Depository Trust Company will be
effected in accordance with the Depository Trust Company's procedures and will
be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or
Cedel will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective
rules and operating procedures.
Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the notes,
cross-market transfers between the participants in the Depository Trust Company,
on the one hand, and Euroclear or Cedel participants on the other hand, will be
effected through the Depository Trust Company in accordance with the Depository
Trust Company's rules on behalf of Euroclear or Cedel, as the case may be. These
cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or
Cedel, as the case may be, by the counterparty in the system in accordance with
the rules and procedures, and within the established Brussels time deadlines, of
the system. Euroclear or Cedel, as the case may be, will, if the transaction
meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its depositary to
take action to effect final settlement on its behalf, by delivering or receiving
interests in the relevant global notes in the Depository Trust Company and
making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day
funds settlement applicable to the Depository Trust Company. Euroclear
participants and Cedel participants may not deliver instructions directly to the
depositaries for Euroclear or Cedel.
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or
Cedel participant purchasing an interest in a global note from a participant in
the Depository Trust Company will be credited, and any crediting will be
reported to the relevant Euroclear or Cedel participant, during the securities
settlement processing day, which must be a business day for Euroclear or Cedel,
as the case may be, immediately following the settlement date of the
-175-
<PAGE>
Depository Trust Company. Cash received by Euroclear or Cedel as a result of
sales of interests in a global note by or through a Euroclear or Cedel
participant to a participant in the Depository Trust Company will be received
with value on the settlement date of the Depository Trust Company, but will be
available in the relevant Euroclear or Cedel cash account only as of the
business day for Euroclear or Cedel, as the case may be, following the
Depository Trust Company's settlement date.
Although the Depository Trust Company, Euroclear and Cedel have agreed to the
foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes
among participants in the Depository Trust Company, Euroclear and Cedel, they
are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform these procedures,
and these procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee
will have any responsibility for the performance by the Depository Trust
Company, Euroclear or Cedel, or their respective participants or indirect
participants, of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures
governing their operations.
Certificated Notes
If:
. we notify the trustee in writing that the Depository Trust Company
is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary, or the
Depository Trust Company ceases to be registered as a clearing
agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not
appointed within 90 days of the notice or cessation ;
. we, at our option, notify the trustee in writing that we elect to
cause the issuance of the notes in definitive form under the
indenture; or
. upon the occurrence of other events as provided in the indenture,
then, upon surrender by the Depository Trust Company of the global notes,
certificated notes will be issued to each person that the Depository Trust
Company identifies as the beneficial owner of the notes represented by the
global notes. Upon any the issuance, the trustee is required to register the
certificated notes in the name of the person or persons, or the nominee of any
the person, and cause the same to be delivered to the person.
Neither we nor the trustee shall be liable for any delay by the Depository
Trust Company or any participant or indirect participant in identifying the
beneficial owners of the related notes, and each person may conclusively rely
on, and shall be protected in relying on, instructions from the Depository Trust
Company for all purposes, including with respect to the registration and
delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the notes to be issued.
-176-
<PAGE>
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in the
exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of exchange notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus, as
it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, in connection with resales
of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the broker-
dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities. For a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we
will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-
dealer that requests these documents in the letter of transmittal, for use in
connection with any resale. In addition, until , 1999, all dealers effecting
transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
Each holder of outstanding notes participating in the exchange offer will, by
execution of a letter of transmittal, represent to us that it is not engaged in
nor does it intend to engage in a distribution of exchange notes.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-
dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account in the
exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of
options on exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale, at market
prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the prevailing
market prices or at negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to
purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in
the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers
of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were
received by it for its own account in the exchange offer and any broker or
dealer that participates in a distribution of exchange notes may be deemed to be
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any
resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.
The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and
by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 180 days after the expiration date we will promptly send
additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this
prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests these documents in the letter of
transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer,
including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes, other than
commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers. We will indemnify the
holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.
The exchange notes are new securities with no established trading market. We
do not intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange, but the
outstanding notes have been designated for trading in one computerized trading
market. Chase Securities Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in
the exchange notes, but it has no obligation to do so. Chase Securities Inc. may
discontinue market-making at any time. We cannot assure you that a liquid market
will develop for the exchange notes, that you will be able to sell your exchange
notes at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell
will be favorable. Future trading prices of the exchange notes will depend on
many factors, including our operating performance and financial condition,
prevailing interest rates and the market for similar securities.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters with regard to the validity of the notes will be passed
upon for us by McDermott, Will & Emery, New York, New York. Mr. Sullivan, our
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a member of our board is
counsel to McDermott, Will & Emery. Mr. Sullivan owns shares of our capital
stock.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the
consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity
(deficit), and cash flows for the period July 29, 1996, date of our inception,
to December 31, 1996, and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998,
included in this prospectus,
-177-
<PAGE>
have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants, given on the authority of the firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the
Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes. As permitted by the rules
and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus omits some information, exhibits and
undertakings contained in the registration statement. For further information
with respect to us and the exchange notes, you should review the registration
statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements to the
registration statement, notes and schedules filed as a part of the registration
statement. As a result of the exchange offer, we will become subject to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act. The registration statement and
the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, as well as the
periodic reports and other information filed with the SEC, may be inspected and
copied at the Public Reference Section of the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549 and at the regional offices of the
SEC located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048.
Copies of these materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of
the SEC, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington DC 20549,
and its public reference facilities in New York, New York at the prescribed
rates. You may obtain information as to the operation of the Public Reference
Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at
http://www.sec.gov that contains periodic reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding registrants that file documents
electronically with the SEC. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the
contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and in
each instance reference is made to the copy of the contract or document filed as
an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all
respects by reference. Under the indenture, we have agreed to file with the SEC
and provide to the holders of the notes annual reports and the information,
documents and other reports which are specified in the disclosure and reporting
provisions of the Exchange Act.
-178-
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
------
<S> <C>
Historical Financial Statements
- -------------------------------
Report of Independent Accountants F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations F-4
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-8
Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet
- ---------------------------------
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet F-41
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated F-42
Balance Sheet
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Accountants
---------------------------------
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
TeleCorp PCS Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Company:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit)
and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of TeleCorp PCS Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Company (the Company) at
December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the consolidated results of their operations and
their cash flows for the period July 29, 1996 (date of inception) to December
31, 1996, and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
McLean, Virginia
March 8, 1999, except for the information in Note 16, for which the date is
July 22, 1999.
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS
June 30,
December 31 1999
----------------------------------- ----------------
Current assets: 1997 1998 (unaudited)
--------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents $ 2,566,685 $ 111,732,841 $ 151,437,828
Accounts receivable, net - - 13,013,034
Inventory - 778,235 7,733,620
Prepaid expenses - 2,185,444 2,166,260
Other current assets 73,468 1,218,263 243,074
--------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total current assets 2,640,153 115,914,783 174,593,816
Property and equipment, net 3,609,274 197,468,622 320,604,414
PCS licenses and microwave relocation costs 10,018,375 118,107,256 201,817,136
Intangible assets - AT&T agreements and other, net - 26,285,612 42,819,132
Deferred financing costs, net - 8,584,753 18,684,989
FCC deposit - - 17,516,394
Other assets 26,673 283,006 1,438,708
=============== ================ ================
Total assets $ 16,294,475 $ 466,644,032 $ 777,474,589
=============== ================ ================
LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable $ 3,202,295 $ 14,591,922 $ 28,935,648
Accrued expenses 824,164 94,872,262 26,607,076
Microwave relocation obligation - 6,636,369 5,733,393
Long-term debt 4,881,073 - -
Accrued interest 389,079 4,490,553 4,170,612
Deferred revenue - - 705,362
-------------- ---------------- ----------------
Total current liabilities 9,296,611 120,591,106 66,152,091
Long-term debt 7,727,322 243,385,066 618,687,300
Microwave relocation obligation - 2,481,059 1,710,220
Accrued expenses - - 3,939,688
Deferred rent - 196,063 463,734
-------------- ---------------- ----------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying noted are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total liabilities 17,023,933 366,653,294 690,953,033
-------------- ---------------- -----------------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, issued 367; 255,999 and
356,575 (unaudited) shares, respectively, and outstanding, 367;
255,215 and 356,575 (unaudited) shares, respectively, (liquidation
preference $349,858,266 (unaudited) as of June 30, 1999) 4,144,340 240,408,879 342,435,903
Deferred compensation - (4,111) (283,827)
Treasury stock, none; 784 shares; and none (unaudited), - (8) -
respectively, at cost
Preferred stock subscriptions receivable - (75,914,054) (103,000,531)
Total mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, net 4,144,340 164,490,706 239,151,545
-------------- ---------------- ---------------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
Series F preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, none, 33,361
and 44,341 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding,
respectively (liquidation preference; $443 (unaudited) as of
June 30, 1999) - 333 443
Common stock, par value $.01 per share, issued 19,335; 159,733 and
220,574 (unaudited) shares, respectively, and outstanding 19,335;
157,946 and 220,574 (unaudited) shares, respectively 856 1,597 2,206
Additional paid-in capital - 188,374 347,432
Deferred compensation - (7,177) (13,133)
Common stock subscriptions receivable - (86,221) (190,990)
Treasury stock, none, 1,787 shares; and none (unaudited),
respectively, at cost - (18) -
Accumulated deficit (4,874,654) (64,596,856) (152,775,947)
---------------- ---------------- ---------------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) (4,873,798) (64,499,968) (152,629,989)
-------------- ---------------- ---------------
Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
and stockholders' equity (deficit) $ 16,294,475 $ 466,644,032 $ 777,474,589
============== ================ ================
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are in integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
________
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the
period
July 29, 1996
(date of For the year For the year
inception) to ended ended For the six months ended
December 31, December 31, December 31, June 30, (unaudited)
-------------------------------
1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
-------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue:
Service revenue $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 6,232,355
Equipment revenue - - - - 5,648,966
-------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------
Roaming revenue - - 29,231 - 9,486,916
-------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------
Total revenue - - 29,231 - 21,368,237
-------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------
Operating expenses:
Cost of revenue - - - - 10,106,968
Operations and development - - 9,772,485 1,214,372 15,498,104
Selling and marketing 9,747 304,062 6,324,666 1,095,361 20,924,712
General and administrative 515,146 2,637,035 26,239,119 6,873,306 22,440,887
Depreciation and amortization 75 10,625 1,583,864 96,145 16,491,374
-------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------
Total operating expenses 524,968 2,951,722 43,920,134 9,279,184 85,462,045
-------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- -------------
Operating loss (524,968) (2,951,722) (43,890,903) (9,279,184) (64,093,808)
Other (income) expense:
Interest expense - 396,362 11,934,263 445,204 17,107,514
Interest income - (12,914) (4,697,233) (140,338) (3,064,606)
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Other expense - - 27,347 3,818 146,675
-------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- --------------
Net loss (524,968) (3,335,170) (51,155,280) (9,587,868) (78,283,391)
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock (288,959) (725,557) (8,566,922) (207,217) (9,895,700)
-------------- ------------- -------------- ------------- --------------
Net loss attributable to common equity $ (813,927) $ (4,060,727) $ (59,722,202) $ (9,795,085) $ (88,179,091)
============== ============= ============== ============= ==============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Series F Additional
preferred stock Common stock paid-in Deferred
--------------------- ---------------------
Shares Amount Shares Amount capital compensation
-------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial capitalization for cash - $ - 8,750 $ 2,000 $ - $ -
Issuance of common stock for cash - - 34,374 - - -
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred
stock - - - - -
Net loss - - - - - -
-------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
Balance, December 31, 1996 - - 43,124 2,000 - -
Issuance of common stock for cash - - 6,875 - - -
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred
stock - - - - -
Noncash redemption of equity interests - - (30,664) (1,144) - -
Net loss - - - - - -
-------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
Balance, December 31, 1997 - - 19,335 856 - -
Noncash redemption of equity interests - - (19,335) (856) - -
Issuance of preferred and common stock for
cash, licenses and AT&T agreements 33,361 333 149,715 1,497 180,243 -
<CAPTION>
Common stock
subscriptions Treasury stock Accumulated
----------------------
receivable Shares Amount Deficit Total
---------------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial capitalization for cash $ - - $ - $ - $ 2,000
Issuance of common stock for cash - - - - -
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred
stock - - - (288,959) (288,959)
Net loss - - - (524,968) (524,968)
---------------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------
Balance, December 31, 1996 - - - (813,927) (811,927)
Issuance of common stock for cash - - - - -
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred
stock - - - (725,557) (725,557)
Noncash redemption of equity interests - - - - (1,144)
Net loss - - (3,335,170) (3,335,170)
---------------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------
Balance, December 31, 1997 - - - (4,874,654) (4,873,798)
Noncash redemption of equity interests - - - - (856)
Issuance of preferred and common stock for
cash, licenses and AT&T agreements (86,221) - - - 95,852
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred
stock - - - - - -
Noncash issuance of restricted stock to employees - - 10,018 100 9,918 (10,018)
Repurchase of common stock for cash - - - - (1,787) 1,787
Amortization of deferred compensation - - - - - 1,054
Net loss - - - - - -
------- ------ --------- -------- --------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1998 33,361 333 159,733 1,597 188,374 (7,177)
Issuance of preferred stock and
common stock for cash and licenses (unaudited) 10,980 110 53,287 533 134,936 -
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred
stock (unaudited) - - - - - -
Noncash issuance of restricted stock to employees
(unaudited) - - 7,554 76 25,426 (12,842)
Amortization of deferred compensation (unaudited) - - - - - 5,582
Repurchase of common stock for cash (unaudited) - - - - (1,304) 1,304
Net loss (unaudited) - - - - - -
------- ------ --------- -------- --------- ---------
Balance, June 30, 1999 (unaudited) 44,341 $ 443 220,574 $ 2,206 $ 347,432 $ (13,133)
======= ====== ========= ======== ========= =========
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred
stock - - - (8,566,922) (8,566,922)
Noncash issuance of restricted stock to employees - - - - -
Repurchase of common stock for cash - (1,787) (18) - (18)
Amortization of deferred compensation - - - - 1,054
Net loss - - - (51,155,280) (51,155,280)
---------- -------- -------- ------------- -------------
Balance, December 31, 1998 (86,221) (1,787) (18) (64,596,856) (64,499,968)
Issuance of preferred stock and (104,769) - - - 30,810
common stock for cash and licenses (unaudited)
Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred
stock (unaudited) - - - (9,895,700) (9,895,700)
Noncash issuance of restricted stock to employees
(unaudited) - 3,104 31 - 12,691
Amortization of deferred compensation (unaudited) - - - - 5,582
Repurchase of common stock for cash (unaudited) - (1,317) (13) - (13)
Net loss (unaudited) - - - (78,283,391) (78,283,391)
---------- -------- -------- ------------- -------------
Balance, June 30, 1999 (unaudited) $ (190,990) - $ - $(152,775,947) $(152,629,989)
========== ======== ======== ============= =============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements
F-8
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the period
July 29, 1996
(date of For the year For the year
inception) to ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
1996 1997 1998
-------------- -------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss $ (524,968) $ (3,335,170) $ (51,155,280)
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 75 10,625 1,583,864
Noncash compensation expense associated with the issuance
of restricted common stock and preferred stock - - 1,664
Noncash interest expense associated with issuance of Lucent Notes - - 460,400
and senior subordinated discount notes
Allowance for bad debt expense - - -
Noncash general and administrative expense charge by affiliates - - 196,622
Amortization of deferred financing costs - - 524,924
Amortization of discount on notes payable - 134,040 197,344
Changes in cash flow from operations resulting from changes in assets
and liabilities:
Accounts receivable - - -
Inventory - - (778,235)
Prepaid expenses - - (2,185,444)
Other current assets (21,877) (51,591) (1,144,795)
Other assets - (26,673) (256,333)
Accounts payable 98,570 618,889 11,389,627
Accrued expenses - - 9,145,111
Deferred rent - - 196,063
Accrued interest - 257,682 2,046,432
Deferred revenue - - -
-------------- -------------- -------------
Net cash used in operating activities (448,200) (2,392,198) (29,778,036)
-------------- -------------- -------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
<CAPTION>
For the six months ended
June 30, (unaudited)
---------------------------------
1998 1999
------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss $ (9,587,868) $ (78,283,391)
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 96,145 16,491,374
Noncash compensation expense associated with the issuance
of restricted common stock and preferred stock - 365,028
Noncash interest expense associated with issuance of Lucent Notes - 8,512,801
and senior subordinated discount notes
Allowance for bad debt expense - 159,248
Noncash general and administrative expense charge by affiliates - -
Amortization of deferred financing costs - 500,083
Amortization of discount on notes payable 90,449 112,957
Changes in cash flow from operations resulting from changes in assets
and liabilities:
Accounts receivable - (12,337,283)
Inventory - (6,955,385)
Prepaid expenses (185,428) 19,184
Other current assets (135,573) 975,189
Other assets (87,138) (17,490)
Accounts payable 1,519,681 18,559,466
Accrued expenses 1,162,821 1,863,368
Deferred rent 69,288 267,657
Accrued interest 354,278 (411,081)
Deferred revenue - 705,362
------------- ---------------
Net cash used in operating activities (6,703,345) (49,472,913)
------------- ---------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements
F-9
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Expenditures for network under development, wireless network and (904) (1,134,234) (107,542,189)
property and equipment
Capitalized interest on network under development and wireless network - - (227,000)
Expenditures for microwave relocation - - (3,339,410)
Purchase of PCS licenses - - (21,000,000)
Deposit on PCS licenses (7,500,000) - -
Partial refund of deposit on PCS licenses - 1,561,702 -
Purchase of intangibles - AT&T agreements and other intangibles - - -
-------------- -------------- -------------
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities (7,500,904) 427,468 (132,108,599)
-------------- -------------- -------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock 7,500,000 1,500,000 26,661,420
Receipt of preferred stock subscription receivable - - -
Direct issuance costs from sale of mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock - - (1,027,694)
Proceeds from sale of common stock 2,000 - 38,305
Proceeds from long-term debt 498,750 2,808,500 257,491,500
Purchases of treasury shares - - (26)
Payments on notes payable - - (2,072,573)
Payments of deferred financing costs - - (9,109,677)
Net increase (decrease) in amounts due to affiliates - 171,269 (928,464)
-------------- -------------- -------------
Net cash provided by financing activities 8,000,750 4,479,769 271,052,791
-------------- -------------- -------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 51,646 2,515,039 109,166,156
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period - 51,646 2,566,685
-------------- -------------- -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period $ 51,646 $ 2,566,685 $ 111,732,841
============== ============== =============
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
Expenditures for network under development, wireless network and (7,797,433) (203,235,573)
property and equipment
Capitalized interest on network under development and wireless network - (4,152,701)
Expenditures for microwave relocation (550,002) (5,137,397)
Purchase of PCS licenses - (69,690,000)
Deposit on PCS licenses (28,877,743)
Partial refund of deposit on PCS licenses - 11,361,351
Purchase of intangibles - AT&T agreements and other intangibles - (18,642,762)
------------- -----------------
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities (8,347,435) (318,374,825)
------------- -----------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock - 60,410,929
Receipt of preferred stock subscription receivable - 3,740,068
Direct issuance costs from sale of mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock - (2,500,000)
Proceeds from sale of common stock - 5,477
Proceeds from long-term debt 20,390,954 397,635,000
Purchases of treasury shares - (19)
Payments on notes payable - (40,000,000)
Payments of deferred financing costs - (10,600,517)
Net increase (decrease) in amounts due to affiliates (824,164) (1,138,213)
------------- -----------------
Net cash provided by financing activities 19,566,790 407,552,725
------------- -----------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 4,516,010 39,704,987
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period 2,566,685 111,732,841
------------- -----------------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period $ 7,082,695 $ 151,437,828
============= =================
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements
F-10
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the period
July 29,1996
(date of For the year For the year
inception) to ended ended For the six months ended
December 31, December 31, December 31, June 30, (unaudited)
-------------------------
1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes $ - $ - $ - $ -
Cash paid for interest $ - $ - $ 9,785,829 $ - $10,540,603
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing
activities:
Network under development and microwave relocation costs
financed through accounts payable and accrued expenses $ - $ 2,484,836 $ 98,091,667 $ 2,147,998 $ 9,141,452
Issuance of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and
preferred stock in exchange for PCS licenses and AT&T
agreements $ - $ - $100,900,000 $ - $ 2,705,629
Issuance of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and
common stock in exchange for stock subscriptions receivable $ - $ - $ 76,000,275 $ - $30,931,314
U.S. Government financing of PCS licenses $ - $ 9,192,938 $ - $ - $11,550,646
Discount on U.S. Government financing $ - $ 1,599,656 $ - $ - $ 2,396,215
Conversion of notes payable to stockholders into preferred
stock $ - $ 498,750 $ 25,300,000 $ - $ -
Accretion of preferred stock dividends $ 288,995 $ 725,557 $ 8,566,922 $ 207,217 $ 9,895,700
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
F-11
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Elimination of equity interests in Holding for equity
interests in TeleCorp $ - $ - $ 4,369,680 $ - $ -
Redemption of equity interests $ - $ 6,370,070 $ - $ - $ -
Distribution of net assets to affiliates $ - $ 3,644,602 $ - $ - $ -
Notes payable to affiliates $ - $ 2,725,468 $ - $ - $ -
Capitalized interest $ - $ 131,397 $ 2,055,043 $ 378,940 $ 4,601,298
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part
of these consolidated financial statements.
F-12
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Organization
TeleCorp Holding Corp., Inc. (Holding) was incorporated in the State of
Delaware on July 29, 1996 (date of inception). Holding was formed to
participate in the Federal Communications Commission's (FCC) Auction of F-
Block Personal Communications Services (PCS) licenses (the Auction) in April
1997. Holding successfully obtained licenses in the New Orleans, Memphis,
Beaumont, Little Rock, Houston, Tampa, Melbourne and Orlando Basic Trading
Areas (BTAs). Holding qualifies as a Designated Entity and Very Small
Business under Part 24 of the rules of the FCC applicable to broadband
PCS.
In April 1997, Holding entered into an agreement to transfer the PCS licenses
for the Houston, Tampa, Melbourne and Orlando BTAs to four newly-formed
entities created by Holding's existing stockholder group: THC of Houston,
Inc.; THC of Tampa, Inc.; THC of Melbourne, Inc.; and THC of Orlando, Inc.
These licenses were transferred along with the related operating assets and
liabilities in exchange for investment units consisting of Class A, B and C
common stock and Series A preferred stock in August 1997. Concurrently,
Holding distributed the investment units, on a pro rata basis, in a partial
stock redemption to Holding's existing stockholder group and issued an
aggregate of approximately $2.7 million in affiliate notes payable (see Note
5) to the newly-formed entities. As a result of this distribution, Holding no
longer retains any ownership equity interest in the newly-formed entities.
Because the above transaction was non-monetary in nature and occurred between
entities with the same stockholder group, the transaction was accounted for
at historical cost (see Note 13).
TeleCorp PCS, Inc. (TeleCorp) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on
November 14, 1997 by the controlling stockholders of Holding. TeleCorp will
be the exclusive provider of wireless mobility services in its licensed
regions in connection with a strategic alliance with AT&T Corporation and its
affiliates (collectively AT&T). Upon finalization of the AT&T Transaction,
Holding became a wholly-owned subsidiary of TeleCorp (see Note 6).
TeleCorp has various wholly-owned subsidiaries which includes TeleCorp
Communications, Inc., TeleCorp LLC and Holding. TeleCorp receives services
from TeleCorp Management Corp., an affiliate company owned by two officers
and stockholders of TeleCorp (see Note 13).
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of presentation
Holding was formed to explore various business opportunities in the wireless
telecommunications industry. TeleCorp was formed to continue the activity of
Holding through its strategic alliance with AT&T. Since inception, Holding's
and TeleCorp's activities have consisted principally of hiring a management
team, raising capital, negotiating strategic business relationships,
participating in the Auction and operating wireless networks. Consequently,
for purposes of the accompanying financial statements, Holding has been
treated as a "predecessor" entity. Therefore, the financial statements as of
December 31, 1997 and for the period July 29, 1996 to December 31, 1996 and
for the year ended December 31, 1997 include the historical financial
information of Holding, the predecessor entity. The financial statements as
of and for the year ended December 31, 1998 and for all periods thereafter,
include the historical financial information of Holding and TeleCorp. The
Chief Executive Officer and President of Holding maintain the positions of
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, respectively, of TeleCorp. In addition, these officers own a
majority of the voting stock of TeleCorp and, prior to the finalization of
the AT&T Transaction, owned a majority of the voting stock of Holding. As a
result of this relationship, certain financing relationships and the similar
nature of business activities, Holding and TeleCorp are considered companies
under common control. Therefore, the accompanying financial statements
incorporate the combined business activities of Holding and
F-13
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TeleCorp. Collectively, TeleCorp and Holding are referred to as the Company
in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Unaudited Interim Financial Information
The unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 1999, and the
unaudited consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders'
equity (deficit) and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and
1999, and related footnotes, have been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and Article
10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information
and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles. In the
opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring
accruals) considered necessary for the fair presentation have been included.
Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1999 are not necessarily
indicative of results that may be expected for the year ending December 31,
1999.
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and
its wholly-owned subsidiaries, which includes TeleCorp Communications, Inc.,
TeleCorp LLC and Holding. All intercompany accounts and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation. For the six months ended June 30, 1999, the
Company has consolidated the results of Viper Wireless, Inc. since the
Company's absence of voting control is considered temporary (see Note
16).
Development Stage Company
Prior to January 1, 1999, the Company's activities principally have been
planning and participation in the Auction, initiating research and
development, conducting market research, securing capital and developing its
proposed service and network. Since the Auction, the Company has been relying
on the borrowing of funds and the issuance of common and preferred stock
rather than recurring revenues, for its primary sources of cash flow.
Accordingly, the Company's financial statements for all periods prior to
January 1, 1999 were presented as a development stage enterprise, as
prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 7, "Accounting
and Reporting by Development Stage Enterprises." In the first quarter of
1999, the Company commenced operations in the New Orleans, Memphis and Little
Rock BTA's and began providing wireless mobility services for its customers.
As a result, the Company exited the development stage in the first quarter
ended March 31, 1999.
The Company incurred cumulative losses through December 31, 1998 of
approximately $55,000,000. The Company expects to continue to incur
significant operating losses and to generate negative cash flow from
operating activities for at least the next several years while it constructs
its network and develops its customer base. The Company's ability to
eliminate operating losses and to generate positive cash flow from operations
in the future will depend upon a variety of factors, many of which it is
unable to control. These factors include: (1) the cost of constructing its
network, (2) changes in technology, (3) changes in governmental regulations,
(4) the level of demand for wireless communications services, (5) the product
offerings, pricing strategies and other competitive factors of the Company's
competitors and (6) general economic conditions. If the Company's is unable
to implement its business plan successfully, it may not be able to eliminate
operating losses, generate positive cash flow or achieve or sustain
profitability which would materially
F-14
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
adversely affect its business, operations and financial results as well as
its ability to make payments on its debt obligations.
F-15
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company believes that the carrying amount of its financial instruments
approximate fair value.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash
equivalents. The Company has invested its excess cash in overnight sweep
accounts and U.S. Treasury obligations. The Company has not experienced any
losses on its cash and cash equivalents.
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with a maturity from
purchase date of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash
equivalents consist of overnight sweep accounts and U.S. Treasury
obligations.
Revenue Recognition
The Company earns revenue by providing wireless mobility services to both its
subscribers and subscribers of other wireless carriers traveling in the
Company's service area, as well as sale of equipment and accessories.
Wireless mobility services revenue consists of monthly service fees, airtime
and long distance revenue. Generally, access fees, airtime and long distance
charges are billed monthly and are recognized when service is provided.
Prepaid service revenue is collected in advance, is recorded as deferred
revenue and recognized as service is provided.
Roaming revenue consist of the airtime and long distance charged to the
subscribers of other wireless carriers for use of the Company's network while
traveling in the Company's service area and are recognized when the service
is rendered.
Equipment revenue is recognized upon delivery of the equipment to the
customer and when future obligations are no longer significant.
PCS Licenses and Microwave Relocation Costs
PCS licenses include costs incurred, including capitalized interest related
to the U.S. Government financing, to acquire FCC licenses in the 1850-1990
MHz radio frequency band. Interest capitalization on the U.S. Government
financing began when the activities necessary to get the Company's network
ready for its intended use were initiated and concluded when the wireless
networks were ready for intended use. The PCS licenses are issued
conditionally for ten years. Historically, the FCC has granted license
renewals providing the licensees have complied with applicable rules,
policies and the Communications Act of 1934, as amended. The Company believes
it has complied with and intends to continue to comply with these rules and
policies.
As a condition of each PCS license, the FCC requires each license-holder to
relocate existing microwave users (Incumbents) within the awarded spectrum to
microwave frequencies of equal capacity. Microwave relocation costs include
the actual and estimated costs incurred to relocate the Incumbent's microwave
links affecting the Company's licensed frequencies and are presented in the
financial statements at the estimated present value of the project cost, net
of discount of $908,531 as of December 31,
F-16
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1998. The microwave relocation costs were discounted using management's best
estimate of the prevailing market interest rate at the time the relocation
costs was incurred.
PCS licenses, microwave relocation costs, and capitalized interest consist of
the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
June 30,
December 31, 1999
1997 1998 (unaudited)
--------------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
PCS licenses $ 9,886,978 $ 104,736,978 $ 186,287,037
Microwave relocation costs - 12,456,838 15,164,244
Capitalized interest 131,397 913,440 1,004,581
--------------- --------------- ---------------
10,018,375 118,107,256 202,455,862
Accumulated amortization - - (638,726)
--------------- --------------- ---------------
$ 10,018,375 $ 118,107,256 $ 201,817,136
=============== =============== ===============
</TABLE>
The Company began amortizing the cost of the PCS licenses, microwave
relocation costs, and capitalized interest in March 1999, when PCS services
commenced in certain BTAs. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line
method over 40 years. Amortization expense for the six months ended June 30,
1999 was $638,726 (unaudited).
Property and Equipment and Network Under Development
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Computer equipment 3 to 5 years
Network under development and 5 to 10 years upon commencement of service
wireless network
Internal use software 3 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment 5 years
Leasehold improvements Lesser of useful life or lease term
</TABLE>
Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations when
incurred. Gains and losses from disposals, if any, are included in the
statements of operations. Network under development includes all costs
related to engineering, cell site acquisition, site development, interest
expense and other development costs being incurred to ready the Company's
wireless network for use.
Internal and external costs incurred to develop the Company's billing,
financial systems and other internal applications during the application
development stage are capitalized as internal use software.
F-17
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
All costs incurred prior to the application development stage are expensed as
incurred. Training costs and all post implementation internal and external
costs are expensed as incurred.
Intangible assets - AT&T Agreements and Others
The AT&T Agreements consist of the fair value of various agreements with AT&T
(see Note 6) exchanged for mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and Series
F preferred stock (see notes 6 and 7). The AT&T Agreements are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the related contractual terms, which range from
three to ten years. Amortization on the AT&T Exclusivity Agreement, Long
Distance Agreement and the Intercarrier Roamer Services Agreement began once
wireless services were available to its customers. Amortization of the
Network Membership License Agreement began on July 17, 1998, the date of the
finalization of the AT&T Transaction. During 1999, the Company completed
acquisitions for additional licenses (see Note 7). As a result of these
acquisitions, the Company recorded other intangible assets related to direct
acquisition costs which included reimbursing the seller for interest, salary
and leasing costs incurred prior to close plus legal fees. These other
intangible assets are being amortized over a five-year period. For the year
ended December 31, 1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1999, the
Company recorded amortization expense of $772,497 and $2,109,242 (unaudited),
respectively.
Inventory
Inventory consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
June 30,
1999
1997 1998 (unaudited)
-------------- -------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Handsets $ - $ 778,235 $ 7,350,304
Accessories - - 383,316
-------------- -------------- -----------------
Total inventory $ - $ 778,235 $ 7,733,620
============== ============== =================
</TABLE>
Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market and is recorded net of an
allowance for obsolescence. No allowance for obsolescence has been recorded
as of December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999.
Deferred Financing Costs
In connection with entering into the credit facility and the senior-
subordinated discount rates (see Note 5), the Company incurred certain debt
issuance costs. The Company has capitalized financing costs of $9,109,677 and
$19,709,996 (unaudited), as of December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999,
respectively. The financing costs are being amortized using the straight line
method over the term of the credit facility. For the year ended December 31,
1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company recorded
interest expense related to the amortization of the deferred financing costs
of $524,924 and $500,083 (unaudited), respectively.
Long-Lived Assets
The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value
of property and equipment, network under development, intangible assets, PCS
licenses and microwave relocation costs. The Company considers historical
performance and anticipated future results in its evaluation of potential
impairment. Accordingly, when indicators of impairment are present, the
Company evaluates the carrying value of these assets in relation to the
operating performance of the business and future and undiscounted cash flows
expected to result from the use of these assets. Impairment losses are
recognized when the sum of the present
F-18
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
value of expected future cash flows are less than the assets' carrying value.
No such impairment losses have been recognized to date.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the liability
method. Deferred income taxes are recognized for tax consequences in future
years for differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and
their financial reporting amounts at each year-end, based on enacted laws and
statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are
expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when
necessary, to reduce net deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be
realized. The provision for income taxes consists of the current tax
provision and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and
liabilities.
Start-Up and Advertising Costs
Start-up costs are expensed as incurred. The Company expenses production
costs of print, radio and television advertisements and other advertising
costs as such costs are incurred. Advertising expenses in selling and
marketing for 1996, 1997, and 1998 were insignificant. Advertising expenses
in selling and marketing were $6,579,029 (unaudited) for the six months ended
June 30, 1999.
Interest Rate Swaps
The Company uses interest swaps to hedge the effects of fluctuations in
interest rates from their Senior Credit Facility (see Note 5). These
transactions meet the requirements for hedge accounting, including
designation and correlation. The interest rate swaps are managed in
accordance with the Company's policies and procedures. The Company does not
enter into these transactions for trading purposes. The resulting gains or
losses, measured by quoted market prices, are accounted for as part of the
transactions being hedged, except that losses not expected to be recovered
upon the completion of hedged transactions are expensed. Gains or losses
associated with interest rate swaps are computed as the difference between
the interest expense per the amount hedged using the fixed rate compared to a
floating rate over the term of the swap agreement. As of December 31, 1998,
the Company has entered into six interest rate swap agreements with various
commercial lenders totaling a notional amount of $225,000,000 to convert the
Company's variable rate debt of LIBOR plus 3.25% to fixed rate debt. The
interest rate swaps had no material impact on the consolidated financial
statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 1998 and as of and for
the six months ended June 30, 1999.
Segment Reporting
The Company presently operates in a single business segment as a provider of
wireless mobility services in its licensed regions primarily in the south-
central and northeastern United States. The Company operates in various MTAs
including New Orleans, LA, Memphis, TN, Little Rock, AK, Boston, MA and
Puerto Rico.
Stock Compensation
The Company periodically issues restricted stock awards to its employees.
Upon reaching a measurement date, the Company records deferred compensation
equal to the estimated fair value of the stock award. Deferred compensation
is amortized to compensation expense over the related vesting period.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In July 1999, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 137, "Deferral of the
Effective Date of FAS 133" which defers the effective date of SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS 133 is
effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15,
2000. The Company has not determined the effect of adopting this
standard.
F-19
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
3. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
June 30,
December 31, 1999
1997 1998 (unaudited)
-------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Wireless network $ - $ - $ 282,874,088
Network under development 3,269,793 170,885,628 3,519,535
Computer equipment 328,875 10,115,063 13,502,865
Internal use software - 11,161,142 17,610,821
Leasehold improvements - 3,204,623 10,048,722
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment 21,306 2,924,233 7,061,781
Land - - 47,500
-------------- ---------------- ------------------
3,619,974 198,290,689 334,665,312
Accumulated depreciation (10,700) (822,067) (14,060,898)
-------------- ---------------- ------------------
$ 3,609,274 $ 197,468,622 $ 320,604,414
============== ================ ==================
</TABLE>
4. Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses, consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
June 30,
December 31, 1999
1997 1998 (unaudited)
-------------- ---------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Property and equipment $ - $ 85,634,829 $ 6,794,344
Sales taxes - - 11,005,687
Consulting services - 4,237,411 2,642,478
</TABLE>
F-20
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Bonuses and vacation - 2,386,317 2,858,834
Engineering - 676,893 1,147,406
Selling and marketing - 346,552 2,561,576
Other 824,164 1,187,367 3,271,690
Legal fees - 402,893 264,749
------------- -------------- -----------------
824,164 94,872,262 30,546,764
Less: non-current portion - - (3,939,688)
------------- -------------- -----------------
</TABLE>
F-21
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
$ 824,164 $ 94,872,262 $ 26,607,076
=========== ============= =============
</TABLE>
F-22
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
5. Long-term Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
June 30,
December 31, 1999
1997 1998 (unaudited)
----------------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Senior subordinated discount notes $ - $ - $ 334,829,320
Senior credit facility - 225,000,000 225,000,000
Lucent Series A notes - 10,460,400 41,665,926
U.S. Government financing 7,727,322 7,924,666 17,192,054
Notes payable to stockholders 2,808,500 - -
Notes payable to affiliates (see Note 13) 2,072,573 - -
----------------- ---------------- ----------------
12,608,395 243,385,066 618,687,300
Less: current portion (4,881,073) - -
----------------- ---------------- ----------------
$ 7,727,322 $ 243,385,066 $ 618,687,300
================= ================ ================
</TABLE>
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
On April 23, 1999, the Company completed the issuance and sale of 11-5/8%
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes (the Notes) with an aggregate principal
amount at maturity of $575,000,000. The total gross proceeds from the sale of
the Notes were $327,635,000. Offering expenses consisting of underwriting,
printing, legal and accounting fees totaled $10,600,517. The Notes mature
April 15, 2009, unless previously redeemed by the Company. As interest
accrues, it will be added to the principal as an increase to interest expense
and the carrying value of the Notes until April 15, 2004. The Company will
begin paying interest semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year
beginning October 15, 2004. The Notes are not collateralized. The Notes are
subordinate to all of the Company's existing and future senior debt and ranks
equally with all other senior subordinated debt, and ranks senior to all of
the Company's existing and future subordinated debt. The Notes are guaranteed
by the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, TeleCorp Communications, Inc. (see
Note 15). As of June 30, 1999 accrued interest added to the principal was
$7,194,320.
Senior Credit Facility
In July 1998, the Company entered into a credit facility (the Senior Credit
Facility) with a group of commercial lenders, under which the Company may
borrow up to $525,000,000, in the aggregate, consisting of (i) up to
$150,000,000 in revolving loans (the Senior Revolving Credit Facility) with a
maturity date of January 2007, (ii) a $150,000,000 term loan (the Tranche A
Term Loan) with a maturity date of January 2007, and (iii) a $225,000,000
term loan (the Tranche B Term Loan) with a maturity date of January 2008. A
total of $225,000,000 of indebtedness from the Tranche B Term Loan was
outstanding as of December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999. The Senior Credit
Facility also provides for an uncommitted $75,000,000 senior term loan (the
Expansion Facility) with a maturity date of January 2008.
Beginning in September 2002, principal repayments will be made in 18
quarterly installments for the Tranche A Term Loan and 22 quarterly
installments for the Tranche B Term Loan. Quarterly principal repayments for
the Tranche A Term Loan are as follows: first six, $3,750,000; next four,
$9,375,000; last eight,
F-23
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUNSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
$11,250,000. Quarterly principal repayments for the Tranche B Term Loan are
as follows: first 18, $562,500, last four, $53,718,750. Interest payments
on the senior credit facility are made quarterly. The Senior Credit
Facility contains a prepayment provision whereby certain amounts borrowed
must be repaid upon the occurrence of certain specified events.
The commitment to make loans under the Tranche A Term loan will terminate in
July 2001, or earlier if elected by the Company. Beginning in April 2005,
the commitment to make loans under the Senior Revolving Credit Facility will
be permanently reduced on a quarterly basis through April 2007 as follows:
first four reductions, $12,500,000; last four reductions $25,000,000. The
unpaid principal on the Senior Revolving Credit Facility is due January 2007.
In July 2000, if the undrawn portion of the Tranche A Term Loan exceeds
$50,000,000 the amount of the Tranche A Term Loan will be automatically
reduced by such excess.
The interest rate applicable to the Senior Credit Facility is based on, at
the Company's option, (i) LIBOR (Eurodollar Loans) plus the Applicable
Margin, as defined, or (ii) the higher of the administrative agent's prime
rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate (ABR Loans), plus the Applicable
Margin, as defined. The Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans will range
from 125 to 325 basis points based upon certain events by the Company, as
specified. The Applicable Margin for ABR Loans will range from 25 to 225
basis points based upon certain events by the Company, as specified. At
December 31, 1998, the interest rate applicable to the Tranche B Term Loan
was 8.75% and interest incurred for the year ended December 31, 1998 was
$9,210,187 of which $7,710,187 was expensed and $1,500,000 was capitalized.
At June 30, 1999, the interest rate applicable to the Tranche B Term Loan was
8.29%, and for the six months ended June 30, 1999 interest incurred on the
Tranche B Term Loan was $9,843,750 of which $6,366,699 was expensed and
$3,477,051 was capitalized.
The loans from the Senior Credit Facility are subject to an annual commitment
fee which ranges from 0.50% to 1.25% of the available portion of the Tranche
A Term Loan and the Senior Revolving Credit Facility. The Company has
expensed $3,305,905 and $2,063,686 (unaudited), respectively, for the year
ended December 31, 1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1999 related to
these bank commitment fees. The Senior Credit Facility requires the Company
to purchase interest rate hedging contracts covering amounts equal to at
least 50% of the total amount of the outstanding indebtedness of the Company.
As of December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, the Company hedged 100% of its
outstanding indebtedness of $225,000,000 to take advantage of favorable
interest rate swaps.
Initially, borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility are subject to a
maximum Senior Debt to Total Capital ratio, as defined, of 50%. This ratio
is increased to 55% if certain specified operating benchmarks are achieved.
In addition, the Company must comply with certain financial and operating
covenants. The financial covenants include various debt to equity, debt to
EBITDA, interest coverage, and fixed charge coverage ratios, as defined in
the Senior Credit Facility. The operating covenants include minimum
subscribers, minimum aggregate service revenue, minimum coverage of
population and maximum capital expenditure thresholds. As of December 31,
1998 and June 30, 1999 (unaudited), the Company was in compliance with these
covenants.
The Company may utilize the Expansion Facility as long as the Company is not
in default of the Senior Credit Facility and is in compliance with each of
the financial covenants. However, none of the lenders are required to
participate in the Expansion Facility.
The Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the
assets of the Company. In addition, the Senior Credit Facility has been
guaranteed by the Company's subsidiaries and shall be guaranteed by
subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries of the Company.
Lucent Note Agreements
In May 1998, the Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement (the Lucent
Note Agreement) with Lucent Technologies, Inc. (Lucent) which provides for
the issuance of increasing rate 8.5% Series A (the
F-24
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUNSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Series A Notes) and 10.0% Series B (the Series B Notes) junior subordinated
notes (the Subordinated Notes) with an aggregate face value of $80,000,000.
The aggregate face value of the Subordinated Notes shall decrease dollar for
dollar, upon the occurrence of certain events as defined in the Lucent Note
Agreement. The proceeds of the Subordinated Notes are to be used to develop
the Company's network in certain designated areas. As of December 31, 1998,
the Company had $10,460,400 outstanding under the Series A Notes. As of June
30, 1999, the Company had $41,665,925 (unaudited) outstanding under the
Series A Notes. During the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company
borrowed and repaid $40,000,000 on the Lucent Series B Notes plus $227,778 of
accrued interest. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1998 and
for the six months ended June 30, 1999 was $460,000 and $1,205,525
(unaudited), respectively.
The Series A and Series B Notes will not amortize and will have a maturity
date six months after the final maturity of the Company's high yield debt
offering, but in no event later than May 1, 2012. The Series A Notes will
have a mandatory redemption at par plus accrued interest from the proceeds of
a subsequent equity offering to the extent the net proceeds exceed an amount
identified in the Lucent Note Agreement. If the Series A Notes and Series B
Notes are not redeemed in full by January 2001 and January 2000,
respectively, the interest rate on each note will increase by 1.5% per annum
on January 1. However, the interest rate applicable to the Subordinated
Notes shall not exceed 12.125%. Interest payable on the Series A Notes and
the Series B Notes on or prior to May 11, 2004 shall be payable in additional
Series A and Series B Notes. Thereafter, interest shall be paid in arrears in
cash on each six month and yearly anniversary of the Series A and Series B
closing date or, if cash interest payments are prohibited under the Senior
Credit Facility and/or the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, in additional
Series A and Series B Notes. As of December 31, 1998, interest accrued under
the Series A Notes of $460,400 has been included in long-term debt. As of
June 30, 1999, interest accrued under the Series A Notes of $1,665,925
(unaudited) has been included in long-term debt.
The Company may redeem the Subordinated Notes held by Lucent or any of its
affiliates at any time. The Series A Notes that are not held by Lucent or
any of its affiliates may be redeemed by the Company prior to May 2002 and
after May 2007. The Series B Notes that are not held by Lucent or any of its
affiliates may be redeemed by the Company prior to May 2000 and after May
2005. Any redemption after May 2007, in the case of the Series A Notes, and
May 2005, in the case of the Series B Notes, shall be subject to an interest
rate premium, as specified. All of the outstanding notes under the Lucent
Note Agreement as of December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999 are held by Lucent.
The Company must comply with certain operating covenants. As of December 31,
1998 and June 30, 1999, the Company was in compliance with these operating
covenants.
In addition, Lucent has agreed to make available up to an additional
$80,000,000 of junior subordinated vendor financing in amounts up to 30% of
the value of the equipment, software and services provided by Lucent in
connection with any additional markets the Company acquires, subject to
certain conditions as specified (the Vendor Expansion Facility). The
expiration date for any notes issued pursuant to the Vendor Expansion
Facility is the date which is six months after the scheduled maturity of the
Notes, subject to mandatory prepayment if certain future events occur.
U.S. Government financing
F-25
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUNSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, the Company owes the U.S.
Government $9,192,938 and $20,743,584 (unaudited), less a discount of
$1,268,272 and $3,551,530 (unaudited), respectively, for the acquisition of
PCS licenses in New Orleans, Memphis, Beaumont and Little Rock obtained
during the 1997 F-Block auction. The terms of the notes include: an interest
rate of 6.25%, quarterly interest payments which commenced in July 1998 and
continue for the one year thereafter, then quarterly principal and interest
payments for the remaining 9 years. The promissory notes are collateralized
by the underlying PCS licenses.
During the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company completed the
acquisition of additional PCS licenses from Digital PCS, Inc. and Wireless
2000, Inc. (see Note 7). As part of these acquisitions, the Company assumed
additional U.S. Government financing with the FCC amounting to $11,550,646,
less a discount of $2,396,215. The terms of the notes include an interest
rate of 6.125% for notes assumed from Digital PCS, Inc. and 7.00% for notes
assumed from Wireless 2000, Inc., quarterly interest payments for a two-year
period and then quarterly principal and interest payments for the remaining
eight years.
These notes are net of a discount of $1,268,272, and $3,551,530 (unaudited)
as of December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, respectively. The notes were
discounted using management's best estimate of the prevailing market interest
rate at the time of issuance of 10.25%.
Notes payable to stockholders
In July 1996, the Company issued $498,750 of subordinated promissory notes to
two stockholders. The notes bore interest at a rate of 10%, compounded semi-
annually, and were due in full in July 2002. In April 1997, these notes were
converted into 50 shares of Series A preferred stock.
In December 1997, the Company issued various promissory notes totaling
$2,808,500 to stockholders. The notes bore interest at a rate of 6% and were
converted into mandatorily redeemable preferred stock of the Company in July
1998. The notes were discounted using management's best estimate of the
prevailing market interest rate at the time of issuance of 10.25%. The
effect on the Company's 1997 financial statements of discounting these notes
was not material.
From January 1, 1998 to June 30, 1998, the Company borrowed approximately
$22,491,500 in the form of promissory notes from existing and prospective
stockholders to satisfy the working capital needs of the Company. The
promissory notes bore interest at the rate of 6.25% per annum compounded
quarterly and were payable in one lump sum on August 31, 1998. In July 1998,
these notes were converted to mandatorily redeemable preferred stock of the
Company (see Note 10) in connection with the AT&T Transaction.
F-26
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUNSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 1998, minimum required annual principal repayment
(undiscounted) under all of the Company's outstanding debt obligations were
as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1999 $ -
2000 450,719
2001 944,470
2002 1,004,897
2003 1,631,691
Thereafter 291,070,238
-----------
$295,102,015
============
</TABLE>
6. AT&T TRANSACTION
In January 1998, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement
(the Securities Purchase Agreement) with AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc. and TWR
Cellular, Inc. (both subsidiaries of AT&T Corporation and collectively
referred to as AT&T PCS), the stockholders of Holding and various venture
capital investment firms (the Cash Equity Investors). The Securities
Purchase Agreement provides the Company will be a provider of wireless
mobility services in its licensed regions utilizing the AT&T brand name.
Upon the receipt of FCC approval in July 1998, the Company finalized the
transaction contemplated in the Securities Purchase Agreement (the AT&T
Transaction). As a result, the Company (i) issued preferred stock and paid
AT&T $21,000,000 in exchange for 20 MHz PCS licenses with a fair value of
$94,850,000 and certain operating agreements with AT&T for exclusivity,
network membership, long distance and roaming with a fair value of
$27,050,000; (ii) issued preferred and common stock for 100% of the
outstanding ownership interests in Holding, which includes 10 MHz PCS
licenses which was recorded at historical cost; and (iii) issued preferred
and common stock for a cash commitment from the Cash Equity Investors of
$128,000,000 to be paid over a three year term (see Note 10) plus an
additional $5,000,000 upon the closing of the Digital PCS, Inc. transaction
(see Note 7).
The general terms of the operating agreements with AT&T are summarized below:
. AT&T Exclusivity: The Company will be AT&T's exclusive
facilities-based provider of mobile wireless telecommunications
services within the Company's BTAs for an initial ten year
period. This agreement will automatically renew for a one-year
term and then operate on a year-to-year basis unless one party
terminates at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of any one-
year term.
The Company has determined the fair value of this agreement to be
$11,870,000 and is amortizing this value over the initial 10 year
term.
. Network Membership License Agreement: The Network Membership
License Agreement (the License Agreement) defines that AT&T will
make available to the Company use of the AT&T logo and the right
to refer to itself as a "Member of the AT&T Wireless Network" to
market its PCS services. Through the use of these rights, the
Company expects to participate in and benefit from AT&T
promotional and marketing efforts. The License Agreement has an
initial five-year term with a five-year renewal term if both the
Company and AT&T elect to renew at least ninety 90 days prior to
the expiration of the initial term.
F-27
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUNSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Company has determined the fair value of this agreement to be
$8,480,000 and is amortizing this value over the initial five
year term.
. Intercarrier Roamer Services Agreement: AT&T and the Company have
entered into a twenty-year reciprocal roaming agreement provided
that their customers who own tri-mode phones will roam on the
other's mobile wireless systems. Thereafter, this agreement shall
renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless either the
Company or AT&T terminates this agreement by written notice at
least 90 days prior to the conclusion of the original or any
subsequent term. After ten years, this agreement may be
terminated by the Company or AT&T at any time upon 90 days prior
written notice. AT&T also agrees to permit the Company to have
outbound roaming on its network for twenty years at commercially
reasonable rates to the extent commercially and technologically
feasible. The outbound roaming agreement shall continue with
automatic ten-year renewals subject to a one-year cancellation
notice.
The Company has determined the value of this roaming agreement to
be $3,500,000 and is amortizing this value over the initial 10
year term.
. Long Distance Agreement: The long distance agreement provides
that AT&T will be the exclusive provider for long distance
services to the Company's customers within the Company's licensed
regions for an initial three year period. The long distance
agreement requires that the Company meet a minimum traffic volume
commitment during the term of the agreement. If the Company fails
to meet such volume commitments, the Company must pay to AT&T the
difference between the expected fee based on the volume of the
commitment and the fees based on actual volume.
The Company had determined the fair value of this agreement to be
$3,200,000 and is amortizing this value over the initial three
year term.
Triton PCS, Inc. (Triton), Tritel Communications (Tritel), and the Company
have adopted a common brand, SunCom, which is co-branded with equal emphasis
with the AT&T brand name and logo. On April 16, 1999, Triton, Tritel and
TeleCorp Communications formed a new company, Affiliate License Co., L.L.C.,
to own, register and maintain the marks SunCom, SunCom Wireless and other
SunCom and Sun formative marks (SunCom Marks) and to license the SunCom marks
to Triton, Tritel and the Company. Triton, Tritel and TeleCorp
Communications each have a 33% membership interest in Affiliate License Co.,
L.L.C. On April 16, 1999, Triton entered into an agreement to settle a
potential dispute regarding prior use of the SunCom brand. In connection
with this settlement, Triton agreed to pay $975,000 to acquire the SunCom
Marks which were contributed to Affiliate License Co., L.L.C. The Company
paid $325,000 in royalty payments to reimburse Triton for the contributed
SunCom marks.
7. ACQUISITIONS
On April 20, 1999, the Company completed the acquisition of 10 MHz PCS
licenses covering the Baton Rouge, Houma, Hammond and Lafayette, Louisiana
BTA's from Digital PCS, Inc. The total purchase price of $5,604,380 was
comprised of $2,334,819 of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and common
stock of the Company, the assumption of U.S. Government financing with the
FCC of $4,101,455, less a discount of $1,118,450, and $286,556 in cash as
reimbursement to Digital PCS, Inc., for interest due to the FCC incurred
prior to close and legal costs. The purchase price has been allocated to the
assets acquired, subject to adjustment, based upon their estimated fair value
as follows:
F-28
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUNSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PCS licenses $ 5,317,824
Other intangible assets relating to
legal costs and reimbursement of FCC
interest 286,556
-----------
$ 5,604,380
===========
</TABLE>
As a result of completing the transaction with Digital PCS, Inc., the Cash
Equity Investors have irrevocably committed to contribute $5,000,000 in
exchange for mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and common stock over a
two year period from the close of this transaction. As of June 30, 1999 the
Company has received $ 2,200,000 of the $ 5,000,000 commitment.
On May 24, 1999, the Company sold mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and
preferred stock to AT&T for $40,000,000. On May 25, 1999, the Company
acquired from AT&T 20 MHz PCS licenses covering the San Juan MTA, 27
constructed cell sites, a switching facility, leases for additional cell
sites, the extension of the Network Membership License Agreement, Long
Distance Agreement, Intercarrier Roamer Services Agreement and AT&T
Exclusivity Agreement and the reimbursement of AT&T for microwave relocation
costs, salary and lease payments (the Puerto Rico Transaction) incurred prior
to acquisition. The total purchase price of this asset acquisition was $
99,694,055 in cash. In addition, the Company incurred legal fees of
$252,340 related to this acquisition. The purchase price has been allocated
to the assets acquired, subject to adjustment, based upon their estimated
fair value as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PCS licenses $ 69,690,000
Intangible assets - AT&T Agreements 17,310,000
Cell sites, site acquisition,switching 9,015,100
facility assets, and other assets
Microwave relocation costs 3,200,000
Other intangible assets relating to salary
and lease reimbursement 478,955
------------
99,694,055
Legal fees 252,340
------------
$ 99,946,395
============
</TABLE>
As a result of completing this transaction, the Company's available
borrowings under the Lucent Note Agreement (see Note 5) increased by
$15,000,000 ($7,500,000 of Series A and $7,500,000 of Series B) and certain
Cash Equity Investors committed $39,996,600 in cash in exchange for
mandatorily redeemable preferred and common stock. The Cash Equity Investors
cash commitment of $39,996,600 will be funded over a three year period from
the close of this transaction. As of June 30, 1999, the Company received
$11,998,980 of this cash commitment. As a part of obtaining this additional
preferred and common stock financing, the Company paid $2,000,000 to a Cash
Equity Investor upon the closing of the transaction. In addition, certain
officers, the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of the Company were issued fixed and variable awards
of 5,643 and 8,212 restricted shares of mandatorily redeemable Series E
preferred stock and Class A common stock, respectively, in exchange for their
interest in Puerto Rico Acquisition Corporation. Puerto Rico Acquisition
Corporation was a special purpose entity wholly-owned by the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
The fixed awards typically vest over a five-year period. The variable awards
vest based upon certain events taking place, such as build-out milestone POP
coverage and other events. The estimated fair value of these shares has been
recorded as deferred compensation and is being amortized over the related
vesting periods.
On June 2, 1999 the Company acquired from Wireless 2000, Inc. 15 MHz PCS
licenses in the Alexandria, Lake Charles and Monroe, Louisiana BTAs. The
total purchase price of $7,192,174 was comprised of $370,810 of mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock and common stock of the Company, the assumption of
U.S. Government financing with the FCC of $7,449,190, less a discount of
$1,277,765, and $649,939 in cash
F-29
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUNSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
as reimbursement of microwave relocation costs and reimbursement of FCC
interest and legal costs. The purchase price has been allocated to the assets
acquired, subject to adjustment, based upon their estimated fair value as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PCS licenses $ 6,542,235
Other intangible assets relating to legal and
reimbursement of FCC interest 449,939
Microwave relocation costs 200,000
------------
$ 7,192,174
============
</TABLE>
8. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Holding
Holding's authorized capital stock consisted of 6,000 shares of no par value
mandatorily redeemable Series A preferred stock, 125,000 shares of no par
value Class A common stock, 175,000 shares of no par value Class B common
stock and 175,000 shares of no par value Class C common stock. This capital
stock was in existence during 1996, 1997, and through July 1998, the closing
of the AT&T Transaction, at which time Holding became a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company. Subsequent to the AT&T Transaction, the
authorized and outstanding shares of Holding were cancelled and replaced with
1,000 authorized shares of common stock of which 100 shares were issued to
the Company.
TeleCorp
On May 14, 1999, TeleCorp restated its Certificate of Incorporation. The
Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides the Company with the authority
to issue 2,619,010 shares of stock, consisting of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Preferred Par Shares Par Shares
Stock Value authorized Common Stock Value authorized
------------------------------- -------- ---------- ------------------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Mandatorily redeemable Series A $ 0.01 100,000 Senior $ 0.01 70,000
Mandatorily redeemable Series B $ 0.01 200,000 Class A $ 0.01 950,000
Mandatorily redeemable Series C $ 0.01 215,000 Class B $ 0.01 950,000
Mandatorily redeemable Series D $ 0.01 50,000 Class C tracked $ 0.01 1,000
Mandatorily redeemable Series E $ 0.01 30,000 Class D tracked $ 0.01 3,000
Series F $ 0.01 50,000 Voting Preference $ 0.01 10
-------- ---------
Total 645,000 Total 1,974,010
======== =========
</TABLE>
F-30
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following schedules represents the transactions that took place with respect
to Holding's Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and common stock for the
period from July 29, 1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Series A
preferred stock
-----------------------------
Shares Amount
--------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
--------------------------------------
Initial capitalization for cash 750 $ 7,500,000
Accretion of preferred stock dividends - 288,959
--------- ----------------
Balance, December 31, 1996 750 7,788,959
Issuance of preferred stock for cash 150 1,500,000
Accretion of preferred stock dividends - 725,557
Conversion of promissory note to preferred
stock 50 498,750
Noncash redemption of equity interests (see
Note 13) (583) (6,368,926)
--------- ----------------
Balance, December 31, 1997 367 4,144,340
Accretion of preferred stock dividends - 224,484
Recapitalization of Holding (367) (4,368,824)
--------- ----------------
Balance, December 31, 1998 - $ -
========= ================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Class A Class B Class C
common stock common stock common stock
--------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------
Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount
------- ---------- ------------ --------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common stock
- ------------------------
Initial capitalization for cash 8,750 $ 2,000 - $ - 25,520 $ -
Issuance of common stock 3,750 - 5,104 - - -
------- ---------- ------------ --------- ----------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1996 12,500 2,000 5,104 - 25,520 -
Issuance of common stock for cash - - - - 6,875 -
Noncash redemption of equity
Interests (See Note 13) (7,666) (1,144) (3,130) - (19,868) -
-------- ---------- ------------ --------- ----------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997 4,834 856 1,974 - 12,527
Recapitalization of Holding (4,834) (856) (1,974) - (12,527) -
Elimination of 100% of equity
Interests in Holding - - - - - -
-------- ---------- ------------ --------- ----------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1998 - $ - - $ - - $ -
======== ========== ============ ========= =========== =========
<CAPTION>
Common stock
--------------------
Shares Amount Total
--------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common stock
- ------------------------
Initial capitalization for cash - $ - $ 2,000
Issuance of common stock - - -
--------- -------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1996 - - 2,000
Issuance of common stock for cash - - -
Noncash redemption of equity
Interests (See Note 13) - - (1,144)
--------- -------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997 856
Recapitalization of Holding 100 - (856)
Elimination of 100% of equity
Interests in Holding (100) - -
--------- -------- ---------
Balance, December 31, 1998 - $ - $ -
========= ======== =========
</TABLE>
F-31
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following schedule represents the transactions that took place with respect
to TeleCorp's mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, Series F preferred stock
and common stock for the period July 1998 to June 30, 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Series A Series C Series D
preferred stock Preferred stock preferred stock
------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------
Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount
--------- -------------- --------- ---------------- --------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
- --------------------------------------
Issuance of preferred stock
to AT&T PCS for licenses and
AT&T Agreements 66,723 $ 66,723,000 - $ - 34,267 $ 34,143,639
Issuance of preferred stock
to Cash Equity
Investors, net of issuance
costs of $1,027,695 - - 128,000 126,847,780 - -
Accretion of preferred stock dividends - 3,039,603 - 3,818,827 - 945,780
Noncash issuance of restricted stock - - - - - -
Repurchase of restricted stock for cash - - - - - -
Noncash issuance of preferred
stock for equity of Holding - - 7,348 4,334,276 - -
------ -------------- --------- ---------------- --------- ------------------
Balance, December 31, 1998 66,723 $ 69,762,603 135,348 $ 135,000,883 34,267 $ 35,089,419
Issuance of preferred stock
for cash, net of issuance
costs of $2,500,000 30,750 30,454,218 50,473 47,844,985 11,230 10,499,516
Issuance of preferred stock
for PCS licenses operating agreements - - 2,878 2,674,130 - -
Accretion of preferred stock dividends - 3,791,396 - 4,581,221 - 1,122,155
Noncash issuance of restricted stock - - - - - -
Repurchase of restricted stock for cash - - - - - -
------- -------------- --------- ---------------- --------- -----------------
Balance, June 30, 1999 (unaudited) 97,473 $ 104,008,217 188,699 $ 190,101,219 45,497 $ 46,711,090
======= ============== ========= ================ ========= =================
<CAPTION>
Series E
preferred stock
--------------------------
Shares Amount Total
--------- --------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
- --------------------------------------
Issuance of preferred stock
to AT&T PCS for licenses and
AT&T Agreements - $ - $ 100,866,639
Issuance of preferred stock to Cash Equity
Investors, net of issuance costs of $1,027,695 - - 126,847,780
Accretion of preferred stock
dividends - 541,038 8,345,248
Noncash issuance of restricted stock 5,505 5,505 5,505
Repurchase of restricted stock for cash (784) (792) (792)
Noncash issuance of preferred stock for
equity of Holding 14,156 10,215 4,344,491
------------ -------------- -----------------
Balance, December 31, 1998 18,877 $ 555,966 $ 240,408,871
Issuance of preferred stock
for cash, net of issuance
costs of $2,500,000 - - 88,798,719
Issuance of preferred stock
for PCS licenses operating agreements - - 2,674,130
Accretion of preferred stock dividends - 645,028 10,139,800
Noncash issuance of restricted stock 6,606 414,959 414,959
Repurchase of restricted stock for cash (577) (576) (576)
------------ -------------- -----------------
Balance, June 30, 1999 (unaudited) 24,906 $ 1,615,377 $ 342,435,903
============ ============== =================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Series F Class A Class C tracked
preferred stock common stock common stock
----------------------- ------------------------- -------------------
Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount
----------- --------- ----------- ----------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Series F preferred and common stock
- -----------------------------------
Issuance of common stock to Cash Equity
Investors for cash - $ - 121,490 $ 1,214 358 $ 4
Issuance of preferred stock to
AT&T PCS for licenses and AT&T agreements 33,361 333 - - - -
Exchange of 100% of equity
interests in Predecessor
Company for equity in the Company - - 24,541 245 561 6
Noncash issuance of restricted stock - - 10,018 100 - -
Repurchase of restricted stock for cash - - (1,787) - - -
----------- --------- ----------- ----------- -------- --------
<CAPTION>
Class D tracked Voting preference
common stock common stock
------------------- -------------------
Shares Amount Shares Amount Total
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Series F preferred and common stock
- -----------------------------------
Issuance of common stock to Cash Equity
Investors for cash 2,678 $ 27 - $ - $ 1,245
Issuance of preferred stock to
AT&T PCS for licenses and AT&T agreements - - - - 333
Exchange of 100% of equity interests in
Predecessor
Company for equity in the Company 77 1 10 - 252
Noncash issuance of restricted stock - - - - 100
Repurchase of restricted stock for cash - - - - -
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------
</TABLE>
F-32
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
Balance, December 31, 1998 33,361 $ 333 154,262 $ 1,559 919 $ 10
Issuance of common stock and
preferred stock for cash 10,980 110 50,473 505 - -
Issurance of common stock for
PCS licenses operating agreements - - 2,814 28 - -
Noncash issuance of restricted stock - - 10,658 76 - -
Repurchase of restricted stock for cash - - (1,317) - - -
======== ========== =========== ============ ======= ===========
Balance, June 30, 1999 (unaudited) 44,341 $ 443 216,890 $ 2,168 919 $ 10
======== ========== =========== ============ ======= ===========
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1998 2,755 $ 28 10 $ - $ 1,930
Issuance of common stock and
preferred stock for cash - - - - 615
Issurance of common stock for
PCS licenses operating agreements - - - - 28
Noncash issuance of restricted stock - - - - 76
Repurchase of restricted stock for cash - - - - -
------- ------- ------ ------------ ----------
Balance, June 30, 1999 (unaudited) 2,755 $ 28 10 $ - $ 2,649
======= ======= ====== ============ ==========
</TABLE>
F-33
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
There are no issued or outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock, Senior
common stock or Class B common stock as of June 30, 1999.
The conversion features and conversion prices of the Company's issued stock
are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Convertible Security Convertible Into Conversion Price
------------------------- ------------------------ -----------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Series A preferred stock After July 2006, at the The Series A conversion rate is equal
holders' option, into to the liquidation preference of the
Class A common stock Series A preferred stock on the
conversion date divided by the market
price of the Class A common stock on
the conversion date.
Series C preferred stock At the option of the The liquidation preference of the
Company at the IPO date Series C preferred stock divided by
into either Class A or the IPO price.
B common stock
Series D and Series F If Series C preferred The liquidation preference divided by
preferred stock stock is converted then the IPO price.
automatically at the IPO
date into Senior common
stock
Series E preferred stock At the option of the The liquidation preference of the
Company at the IPO date Series E preferred stock divided by
into either Class A or the IPO price.
Class B common stock
Series F preferred stock At the holders' option, One share of Series F preferred stock
and Senior common stock into Class A, Class B or or Senior common stock for one share
Class D common stock, of either Class A, Class B or Class D
depending upon the common stock.
occurrence of certain
defined events
Class A common stock At the holders' option One share of Class B common stock for
into Class B common stock one share of Class A common stock.
Class C tracked common Subject to FCC constraints One share of Class A or Class B common
stock and Board approval, at stock for one share of Class C tracked
the holders' option and common stock.
by affirmative vote of
at least 66 2/3% of Class
A common stock into Class
A or Class B common stock
Class D tracked common Subject to FCC constraints One share of Class A or Class B common
stock and Board approval, at the stock for one share of Class D tracked
holders' option and by common stock.
affirmative vote of at
least 66 2/3% of Class A
common stock into Class A
or Class B common stock
</TABLE>
F-34
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The conversion features and conversion prices of the Company's issued stock are
summarized below:
Liquidation rights
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, as
defined, the stockholders of the Company are entitled to liquidation
preferences as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Order of Distribution Stock Classification Distribution Preference
--------------------- ------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
First Series A and Series B $1,000 per share plus accrued and
preferred stock unpaid dividends.
Second Series C and Series D Series C: actual paid-in capital per
preferred stock share plus accrued and unpaid
dividends plus interest of 6% per
annum on the actual paid-in capital,
compounded quarterly, less amount of
dividends declared and paid.
Series D: $1,000 per share plus
accrued and unpaid dividends plus an
amount equal to interest on $1,000
per share at a rate of 6% per annum,
compounded quarterly, less amount of
dividends declared and paid.
Third Series E preferred stock Accrued and unpaid dividends, plus an
amount equal to interest on $1,000
per share at 6% per annum, compounded
quarterly, less dividends declared
and paid.
Fourth Series F preferred stock Series F preferred: $0.01 per share
and Senior common stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends.
Senior common stock: The sum of the
liquidation preference of each share
of Series D and Series F preferred
stock converted in Senior common
stock divided by the aggregate number
of shares of Senior common stock
issued upon conversion of shares of
Series D and Series F preferred stock
</TABLE>
Dividends and voting rights
The holders of the Series A and Series B preferred stock are entitled to
cumulative quarterly cash dividends at an annual rate of 10% of the
liquidation preference of the then outstanding shares. The holders of the
remaining shares of preferred and common stock are entitled to dividends if
and when declared.
The Class A common stock has 4,990,000 voting rights and the Voting
Preference common stock has 5,010,000 voting rights. The remaining shares of
preferred and common stock shall have no voting rights, except as provided by
law or in certain limited circumstances.
Call and Redemption features
The preferred stock is callable at the option of the Company at a price equal
to the liquidation preference on the redemption date. The Series A preferred
stock is callable thirty days after the 10th anniversary of the issuance of
such shares. The Series B preferred stock is callable at any time. The
Series C and Series D preferred stock are callable at any time, provided that
the Series C and Series D Preferred Stock are called concurrently.
The Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E preferred stock are
redeemable thirty days after the 20th anniversary of the issuance of such
shares at the option of the holder at a price equal to the liquidation
preference on the redemption date. The Series F preferred stock is not
redeemable. Pursuant to a Management Agreement, the Company may redeem
certain shares of Class A common stock and Series E preferred stock held by
the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President (the TMC
officers). For the period from the finalization of the AT&T Transaction to
December 31, 1998, the Company accreted $8,345,248 of dividends in connection
with this redemption feature.
F-35
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Tracked common stock
The Class C and Class D common stock have been designated as Tracked common
stock. The holders of the Tracked common stock are entitled to a dividend,
when available, equal to the excess of the fair value of the net assets of
Holding over the aggregate par value of the outstanding shares of the Tracked
common stock. After all other preferential liquidating distributions have
been made, the holders of the Tracked common stock will be entitled to a
liquidation preference equal to the excess of the fair value of the net
assets of Holding.
Participating stock
The Series F preferred stock, the Senior common stock and the Class A and B
common stock are participating stock, and the Board of Directors may not
declare dividends on or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for
consideration any shares of the Participating Stock, unless the Board of
Directors makes such declaration or payment on the same terms with respect to
all shares of participating stock, ratably in accordance with each class and
series of participating stock then outstanding.
9. RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN
In July 1998, the Company adopted a Restricted Stock Plan (the Plan) to
attract and retain key employees and to reward outstanding performance. Key
employees selected by management may elect to become participants in the Plan
by entering into an agreement which provides for issuance of fixed and
variable units consisting of Series E mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
and Class A common stock. The fixed units typically vest over a five or six
year period. The variable units vest based upon certain events taking place,
such as buildout milestones, Pop coverage and other events. Unvested shares
are forfeited upon termination of employment. The shares issued under the
Plan shall consist of units transferred to participants without payment as
additional compensation for their services to the Company. The total number
of units that may be awarded to key employees shall not exceed 5,505 units or
a defined number of shares of Series E preferred stock and Class A common
stock, respectively, as determined upon award. Any units not granted on or
prior to July 17, 2003 shall be awarded to two officers of the Company. Each
participant has voting, dividend and distribution rights with respect to all
shares of both vested and unvested common stock. Prior to the Class A shares
becoming publicly traded, the Company retains the right of first offer to buy
the employees' vested shares at the offer price. After the Class A shares
become publicly traded, the right of first offer will no longer exist for the
Series E preferred shares. In addition the shares contain rights of
inclusion and first negotiation. The Company may repurchase unvested shares,
and under certain circumstances, vested shares of participants whose
employment with the Company terminates. The repurchase price is equal to
$0.01 per share.
F-36
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Activity under the Plan is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Series E Fair value Class A Fair value
preferred stock per share common stock per share
----------------- ----------------- ------------------ ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Shares awarded 5,505 $ 1.00 10,018 $ 1.00
Repurchases (784) - (1,787) -
----------------- ------------------
Balance, December 31, 1998 4,721 $ 1.00 8,231 $ 1.00
Shares awarded 2,542 $ 52.00 5,383 $ 2.40
Repurchases (577) - (1,316) -
----------------- ------------------
Balance, June 30, 1999 (unaudited) 6,686 $1.00-$52.00 12,298 $1.00-$2.40
================= ==================
</TABLE>
Deferred compensation and compensation expense related to the issuance of
restricted stock to employees, based on the estimated fair value of the
preferred and common stock, was immaterial for the year ended December 31,
1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1999.
Some of the awards granted under the Plan are variable awards. When it is
probable the future events will occur, the Company determines the fair value
of the variable awards of the Series E preferred stock and Class A common
stock, subject to a final measurement date upon the occurrence of defined
events. Outstanding fixed awards and variable awards as of December 31, 1998
and June 30, 1999 (unaudited) for each class of stock are as follows:
F-37
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
June 30,
December 31, 1999
1998 (unaudited)
------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Series E preferred stock:
Fixed awards 3,664 5,280
Variable awards 1,057 1,406
------------- ---------------
Total Series E awards 4,721 6,686
============= ===============
Class A common stock:
Fixed awards 3,728 5,484
Variable awards 4,503 6,814
------------- ---------------
Total Class A awards 8,231 12,298
============= ===============
</TABLE>
F-38
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSORS COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
10. PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK SUBSCRIPTIONS RECEIVABLE
In connection with the AT&T Transaction described in Note 6 and the
acquisitions described in Note 7, the Company received cash commitments of
$172,996,600 from the Cash Equity Investors in exchange for Series C preferred
stock and various classes of common stock. The agreements require the Cash
Equity Investors to fund their unconditional and irrevocable obligations in
installments in accordance with the following schedules:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Due Date Amount
--------------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C>
AT&T Transaction:
Initial closing (July 17, 1998) $ 39,375,005
December 31, 1998 16,125,005
Second anniversary of initial closing 36,250,005
Third anniversary of initial closing 36,249,985
--------------
$ 128,000,000
==============
</TABLE>
The initial contributions were provided in the form of short-term
interest bearing promissory notes (see Note 5). These notes were converted to
mandatorily redeemable preferred and common stock of the Company as partial
satisfaction of the $128,000,000 of committed contributions in connection
with the closing of the AT&T Transaction.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Due Date Amount
---------------------------------------------- ---------------
<S> <C>
Digital PCS, Inc. Transaction:
Initial closing (April 20, 1999) $ 2,200,000
July 2000 1,400,000
July 2001 1,400,000
---------------
$ 5,000,000
===============
<CAPTION>
Due Date Amount
----------------------------------------------- ---------------
<S> <C>
Puerto Rico Transaction:
Initial closing (May 24, 1999) $ 11,996,600
December 31, 1999 6,000,000
First anniversary of initial closing 11,000,000
Second anniversary of initial closing 11,000,000
---------------
$ 39,996,600
===============
</TABLE>
Through December 31, 1998, the Company received $51,999,725 of the above
committed equity and received an additional $14,196,600 (unaudited) during
the six months ended June 30, 1999 (unaudited). The Company has recorded a
preferred stock subscription receivable of $75,914,054 and $103,000,531
(unaudited) as of December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, respectively, as a
reduction to the mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and a common stock
subscription receivable of $86,221 and $190,990 (unaudited) as of December
31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, respectively, as a reduction to stockholders
equity (deficit) for the unpaid commitment.
F-39
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSORS COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
11. INCOME TAXES
The tax effect of temporary differences which gives rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
---------------------------------
1997 1998
--------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Capitalized start-up costs $ 1,321,340 $ 17,599,251
Net operating losses 145,710 3,634,809
Depreciation and amortization - 288,985
Deferred rent - 74,504
Capitalized interest - (917,107)
Other (4,220) 174,952
--------------- --------------
1,462,830 20,855,394
Less valuation allowance (1,462,830) (20,855,394)
--------------- --------------
$ - $ -
=============== ==============
</TABLE>
For federal income tax purposes, start-up costs will be amortized over five
years once active business operations commence. There may be a limitation on
the annual utilization of net operating losses and capitalized start-up costs
as a result of certain ownership changes that have occurred since the
Company's inception. The net operating losses start expiring in 2017. A
valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available
evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred
tax asset will not be realized. Based on the Company's financial results,
management has concluded that a full valuation allowance for all of the
Company's deferred tax assets is appropriate.
12. COMMITMENTS
In May 1998, the Company entered into a vendor procurement contract (the
Vendor Procurement Contract) with Lucent, pursuant to which the Company may
purchase up to $285,000,000 of radio, switching and related equipment and
services for the development of the Company's wireless communications
network. Through December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, the Company has
purchased approximately $90,900,000 and $130,900,000 (unaudited),
respectively, of equipment and services from Lucent.
The Company has operating leases primarily related to retail store locations,
distribution outlets, office space, and rent for the Company's network build-
out. The terms of some of the leases include a reduction of rental payments
and scheduled rent increases at specified intervals during the term of the
leases. The Company is recognizing rent expense on a straight-line basis
over the life of the lease, which establishes deferred rent
F-40
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSORS COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
on the balance sheet. As of December 31, 1998, the aggregate minimum rental
commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1999 $ 10,755,694
2000 10,752,666
2001 10,507,474
2002 10,369,758
2003 8,520,560
Thereafter 23,139,323
-------------
Total $ 74,045,475
=============
</TABLE>
Rental expense, which is recorded ratably over the lease terms, was
approximately $2,000, $157,000, and $3,193,000 for the period ended December
31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
The Company has entered into a series of agreements for software licenses,
consulting, transition support and maintenance with various vendors. The
total future commitments under the agreements are approximately $6,000,000 as
of December 31, 1998.
The Company has entered into letters of credit to facilitate local business
activities. The Company is liable under the letters of credit for
nonperformance of certain criteria under the individual contracts. The total
amount of outstanding letters of credit was $1,425,000 at December 31, 1998.
The outstanding letters of credit reduce the amount available to be drawn
under the Senior Credit Facility (see Note 5). The Company is unaware of any
events that would have resulted in nonperformance of a contract during the
year ended December 31, 1998.
13. RELATED PARTIES
The Company utilizes the services of a law firm in which the Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company was also a partner. The
Company incurred expenses of approximately $110,000, $250,000, $2,123,000 and
$1,362,218 (unaudited) for the period ended December 31, 1996, for the years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1999,
respectively, for legal services. As of December 31, 1997, 1998 and June 30,
1999, the Company owed the law firm $70,464, $160,000 and $798,676
(unaudited), respectively. Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the individual
resigned from the law firm but continues as special counsel.
The Company receives site acquisition, construction management, program
management, microwave relocation, and engineering services pursuant to a
Master Services Agreement with WFI/Entel Technologies, Inc. (Entel). The
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Office of the Company were formerly stockholders and senior officers of
Entel. Fees for the above services are as follows: $12,000 per site for site
acquisition services, $7,000 per site for construction management services,
$9,000 per site for program management and $1,100,000 for microwave
relocation services for all of the Company's existing regions. Fees for
engineering services are based upon Entel's customary hourly rates. For the
period ended December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company paid $30,829,
$1,939,795, $30,719,865 and $31,295,020 (unaudited), respectively, to Entel
for these services. As of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and June 30, 1999, the
Company owed Entel $170,596, $21,177,516 and $2,246,278 (unaudited),
respectively. Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Chief Executive Officer
and Executive Vice President sold 100% of their interests in Entel.
F-41
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSORS COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In April 1997, Holding entered into an agreement to transfer PCS licenses,
operating assets, liabilities and U.S. Government financing, for the Houston,
Tampa, Melbourne and Orlando BTAs to four newly-formed entities created by
Holding's existing stockholder group: THC of Houston, Inc.; THC of Tampa,
Inc.; THC of Melbourne, Inc.; and THC of Orlando, Inc. (the THC entities).
These assets and liabilities were transferred in exchange for investment
units of the newly-formed THC entities which consisted of Class A, B and C
common stock and Series A preferred stock in August 1997. The carrying
amount of the total assets and liabilities transferred was $15,678,814 and
$12,034,212, respectively. Simultaneously, Holding reacquired shares of its
preferred and common stock in a $6,370,070 partial stock redemption through
the exchange of the investment units in the newly-formed companies of
$3,644,602, which represented the net difference between the cost of the
assets and liabilities transferred and the issuance of an aggregate of
$2,725,468 of notes payable to those newly-formed THC entities. Summarized
below is a reconciliation of this activity:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PCS licenses and other assets $ 15,678,814
U.S. Government financing
and other liabilities (12,034,212)
Investment units in the THC entities 3,644,602
Notes payable to the THC entities 2,725,468
--------------
Partial preferred and common
stock redemption $ 6,370,070
==============
</TABLE>
As a result of this transfer, Holding no longer retains any ownership
interest in the THC entities. Because this transaction was nonmonetary in
nature and occurred between entities with the same stockholder group, the
transaction was recorded at historical cost. Subsequent to the transfer, the
Company reduced the notes payable by $652,895, which represented certain
costs incurred by the Company on behalf of the THC entities for the year
ended December 31, 1997 pursuant to Transfer Agreements and Management
Agreements. The combined amounts owed THC Houston, Inc., THC Tampa, Inc.,
THC Melbourne, Inc., and THC Orlando, Inc. of $2,072,573 as of December 31,
1997 were repaid in full during 1998. As of December 31, 1998 and June 30,
1999, the combined amounts owed by the Company to THC Houston, Inc., THC
Tampa, Inc., THC Melbourne, Inc., and THC Orlando, Inc. were $547,047 and
$540,728 (unaudited), respectively.
As of December 31, 1997, the Company had amounts payable of $824,164 to
TeleCorp WCS, Inc. (WCS), an affiliate, formerly TeleCorp Management
Corporation, Inc. The amount payable to WCS represented $1,200,000 of funds
received by the Company on behalf of WCS related to wireless communications
service licenses owned by WCS reduced by expenses and other payments owed by
WCS to the Company. The entire balance due WCS as of December 31, 1997 was
repaid during 1998.
Pursuant to a Management Agreement, TeleCorp Management Corp. (TMC) provides
assistance to the Company in the form of administrative, operational,
marketing, regulatory and general business services. For
F-42
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSORS COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
these services, beginning in July 1998, the Company pays a management fee to
TMC of $550,000 per year plus reimbursement of certain business expenses,
payable in equal monthly installments, plus an annual bonus. The management
agreement has a five-year term, but may be terminated by the Company upon the
occurrence of certain defined events. TMC may terminate the agreement at any
time with proper notice. The Officers of TMC own all of the ownership
interest in TMC. For the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company paid
approximately $250,000 to TMC for these services plus $282,500 in bonuses to
TMC officers. For the six months ended June 30, 1999, the Company paid
approximately $685,945 (unaudited) to TMC for these services.
The Company has entered into a Master Site Lease Agreement with American
Towers Inc., a company partially owned by certain stockholders of the
Company. Under this arrangement American Tower provides network site leases
for PCS deployment. The Company has incurred $16,862 of and no (unaudited)
expense for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the six months ended June
30, 1999, respectively.
14. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
During 1998, the Company established the TeleCorp Communications, Inc. 401(k)
Plan (the 401(k) Plan), a defined contribution plan in which all employees
over the age of 21 are immediately eligible to participate in the 401(k)
Plan. TeleCorp Communications, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company. Under the 401(k) Plan, participants may elect to withhold up to 15%
of their annual compensation, limited to $160,000 of total compensation as
adjusted for inflation. The Company may make a matching contribution based
on a percentage of the participant's contributions. Participants vest in the
Company's matching contributions as follows: 20% after one year; 60% after
two years and 100% after three years. Total Company contributions to the
401(k) Plan were $505,495 and $918,358 (unaudited) for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1999.
F-43
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSORS COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
On April 23, 1999, the Company completed the issuance and sale of 11 5/8%
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes. The Notes are fully and unconditionally
guaranteed on a joint and several basis by TeleCorp Communications, Inc. one
of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries. Summarized financial information
of TeleCorp, TeleCorp Communications, Inc. and non-guarantor subsidiaries as
of December 31, 1998 and June 30, 1999, and for the year ended December 31,
1998 and for the six months ended June 30, 1999 are as follows:
F-44
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15. Subsidiary Guarantee (continued)
Balance Sheet Information as of December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TeleCorp
Communications, Inc.- Non-Guarantor
TeleCorp Guarantor Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
-------------- ---------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 93,046,614 $ 21,440,720 $ (2,754,493) $ -- $ 111,732,841
Accounts receivable -- -- -- -- --
Inventory -- 778,235 -- -- 778,235
Intercompany receivables 279,077,565 -- -- (279,077,565) --
Prepaid expenses -- 811,999 1,373,445 -- 2,185,444
Other current assets 637,102 581,161 -- -- 1,218,263
-------------- ---------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Total current assets 372,761,281 23,612,115 (1,381,048) (279,077,565) 115,914,783
Property and equipment, net 1,500,000 90,072,502 105,912,651 (16,531) 197,468,622
PCS licenses and microwave
relocation costs -- 12,456,838 105,650,418 -- 118,107,256
Intangible assets-AT&T
agreements and other, net -- -- 26,285,612 -- 26,285,612
Deferred financing costs, net 8,584,753 -- -- -- 8,584,753
FCC deposit -- -- -- -- --
Other assets 4,369,680 6,944 276,062 (4,369,680) 283,006
-------------- ---------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Total assets $ 387,215,714 $ 126,148,399 $ 236,743,695 $ (283,463,776) $ 466,644,032
============== ====================== =============== =============== ===============
LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Due to affiliates $ -- $ 92,923,096 $ 185,154,469 $ (279,077,565) $ --
Accounts payable 11 8,331,045 6,260,866 -- 14,591,922
Accrued expenses 13,403 41,644,524 53,214,335 -- 94,872,262
Microwave relocation
obligation -- 6,636,369 -- -- 6,636,369
Long-term debt -- -- -- -- --
Accrued interest 3,991,500 -- 499,053 -- 4,490,553
Deferred revenue -- -- -- -- --
------------- ---------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Total current liabilities 4,004,914 149,535,034 246,128,723 (279,077,565) 120,591,106
Long-term debt 235,460,400 -- 7,924,666 -- 243,385,066
Microwave relocation obligation -- 2,481,059 -- -- 2,481,059
</TABLE>
F-45
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Accrued expenses -- -- -- -- 196,063
Deferred rent -- -- 196,063 -- --
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total liabilities 239,465,314 152,016,093 254,249,452 (279,077,565) 366,653,294
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock 240,408,879 -- -- -- 240,408,879
Deferred compensation -- (4,111) -- -- (4,111)
Treasury stock (8) -- -- -- (8)
Preferred stock
subscriptions receivable (75,914,054) -- -- -- (75,914,054)
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total mandatorily
redeemable
preferred stock 164,494,817 (4,111) -- -- 164,490,706
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Series F preferred stock 333 -- -- -- 333
Common stock 1,597 -- -- -- 1,597
Additional paid in capital 188,374 (7,177) 4,369,680 (4,369,680) 188,374
Deferred compensation -- -- -- -- (7,177)
Common stock subscriptions
receivable (86,221) -- -- -- (86,221)
Treasury stock (18) -- -- -- (18)
Accumulated deficit (16,848,482) (25,856,406) (21,875,437) (16,531) (64,596,856)
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total shareholders' equity
(deficit) (16,744,417) (25,863,583) (17,505,757) (4,386,211) (64,499,968)
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total liabilities and
shareholders'
equity (deficit) $ 387,215,714 $ 126,148,399 $ 236,743,695 $(283,463,776) $ 466,644,032
============= ============= ============= ============= =============
</TABLE>
F-46
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15. Subsidiary Guarantee (continued)
Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1999 (unaudited):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Telecorp
Communications,
Inc. Guarantor Non-Guarantor
Telecorp Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
---------------- ----------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 165,830,722 $ (605,978) $ - $ (13,786,916) $ 151,437,828
Accounts receivable, net - 12,999,084 13,950 - 13,013,034
Inventory - 7,733,620 - - 7,733,620
Intercompany receivables 609,508,087 - - (609,508,087) -
Prepaid expenses - 686,984 1,479,276 - 2,166,260
Other current assets 34,088 205,139 3,847 - 243,074
---------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
Total current assets 775,372,897 21,018,849 1,497,073 (623,295,003) 174,593,816
Property and equipment, net 5,480,254 155,188,091 160,007,163 (71,094) 320,604,414
PCS licenses and microwave relocation
costs - 84,774,797 117,042,339 - 201,817,136
Intangible assets-AT&T agreements and
other, net 1,290,462 42,500 41,486,170 - 42,819,132
Deferred financing costs, net 18,684,989 - - - 18,684,989
FCC deposit - - 17,516,394 - 17,516,394
Other assets 4,598,101 923,655 17,803,025 (21,886,073) 1,438,708
---------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
Total assets $ 805,426,703 $ 261,947,892 $ 355,352,164 $ (645,252,170) $ 777,474,589
================ ================= ============= ============== ==============
LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE
PREFERRED STOCK AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Due to affiliates $ - $ 286,540,760 $ 322,967,327 $ (609,508,087) $ -
Accounts payable - 20,061,053 22,661,510 (13,786,915) 28,935,648
Accrued expenses 1,701,106 20,615,267 4,290,703 - 26,607,076
Microwave relocation obligation - 5,733,393 - - 5,733,393
Accrued interest 3,815,623 - 354,989 - 4,170,612
Deferred Revenue - 705,362 - - 705,362
---------------- ---------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
Total current liabilities 5,516,729 333,655,835 350,274,529 (623,295,002) 66,152,091
---------------- ---------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
Long-term debt 601,495,246 - 17,192,054 - 618,687,300
Microwave relocation obligation - 1,710,220 - - 1,710,220
Accrued expenses - - 3,939,688 - 3,939,688
Deferred rent - - 463,734 - 463,734
---------------- ---------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
Total liabilities 607,011,975 335,366,055 371,870,005 (623,295,002) 690,953,033
---------------- ---------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock 342,435,903 - - - 342,435,903
Deferred compensation (279,716) (4,111) - - (283,827)
Treasury stock - - - - -
Preferred stock subscriptions receivable (103,000,531) - - - (103,000,531)
---------------- ---------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
</TABLE>
F-47
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS,INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock, net 239,155,656 (4,111) - - 239,151,545
--------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Series F preferred stock 443 - - - 443
Common stock 2,206 - - - 2,206
Additional paid in capital 347,432 - 21,886,074 (21,886,074) 347,432
Deferred compensation (5,956) (7,177) - - (13,133)
Common stock subscriptions
receivable (190,990) - - - (190,990)
Treasury stock - - - - -
Accumulated deficit (40,894,063) (73,406,875) (38,403,915) (71,094) (152,775,947)
--------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Total shareholders' equity (deficit) (40,740,928) (73,414,052) (16,517,841) (21,957,168) (152,629,989)
--------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Total liabilities and
shareholders' equity (deficit) $ 805,426,703 $ 261,947,892 $ 355,352,164 $ (645,252,170) $ 777,474,589
=============== ============== ============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
F-48
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15. Subsidiary Guarantee (continued)
Income Statement Information as of December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TeleCorp
Communications,
Inc. - Guarantor Non-Guarantor
TeleCorp Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
-------------- ------------------- ----------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue:
Service revenue $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
Equipment revenue - 777,187 260,509 (1,037,696) -
Roaming revenue - 29,231 - - 29,231
-------------- ------------------- ----------------- -------------- --------------
Revenue - 806,418 260,509 (1,037,696) 29,231
-------------- ------------------- ----------------- -------------- --------------
Operating expenses:
Cost of revenue - - - - -
Operations and development - 5,218,225 4,675,429 (121,169) 9,772,485
Selling and marketing - 4,920,442 1,404,224 6,324,666
General and administrative 974,761 16,136,799 10,027,554 (899,995) 26,239,119
Depreciation and amortization - 458,704 1,125,160 - 1,583,864
-------------- ------------------- ----------------- -------------- --------------
Total operating expense 974,761 26,734,170 17,232,367 (1,021,164) 43,920,134
-------------- ------------------- ----------------- -------------- --------------
Operating loss (974,761) (25,927,752) (16,971,858) (16,532) (43,890,903)
Other (income) expense:
Interest expense 11,922,994 - 11,269 - 11,934,263
Interest income (4,426,810) (86,517) (183,906) - (4,697,233)
Other expense 21,000 4,553 1,794 - 27,347
-------------- ------------------- ----------------- -------------- ------------
Net loss (8,491,945) (25,845,788) (16,801,015) (16,532) (51,155,280)
Accretion of mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock (8,566,922) - - - (8,566,922)
-------------- ------------------- ----------------- -------------- ------------
Net loss attributable
to common equity $ (17,058,867) $ (25,845,788) $ (16,801,015) $ (16,532) $(59,722,202)
============== =================== ================= ============== ============
</TABLE>
F-49
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15. Subsidiary Guarantee (continued)
Income Statement Information as of June 30, 1999 (unaudited):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TeleCorp
Communications, Inc.- Non-Guarantor
TeleCorp Guarantor Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
-------- -------------------- ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue:
Service revenue $ - $ 6,232,355 $ - $ - $ 6,232,355
Equipment revenue - 5,648,966 1,547,786 (1,547,786) 5,648,966
Roaming revenue - 9,486,916 - - 9,486,916
------------- ----------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Revenue - 21,368,237 1,547,786 (1,547,786) 21,368,237
------------- ----------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Operating expenses:
Cost of revenue 10,106,968 - - 10,106,968
Operations and development - 11,799,434 5,191,894 (1,493,224) 15,498,104
Selling and marketing - 20,610,792 313,920 - 20,924,712
General and administrative 353,592 20,669,546 1,417,749 - 22,440,187
Depreciation and
amortization 672,530 5,754,607 10,064,237 - 16,491,374
------------- ----------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Total operating
expense 1,026,122 68,941,347 16,987,800 (1,493,224) 85,462,045
------------- ----------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Operating loss (1,026,122) (47,573,110) (15,440,014) (54,562) (64,093,808)
Other (income) expense:
Interest expense 16,065,007 - 1,042,507 - 17,107,514
Interest income (2,949,948) (109,680) (4,978) - (3,064,606)
Other expense 8,089 137,556 1,030 - 146,675
------------- ----------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
</TABLE>
F-50
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net loss (14,149,270) (47,600,986) (16,478,573) (54,562) (78,283,391)
Accretion of mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock (9,895,700) - - - (9,895,700)
------------- ----------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Net loss attributable
to common equity $ (24,044,970) $ (47,600,986) $ (16,478,573) $ (54,562) $ (88,179,091)
============= ================= =============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
F-51
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
_______
15. Subsidiary Guarantee (continued)
December 31, 1998 Cash Flow Information:
- ---------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TeleCorp
Communications,
Inc.-Guarantor
TeleCorp Subsidiary
------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss $ (8,495,787) $ (26,644,880)
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization - 581,120
Noncash compensation expense associated with the
issuance of restricted common stock and preferred
stock - -
Noncash interest expense associated with Lucent
notes and senior subordinated debt 460,400 -
Noncash general administrative expense charged by
affiliates - -
Amortization of deferred financing costs 524,924 -
Amortization of discount on notes payable - -
Changes in cash flow from operations resulting from
changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable (56,689) (472,572)
Inventory - (778,235)
Prepaid expenses - (816,020)
Other current assets (580,413) (104,568)
Other assets - (6,944)
Accounts payable - 2,260,294
Accrued expenses 13,414 16,211,148
Deferred rent - -
Accrued interest 3,991,500 -
------------------- ----------------------
Net cash used in operating activities (4,142,651) (9,770,657)
------------------- ----------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Expenditures for network under development, wireless
network and property and equipment - (58,205,039)
Capitalized interest on network under development
and wireless network (227,000) -
Expenditures for microwave relocation - (3,339,410,00)
Purchase of PCS licenses (21,000,000)
Deposit on PCS licenses - -
Partial refund of deposit on PCS licenses
------------------- ----------------------
Net cash used in investing activities (21,227,000) (61,544,449)
------------------- ----------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock 26,661,420 -
Receipt of preferred stock subscription receivable - -
Direct issuance costs from sale of mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock (1,027,694) -
Proceeds from sale of common stock 38,305 -
Proceeds from long-term debt 235,000,000 -
Purchases of treasury shares (26) -
Payments on notes payable - -
Payments of deferred financing costs (9,109,677) -
Proceeds from cash transfers from and expenses paid
by affiliates 1,064,858 121,750,000
Payments on behalf of and transfers to affiliates (134,210,920) (28,994,174)
------------------- ----------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities 118,416,266 92,755,826
------------------- ----------------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 93,046,615 21,440,720
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period - -
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period $ 93,046,615 $ 21,440,720
=================== ======================
</TABLE>
Continued
F-52
<PAGE>
15. Subsidiary Guarantee (continued)
June 30, 1999 Cash Flow Information:
- -----------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Telecorp Communications,
Telecorp Inc.-guarantor Subsidiary
--------------------- -------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss $ (14,148,269) $ (47,553,042)
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 172,448 5,754,607
Noncash compensation expense associated with the
issuance of restricted common stock and preferred stock - -
Noncash accretion of Series E preferred stock - 365,028
Noncash interest expense associated with Lucent
Notes and High Yield facility 8,512,801 -
Noncash general and administrative expense charged
by affiliates - -
Amortization of deferred financing costs 500,083 159,248
Amortization of discount on notes payable - -
Changes in cash flow from operations resulting from
changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable 56,689 (11,690,889)
Inventory - (6,955,385)
Prepaid expenses - 129,036
Other current assets 546,325 (100,572)
Other assets (1,166,859) (216,023)
Accounts payable - 17,800,759
Accrued expenses 1,687,692 (1,749,469)
Deferred rent - -
Accrued interest (451,236) -
--------------------- ---------------------
Net cash used in operating activities (4,290,326) (44,056,702)
--------------------- ---------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Expenditures for network under development,
wireless network and property and equipment - (96,303,039)
Capitalized interest on network under development
and wireless network (3,876,641) -
Expenditures for microwave relocation - (5,138,298)
Purchase of PCS licenses - (69,690,000)
Deposit on PCS licenses (28,877,743) -
Partial refund of deposit on PCS licenses 11,361,350 -
--------------------- ---------------------
Net cash used in investing activities (21,393,034) (171,131,337)
--------------------- ---------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock 60,410,929 -
Receipt of preferred stock subscription receivable 3,740,068 -
Direct issuance costs from sale of mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock (2,500,000) -
Proceeds from sale of common stock 5,477 -
Proceeds from long-term debt 397,635,000 -
Purchases of treasury shares (19) -
Payments on notes payable (40,000,000) -
Payments of deferred financing costs (10,600,517) -
Proceeds from cash transfers from and expenses
paid by affiliates 2,756,543 238,435,161
Payments on behalf of and transfers to affiliates (312,980,013) (45,293,822)
--------------------- ---------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities 98,467,468 193,141,339
--------------------- ---------------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 72,784,108 (22,046,700)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period 93,046,614 21,440,720
--------------------- ---------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period $ 165,830,722 $ (605,980)
===================== =====================
</TABLE>
F-53
<PAGE>
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In February 1999, Viper Wireless, Inc. (Viper), was formed to participate
in the C-Block PCS license reauction for additional spectrum in most of the
Company's markets. Viper was initially capitalized for $100 and was
equally-owned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice
President-Chief Financial Officer. In order to participate in the
reauction, the Company paid the FCC an initial deposit of $17,818,549, on
behalf of Viper. Simultaneously, the Company transferred this initial
deposit to Viper in exchange for an 85% ownership interest which
represented a 49.9% voting interest.
On April 15, 1999, the FCC announced Viper was the high bidder for 15 MHz
licenses in New Orleans, Houma and Alexandria, Louisiana, San Juan Puerto
Rico and Jackson, Tennessee and 30 MHz licenses in Beaumont, Texas. The
total auction price is $32,286,000 plus legal fees of $46,566. During the
six months ended June 30, 1999, the FCC refunded $11,361,351 (unaudited) of
the initial deposit; however, the Company was required to pay the FCC
$11,059,194 as a final deposit on behalf of Viper. As of and for the six
months ended June 30, 1999, Viper has no financial activity other than its
capitalization which includes the transfer of the initial deposit to Viper.
Upon approval by the FCC, the Company will own 100% of Viper. The
finalization of this transaction is conditioned upon the receipt of final
regulatory approval from the FCC for the New Orleans and Houma licenses,
which is expected in the second half of 1999. The purchase price will be
allocated to the licenses acquired, subject to adjustment, based upon their
estimated fair value which is not expected to be materially different from
a final allocation as follows:
PCS licenses $ 32,286,000
Other intangible assets
relating to legal costs 46,566
------------
$ 32,332,566
============
AT&T and certain of the Company's other stockholders have committed an
aggregate of up to approximately $32,300,000 in exchange for additional
shares of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, Series F preferred stock
and common stock of the Company in the event Viper is ultimately awarded
these licenses. As part of this financing, the Company paid approximately
$500,000 to an affiliate of a Cash Equity Investor for closing this preferred
and common stock financing. In May and July 1999, AT&T and the certain Cash
Equity Investors funded approximately $17,516,000 of their commitment to the
Company, with the remaining $14,784,000 to be funded when the Company must
make payments to the FCC with respect to these licenses, or if the FCC does
not refund amounts the Company paid to the FCC as deposits in connection with
the reauction within 180 days of the date of deposit. On June 3, 1999, a
petition was filed by certain
F-54
<PAGE>
collateralized creditors of DCR PCS, Inc. and Pocket Communications, Inc.
against the application of Viper for the Houma and New Orleans licenses. The
petition seeks deferral of the grant of these licenses to Viper until an
appeal by the collateralized creditors of DCR PCS, Inc. and Pocket
Communications, Inc. has been resolved or, in the alternative, a condition
noting that a pre-existing claim to the licenses may exist if the
collateralized creditors of DCR PCS, Inc. and Pocket Communications are
successful in that appeal. The appeal seeks review of the bankruptcy court's
ruling concerning DCR PCS, Inc. and Pocket Communications, Inc. permitting
DCR PCS, Inc. to file its election notice, which ultimately resulted in the
return of these licenses to the FCC, over the objection of the objection of
the collateralized creditors of DCR PCS, Inc. and Pocket Communications, Inc.
On June 15, Viper filed an opposition to the petition.
F-55
<PAGE>
F-56
<PAGE>
On July 22, 1999, the Company implemented the 1999 Stock Option Plan to allow
employees and members of the Board of Directors to acquire shares of Class B
common stock. The options will have an option term of 10 years, ratable vesting
over a three to four year period, exercise prices equal to the estimated fair
value of the underlying Class B common stock and restrictions on exercisability
until, (i) a qualified initial public offering (IPO) to which the Class A voting
common stock has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 for aggregate
proceeds of $20,000,000, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding
capital stock of the Company. The Company has reserved 587,159 shares of Class
B common stock for issuance under this plan.
F-57
<PAGE>
On July 22, 1999, the Company granted 189,250 stock options at an exercise price
of $0.02 per share. The number of options and exercise price have been adjusted
for a 100 for 1 stock split as approved by the Board of Directors on July 22,
1999. This stock split has not been retroactively reflected in the historical
financial statements. The stock options awarded during the six month period
ended June 30, 1999 represent variable awards since their exercisability is
restricted until an IPO, sale of assets or sale of the Company. Therefore the
measurement date from an accounting standpoint will occur when the
exercisability restrictions are relieved. At that point, the Company will
record compensation expense and deferred compensation based on the fair value of
the underlying common stock.
F-58
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
---------------------------------
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet is
based upon the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company. The
unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain
assumptions that management of the Company believes are reasonable. The
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 1999 has
been prepared to illustrate the effects of the acquisition of C Block PCS
licenses by Viper Wireless, Inc. and the issuance of mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock, Series F preferred stock and common stock to AT&T and certain
Cash Equity Investors as if these transactions had occurred as of June 30, 1999.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet and
accompanying notes thereto should be read in conjunction with the historical
consolidated financial statements of the Company and the other financial
information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated balance sheet does not purport to be indicative of what
the Company's consolidated financial position would actually have been had the
acquisition of C Block PCS licenses and the issuance of mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock, preferred stock, and common stock been completed on such date,
or to project the Company's consolidated financial position for any future
period.
F-59
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF JUNE 30, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO
HISTORICAL VIPER WIRELESS FORMA
-------------------- ----------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents $ 151,437,828 $ (14,816,172) $ 136,621,656
Other current assets 23,155,988 - 23,155,988
-------------------- ----------------------- --------------------
Total current assets 174,593,816 159,777,644
Property and equipment, net 320,604,414 - 320,604,414
PCS licenses and microwave relocation costs 201,817,136 32,286,000 234,103,136
Intangible assets - AT&T agreements 42,819,132 - 42,819,132
Deferred financing costs, net 18,684,989 - 18,684,989
FCC deposit 17,516,394 (17,516,394) -
Other assets 1,438,708 46,566 1,485,274
-------------------- ----------------------- --------------------
Total assets $ 777,474,589 $ - $ 777,474,589
==================== ======================= ====================
Total current liabilities 66,152,091 - 66,152,091
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF JUNE 30, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO
HISTORICAL VIPER WIRELESS FORMA
-------------------- ----------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Long-term debt 618,687,300 - 618,687,300
Other liabilities 6,113,642 - 6,113,642
-------------------- ----------------------- --------------------
690,953,033 - 690,953,033
-------------------- ----------------------- --------------------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock 342,435,903 25,762,882 368,198,785
Deferred compensation (283,827) - (283,827)
Treasury stock, at cost - - -
Preferred stock subscriptions receivable (103,000,531) (25,762,882) (128,763,413)
-------------------- ----------------------- --------------------
Total mandatorily redeemable preferred stock 239,151,545 - 239,151,545
-------------------- ----------------------- --------------------
Series F preferred stock 443 39 482
Common stock 2,206 219 2,425
Additional paid-in capital 347,432 65,659 413,091
Deferred compensation (13,133) - (13,133)
Common stock subscriptions receivable (190,990) (65,917) (256,907)
Treasury stock, at cost - - -
Accumulated deficit (152,775,947) - (152,775,947)
-------------------- ----------------------- -------------------
Total stockholders equity (deficit) (152,629,989) - (152,629,989)
------------------- ----------------------- -------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) $ 777,474,589 $ - $ 777,474,589
================= ================== ================
</TABLE>
The accompanying note is an integral part of this unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated balance sheet.
<PAGE>
TELECORP PCS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR COMPANY
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
In February 1999, Viper was formed to participate in the C-Block PCS license
reauction for additional spectrum in most of the Company's markets. Viper was
initially capitalized and equally-owned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer
and Executive Vice President-Chief Financial Officer. In order to participate
in the reauction, the Company paid the FCC an initial deposit of $17,818,549, on
behalf of Viper. Simultaneously, the Company transferred this initial deposit
to Viper in exchange for an 85% ownership interest which represented a 49.9%
voting interest.
On April 15, 1999, the FCC announced Viper was the high bidder for 15 MHz
licenses in New Orleans, Houma and Alexandria, Louisiana, San Juan Puerto Rico
and Jackson, Tennessee and 30 MHz licenses in Beaumont, Texas. The total
auction price is $32,286,000 plus legal fees of $46,566. During the six months
ended June 30, 1999, the FCC refunded $11,361,351 (unaudited) of the initial
deposit; however, the Company was required to pay the FCC $11,059,194
(unaudited) as a final deposit on behalf of Viper. As of and for the six months
ended June 30, 1999, Viper has no financial activity other than its
capitalization which includes the transfer of the initial deposit to Viper.
Upon approval by the FCC, the Company will own 100% of Viper by issuing shares
of Series E preferred stock and Class A common stock to Viper's other owners.
The finalization of this transaction is conditioned upon the receipt of final
regulatory approval from the
<PAGE>
FCC for the New Orleans and Houma, which is expected in the second half of 1999.
The purchase price will be allocated to the licenses acquired, subject to
adjustment, based upon their estimated fair value which is not expected to be
materially different from a final allocation as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PCS licenses $ 32,286,000
Other intangible assets relating
to legal costs 46,566
-------------
$ 32,332,566
=============
</TABLE>
AT&T and certain of the Company's other stockholders have committed an aggregate
of up to approximately $32,300,000 in exchange for additional shares of
mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, Series F preferred stock and common
stock of the Company in the event Viper is ultimately awarded these licenses.
As part of this financing, the Company paid $500,000 to an affiliate of a Cash
Equity Investor for closing this preferred and common stock financing. In May
and July 1999, AT&T and the certain Cash Equity Investors funded approximately
$17,516,000 of their commitment to the Company, with the remaining $14,784,000
to be funded when the Company must make payments to the FCC with respect to
these licenses, or if the FCC does not refund amounts the Company paid to the
FCC as deposits in connection with the reauction within 180 days of the date of
deposit. On June 3, 1999, a petition was filed by certain collateralized
creditors of DCR PCS, Inc. and Pocket Communications, Inc. against the
application of Viper for the Houma and New Orleans licenses. The petition seeks
deferral of the grant of these licenses to Viper until an appeal by the
collateralized creditors of DCR PCS, Inc. and Pocket Communications, Inc. has
been resolved or, in the alternative, a condition noting that a pre-existing
claim to the licenses may exist if the collateralized creditors of DCR PCS, Inc.
and Pocket Communications are successful in that appeal. The appeal seeks
review of the bankruptcy court's ruling concerning DCR PCS, Inc. and Pocket
Communications, Inc. permitting DCR PCS, Inc. to file its election notice, which
ultimately resulted in the return of these licenses to the FCC, over the
objection of the objection of the collateralized creditors of DCR PCS, Inc. and
Pocket Communications, Inc. On June 15, Viper filed an opposition to the
petition.
<PAGE>
________________________________________________________________________________
We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any
information or represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not
rely on any unauthorized information. This Prospectus Does Not Offer To Sell Or
Buy Any Securities In Any Jurisdiction Where It Is Unlawful. The information in
this prospectus is current as of , 1999.
________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................... 1
Risk Factors................................................. 9
Use of Proceeds.............................................. 22
Capitalization............................................... 23
Selected Historical and Pro Forma
Consolidated Financial Information...................... 25
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations........... 27
Business..................................................... 36
The Exchange Offer........................................... 57
Management................................................... 67
Securities Ownership of Beneficial Owners
and Management.......................................... 78
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............... 83
Our Indebtedness............................................. 102
Description of Capital Stock................................. 108
Description of the Notes..................................... 114
U.S. Federal Tax Considerations.............................. 152
Book-Entry; Delivery and Form................................ 159
Plan of Distribution......................................... 162
Legal Matters................................................ 162
Experts...................................................... 162
Available Information........................................ 163
Index to Financial Statements................................ F-1
</TABLE>
TELECORP PCS, INC.
$ 575,000,000
Exchange Offer for our
11 5/8% Senior Subordinated
Discount Notes due 2009
______________________
PROSPECTUS
______________________
, 1999
________________________________________________________________________________
Until , 1999 , all dealers that effect transactions in these
securities, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required
to deliver a prospectus in connection therewith. This is in addition to the
obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and
with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
________________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE PAGE]
This prospectus, dated August 27, 1999, is subject to completion and
amendment
PROSPECTUS
TELECORP PCS, INC.
11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2009
You should carefully review the risk factors beginning on page __ of this
Prospectus.
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved
of the notes, or determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Chase Securities Inc. may use this prospectus in connection with offers and
sales of the notes in market-making transactions at negotiated prices related to
prevailing market prices at the time of sale. Chase Securities Inc. may act as
a principal or agent in these transactions. For as long as a market-making
prospectus is required to be delivered, the ability of Chase Securities Inc. to
make a market in the notes may in part depend on our ability to maintain a
current market-making prospectus.
The date of this prospectus is , 1999.
A-1
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE PROVISIONS]
[The following provisions replace the provisions under the same headings in the
prospectus in the "Risk Factors" section.]
RISK FACTORS
If holders fail to exchange the outstanding notes for the exchange notes, it may
weaken the market for the exchange notes, and there may be no market for
remaining outstanding notes.
The existence of a market for registered notes could adversely affect the
market for unregistered notes due to the limited amount, or "float," of the
unregistered notes that remain outstanding. Generally, a lower "float" of a
security could result in less demand to purchase the security and could result
in lower prices for the security. For the same reasons, the existence of a
market for unregistered notes could adversely affect the trading market for the
registered notes.
A-2
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE PROVISIONS]
There is no public market for the notes and there are restrictions on the resale
of the notes.
The notes are new securities with no established trading market. We do not
intend to list the notes on any securities exchange. Chase Securities Inc., one
of the initial purchasers of the notes in the original private offering, has
told us that they intend to make a market in the notes, as the law permits.
Chase Securities Inc. is not obligated to make a market, and may discontinue any
market-making activities at any time without notice. If Chase Securities Inc.
conducts any market-making activities, it may be required to deliver a market-
making prospectus when effecting offers and sales of the notes because
affiliates of Chase Securities Inc. beneficially own some of our capital stock.
For so long as a market-making prospectus is required to be delivered, the
ability of Chase Securities Inc. to make a market in the notes depends, in part,
on our ability to maintain a current market-making prospectus. We cannot ensure
that a liquid market for the notes will develop.
A-3
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE SECTION]
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the original private offering of the notes, after
deducting the initial purchasers' discounts and estimated fees and expenses
payable by us, were approximately $317.0 million. We intend to use:
. approximately $317.0 million of remaining net proceeds from the
offering of the outstanding notes;
. approximately $205.3 million of proceeds from sales of our equity
securities;
. approximately $487.6 million of borrowings under our senior
credit facilities;
. approximately $55.0 million of vendor financing provided by
Lucent; and
. internally generated cash,
to fund:
. approximately $555.2 million of capital expenditures;
. acquisitions of PCS licenses for approximately $123.0 million;
and
. operating losses and other working capital requirements,
including debt service and acquisition and financing closing costs, of
approximately $386.7 million.
We also received approximately $148.0 million of PCS licenses and agreements
in exchange for our common and preferred stock.
We did not receive proceeds from the exchange offer relating to the notes, and
will not receive any proceeds from market-making transactions by Chase
Securities Inc. See "Business--Network Development" and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
The vendor financing that we repaid with the proceeds from the sale of the
outstanding notes consisted of series B junior subordinated notes due 2012 with
an interest rate of 10%, increasing by 1.5% per year starting on January 1,
2001. We were required to redeem the Lucent series B notes following a change of
control and with any proceeds from offerings of high yield debt in excess of $80
million. See "Our Indebtedness--Vendor Financing."
A-4
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE PROVISIONS]
[The following provisions replace the provisions under the same headings in
the prospectus in the "Description of the Notes" section.]
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
General
As used in this section, the first person means us, but does not include any
of our subsidiaries. Capitalized terms used in this section and not otherwise
defined have the meanings described under "--Definitions."
The notes have been issued under the indenture, dated as of April 23, 1999,
among us, TeleCorp Communications, as our subsidiary guarantor, and Bankers
Trust Company, as trustee, a copy of which is available. The following is a
summary of particular provisions of the indenture. It does not restate the
indenture in its entirety. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not
this description, defines your rights as holders of the notes. Copies of the
proposed form of exchange indenture are available as described below under the
subheading "Additional Information." The terms of the notes include the terms in
the indenture and those terms made a part of the indenture by the Trust
Indenture Act.
Important Covenants
Providing Financial Information.
The indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the SEC, so long as any notes are outstanding, we will furnish to
the holders of the notes:
(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to
be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if we were
required to file these forms, including a section entitled "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
that describes our financial condition and results of operations and that
of our consolidated subsidiaries and a report on the annual information
only by our certified independent accountants; and
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
Form 8-K if we were required to file these reports, in each case within
the time period specified in the SEC's rules and regulations.
We will file a copy of all information and reports with the SEC for public
availability within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and
regulations, unless the SEC will not accept the filing, and make this
information available to prospective investors upon request. In addition, we
will, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, furnish to the holders of
notes, upon request, the information required to be delivered under the
conditions for resale provisions of the Securities Act. We will also comply with
the reporting requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.
Amendments and Waivers
Subject to some exceptions, the indenture or the notes may be amended with the
written consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the notes then outstanding, and any past default or compliance with
any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes then outstanding. However,
without the consent of each holder of a note affected, no amendment may, among
other things:
(1) reduce the amount of the notes whose holders must consent to an amendment;
(2) reduce the rate of, or extend the time for payment of, interest or any
liquidated damages on any note;
(3) reduce the principal of any note, or extend the maturity of any note
beyond April 15, 2009;
A-5
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE PROVISIONS]
(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any note or change the
time at which any note may be redeemed as described under "--Optional
Redemption;"
(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the note;
(6) make any change to the subordination provisions of the indenture that
adversely affects the rights of any holder of notes;
(7) impair the right of any holder of notes to receive payment of principal
of and interest or any liquidated damages on the holder's notes on or
after the due dates for the payment or to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the holder's notes;
(8) make any change in the amendment provisions which requires the consent of
each holder of the notes or in the waiver provisions; or
(9) modify the subsidiary guarantees in any manner adverse to the holders of
the notes.
Without the consent of any holder of the notes, we and the trustee may amend
the indenture to:
(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
(2) provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of our obligations
under the indenture;
(3) provide for uncertificated notes in addition to, or in place of,
certificated notes, provided that the uncertificated notes are issued in
registered form for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code, or in a manner
such that the uncertificated notes are described in the Internal Revenue
Code;
(4) make any change in the subordination provisions of the indenture that
would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of our
Senior Debt or any representative of the holder under the subordination
provisions;
(5) add additional guarantees with respect to the notes;
(6) secure the notes;
(7) add to our covenants for the benefit of the noteholders;
(8) surrender any right or power conferred upon us;
(9) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder
of the notes; or
(10) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the
qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
No amendment may be made to the subordination provisions of the indenture,
however, that adversely affects the rights of any holder of our Senior Debt then
outstanding unless the holders of the Senior Debt, or any group or
representative of the holders authorized to give a consent, consent to the
change.
The consent of the noteholders will not be necessary under the indenture to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It will be sufficient if
the consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
After an amendment under the indenture becomes effective, we will be required
to mail to noteholders a notice
A-6
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE PROVISIONS]
briefly describing the amendment. However, the failure to give the notice to all
noteholders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity
of the amendment.
A-7
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE PROVISIONS]
[The following provisions replace the provisions under the same headings in
the prospectus in the "Book-Entry; Delivery and Form" section.]
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
The notes are represented by a permanent global certificate in definitive,
fully registered form. The global note is registered in the name of a nominee of
the Depository Trust Company.
A-8
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE SECTION]
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Chase Securities Inc. may use this prospectus in connection with offers and
sales of the notes in market-making transactions at negotiated prices relating
to prevailing market prices at the time of sale. Chase Securities Inc. must
deliver this prospectus because, by virtue of the ownership of some of our
equity by affiliates of Chase Securities Inc., we may be deemed to be
affiliates. Chase Securities Inc. may act as principal or agent in the
transaction. For as long as a market-making prospectus is required to be
delivered, the ability of Chase Securities Inc. to make a market in the notes
may in part depend on our ability to maintain a current market-making
prospectus.
The notes are new securities with no established trading market. We do not
intend to list the notes on any securities exchange. Any trading that does
develop will occur on the over-the-counter market. Chase Securities Inc. has
advised us that it intends to make a market in the notes, but it has no
obligation to do so. Chase Securities Inc. may discontinue any market-making at
any time. We cannot assure you that a liquid market will develop for the notes,
that you will be able to sell your notes at a particular time or that the prices
that you receive when you sell will be favorable. Future trading prices of the
notes will depend on many factors, including our operating performance and
financial condition, prevailing interest rates and the market for similar
securities.
Chase Securities Inc. acted as an initial purchaser in connection with the
initial private offering of the notes, and received customary compensation in
connection with the offering. Chase Securities Inc. and its affiliates perform
various investment banking and commercial banking services from time to time for
us and our affiliates. The Chase Manhattan Bank, an affiliate of Chase
Securities Inc., is the agent bank and a lender under our senior credit
facilities. Mr. Michael R. Hannon, a member of our board, is a General Partner
of Chase Capital Partners, an affiliate of Chase Securities Inc.. In addition,
affiliates of Chase Capital Partners own a portion of our common stock. For
further information concerning these relationships, see "Securities Ownership of
Beneficial Owners and Management."
Although there are no agreements to do so, Chase Securities Inc., and
others, may act as a broker or dealer in connection with the sale of notes
contemplated by this prospectus and may receive fees or commissions in
connection with sales.
We have agreed to indemnify Chase Securities Inc. against some liabilities
under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments that Chase Securities Inc.
may have to make in respect of such liabilities.
A-9
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE SECTION]
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the
Securities Act with respect to the notes. As permitted by the rules and
regulations of the SEC, this prospectus omits some information, exhibits and
undertakings contained in the registration statement. For further information
with respect to us and the notes, you should review the registration statement,
including the exhibits and the financial statements to the registration
statement, notes and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement.
The registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration
statement, as well as the periodic reports and other information filed with the
SEC, may be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Section of the SEC at
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549 and at
the regional offices of the SEC located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048. Copies of these materials may be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the SEC, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, NW,
Washington DC 20549, and its public reference facilities in New York, New York
at the prescribed rates. You may obtain information as to the operation of the
Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a
website at http://www.sec.gov that contains periodic reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants that file
documents electronically with the SEC. Statements contained in this prospectus
as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily
complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of contract or
document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being
qualified in all respects by reference. Under the indenture, we have agreed to
file with the SEC and provide to the holders of the notes annual reports and the
information, documents and other reports which are specified in the disclosure
and reporting provisions of the Exchange Act.
A-10
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any
information or represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not
rely on any unauthorized information. This prospectus does not offer to sell or
buy any securities in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful. The information in
this prospectus is current as of , 1999.
________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary............................................. 1
Risk Factors...................................................
Use of Proceeds................................................
Capitalization.................................................
Selected Historical and Pro Forma
Consolidated Financial Information........................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.............
Business.......................................................
Management.....................................................
Securities Ownership of Beneficial Owners
and Management............................................
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................
Our Indebtedness...............................................
Description of Capital Stock...................................
Description of the Notes.......................................
U.S. Federal Tax Considerations................................
Book-Entry; Delivery and Form..................................
Plan of Distribution...........................................
Legal Matters..................................................
Experts........................................................
Available Information..........................................
Index to Financial Statements.................................. F-1
</TABLE>
TELECORP PCS, INC.
$ 575,000,000
11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009
______________________
PROSPECTUS
______________________
, 1999
________________________________________________________________________________
Until , 1999, all dealers that effect transactions in these
securities, may be required to deliver a prospectus in connection therewith.
This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus. When
acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
________________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") provides that a
corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other
than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that
the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation,
or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in
connection with the action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith
and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct was
unlawful. Section 145 further provides that a corporation similarly may
indemnify the person serving in that capacity who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor,
against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection
with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if the person acted in good
faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall
be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person shall
have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent
that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which the action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly
and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the expenses which the Court of
Chancery or other court shall deem proper. The provisions regarding
indemnification and advancement of expenses under Section 145 of the DGCL shall
not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw,
agreement, stockholders' or disinterested directors' vote or otherwise.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to include in its
certificate of incorporation a provision eliminating or limiting the personal
liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that the provision
shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (i) for any breach of
the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to
unlawful payment of dividends and unlawful stock purchase and redemption); or
(iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.
As permitted by Section 145(e) of the DGCL, our Third Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Laws provide that we
shall indemnify our directors and officers, and, to the extent our board at any
time authorizes, incorporators, employees or agents, as such, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, and that expenses reasonably incurred by any
officer or director or other person entitled to indemnification in connection
with a threatened or actual action or proceeding shall be advanced or promptly
reimbursed by us in advance of the final disposition of the action or
proceeding, provided that, if required to do so under the DGCL, we receive an
undertaking by or on behalf of the officer or director or other person to repay
the amount if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final
judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that the
officer or director or other person is not entitled to indemnification. Our
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the rights
are not exclusive.
II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL SCHEDULES.
(a) The following exhibits are, unless indicated below, filed herewith.
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Description of Document
Number -----------------------
- ------
3.1 Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated May 14,
1999, of TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
3.1.2* Certificate of Incorporation, dated June 19, 1998, of TeleCorp Operating
Company, Inc.
3.1.3* Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation, dated July
9, 1998, of TeleCorp Operating Company, Inc.
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws, dated July 17, 1998, of TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
3.3* Bylaws of TeleCorp Communications, Inc.
4.1 Indenture, dated as of April 23, 1999, by and between Bankers Trust
Company, as trustee, and TeleCorp PCS, Inc. relating to the 11 5/8%
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009
5.1** Opinion of McDermott, Will & Emery regarding the legality of the
securities being registered
10.1 Note Purchase Agreement by and between TeleCorp PCS, Inc. and Lucent
Technologies, Inc., dated as of May 11, 1998
10.2 General Agreement for Purchase of PCS Systems and Services by and
between TeleCorp PCS, Inc. and Lucent Technologies, Inc., dated as of
May 12, 1998, as amended
10.3 Securities Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS, Inc., AT&T
Wireless PCS Inc, TWR Cellular, Inc. and certain Cash Equity Investors,
TeleCorp Investors and Management Stockholders identified, dated as of
January 23, 1998
10.4.1 Network Membership License Agreement by and among AT&T Corp., including
AT&T Wireless Services, Inc., and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of July
17, 1998
10.4.2 Amendment No. 1 to Network Membership License Agreement, dated March 30,
1999
10.5.1 Management Agreement by and between TeleCorp Management Corp. and
TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of July 17, 1998
10.5.2 Amendment No. 1 to the Management Agreement between TeleCorp Management
Corp. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of May 25, 1999
10.6.1 Intercarrier Roamer Service Agreement by and between AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of July 17, 1998
10.6.2 Amendment No. 1 to Intercarrier Roamer Service Agreement, dated May 25,
1999
10.7 Roaming Administration Service Agreement by and between AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of July 17, 1998
II-2
<PAGE>
Exhibit Description of Document
Number -----------------------
- ------
10.8.1 Credit Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS, Inc., the Lenders party to,
and the Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank,
TD Securities (USA) Inc., as Syndication Agent, and Bankers Trust
Company, as Documentation Agent, dated as of July 17, 1998 (the "Credit
Agreement")
10.8.2 First Amendment, Consent, and Waiver to the Credit Agreement, dated as
of December 18, 1998
10.8.3 Second Amendment and Waiver to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March
1, 1999
10.8.4 Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1999
10.8.5 Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1999
10.8.6 Fifth Amendment and Acceptance to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
April 7, 1999
10.8.7 Sixth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 1999
10.8.8 Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 1999
10.9 Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS, Inc., AT&T Wireless
PCS, Inc. and certain Cash Equity Investors identified in, dated as of
March 22, 1999
10.9.1 Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS,
Inc., AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc. and Cash Equity Investors, dated as of
March 30, 1999.
10.9.2 Amendment No. 2 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS,
Inc., AT&T
10.9.3 Amendment No. 3 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS,
Inc., AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc. and Cash Equity Investors, dated as of May
14, 1999.
10.9.4 Amendment No. 4 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS,
Inc., AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc. and Cash Equity Investors, dated as of
July 15, 1999.
10.10 Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Viper Wireless, Inc., TeleCorp
Holding Corp., Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of March 1, 1999
10.11 Puerto Rico Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS, Inc.,
Puerto Rico Acquisition Corp. and certain Management Stockholders and
Cash Equity Investors, dated as of March 30, 1999
10.12 Letter of Agreement by and between AT&T Wireless Services, Inc. and
TeleCorp Communications, Inc., dated as of December 21, 1998
10.13 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 25, 1999, by and between AT&T
Wireless PCS Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
10.14 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 24, 1999, by and between
AT&T Wireless PCS Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
II-3
<PAGE>
Exhibit Description of Document
Number -----------------------
- ------
10.15 License Acquisition Agreement, dated May 15, 1998, by and between
Mercury PCS II, LLC and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
10.16 License Acquisition Agreement, dated May 15, 1998, by and between
Wireless 2000, Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
10.17.1 Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998, by and among AT&T
Wireless PCS, Inc., TWR Cellular, Inc., Cash Equity Investors,
Management Stockholders, and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
10.17.2 Amendment No. 1 to the Stockholders' Agreement, dated March 30, 1999
10.18 Purchase Agreement, dated April 20, 1999, by and among Chase Securities
Inc., BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc., TeleCorp PCS,
Inc. and TeleCorp Communications, Inc.
10.19 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 23, 1999, by
and among Chase Securities Inc., BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, Lehman
Brothers Inc., TeleCorp PCS, Inc. and TeleCorp Communications, Inc.
10.20 Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998, by and among AT&T Wireless PCS
Inc., TWR Cellular, Inc., the Cash Equity Investors, the TeleCorp
Investors and the Management Stockholders.
10.21 Employee Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998, by and between TeleCorp
PCS, Inc. and Steven Chandler.
10.22 Share Grant Agreement, dated July 16, 1998, by and between TeleCorp
PCS, Inc. and Steven Chandler.
10.23 Employee Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998, by and between TeleCorp
PCS, Inc. and Julie Dobson.
10.24 Share Grant Agreement, dated July 16, 1998, by and between TeleCorp
PCS, Inc. and Julie Dobson.
10.25 Separation Agreement, dated as of March 8, 1999, by and among TeleCorp
PCS, Inc., TeleCorp Communications, Inc. and Robert Dowski.
10.26 Agreement among the Parties, dated as of June 30, 1999, by and among
TeleCorp PCS, Inc., the Cash Equity Investors, Entergy Technology
Holding Company, AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc., TWR Cellular Inc. and other
stockholders.
10.27* Amended and Restated Agreement, dated April 16, 1999, by and among
TeleCorp Communications, Inc., Triton PCS, Inc., Tritel Communications,
Inc. and Affiliate License Co, L.L.C.
10.28* TeleCorp PCS, Inc. 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended May 20, 1999.
10.29* TeleCorp PCS, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, dated June 23, 1999.
12.1 Statement re: computation of ratios.
II-4
<PAGE>
Exhibit Description of Document
Number -----------------------
- ------
21.1 Subsidiaries of TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
23.1** Consent of McDermott, Will & Emery (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
23.3* Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
24.1 Power of Attorney for TeleCorp PCS, Inc. (included on signature page)
25.1 Statement of Eligibility of trustee on Form T-1
27.1 Financial Data Schedule
99.1** Letter of Transmittal
99.2** Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.3** Exchange Agent Agreement
________________
* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.
II-5
<PAGE>
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-
effective amendment) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a
fundamental change in the information described in the registration
statement. In spite of the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume
of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered
would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low
or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the
form of prospectus filed with the SEC under Rule 424(b) if , in the
aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20%
change in the maximum aggregate offering price described in the
"Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration
statement; and
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to the information in the registration.
(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
new registration statement relating to the securities offered, and the offering
of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide
offering.
(c) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by
reference into the prospectus under Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form,
within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the
incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This
includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective
date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the
request.
(d) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information
concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved, that was not
the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became
effective.
(e) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant under the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, such indemnification is against
II-6
<PAGE>
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against the
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling persons of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action suit or proceeding) is asserted by the
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether the indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the
final adjudication of the issue.
II-7
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has
duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the registration statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of
Arlington, Commonwealth of Virginia, on August 27, 1999.
TELECORP PCS, INC.
By: /s/ Gerald T. Vento
---------------------------------------------
Gerald T. Vento
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No.
2 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Gerald T. Vento
-----------------------------
Gerald T. Vento
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal
Executive Officer)
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
Thomas H. Sullivan
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Director (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
Michael R. Hannon
Director
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
Scott Anderson
Director
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
______________, 1999 By:________________________________
Rohit M. Desai
Director
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
Gary S. Fuqua
Director
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
James M. Hoak
Director
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
Mary Hawkins-Key
Director
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
William Kussell
Director
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan.
-----------------------------
William Laverack, Jr.
Director
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
Joseph O'Donnell
Director
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
Michael Schwartz
Director
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-----------------------------
James F. Wade
Director
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has
duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the registration statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of
Arlington, Commonwealth of Virginia, on August 27, 1999.
TELECORP COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By: /s/ Gerald T. Vento
--------------------------------------------
Gerald T. Vento
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No.
2 to the registration statement has been signed below by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Gerald T. Vento
----------------------------------------
Gerald T. Vento
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
August 27, 1999 By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
----------------------------------------
Thomas H. Sullivan
President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Description of Document
Number -----------------------
- ------
3.1 Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated May 14,
1999, of TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
3.1.2* Certificate of Incorporation, dated June 19, 1998, of TeleCorp
Operating Company, Inc.
3.1.3* Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation, dated
July 9, 1998, of TeleCorp Operating Company, Inc.
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws, dated July 17, 1998, of TeleCorp PCS,
Inc.
3.3* Bylaws of TeleCorp Communications, Inc.
4.1 Indenture, dated as of April 23, 1999, by and between Bankers Trust
Company, as trustee, and TeleCorp PCS, Inc. relating to the 11 5/8%
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009
5.1** Opinion of McDermott, Will & Emery regarding the legality of the
securities being registered
10.1 Note Purchase Agreement by and between TeleCorp PCS, Inc. and Lucent
Technologies, Inc., dated as of May 11, 1998
10.2 General Agreement for Purchase of PCS Systems and Services by and
between TeleCorp PCS, Inc. and Lucent Technologies, Inc., dated as of
May 12, 1998, as amended
10.3 Securities Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS, Inc., AT&T
Wireless PCS Inc, TWR Cellular, Inc. and certain Cash Equity
Investors, TeleCorp Investors and Management Stockholders identified,
dated as of January 23, 1998
10.4.1 Network Membership License Agreement by and among AT&T Corp.,
including AT&T Wireless Services, Inc., and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated
as of July 17, 1998
10.4.2 Amendment No. 1 to Network Membership License Agreement, dated March
30, 1999
10.5.1 Management Agreement by and between TeleCorp Management Corp. and
TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of July 17, 1998
10.5.2 Amendment No. 1 to the Management Agreement between TeleCorp
Management Corp. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of May 25, 1999
10.6.1 Intercarrier Roamer Service Agreement by and between AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of July 17, 1998
10.6.2 Amendment No. 1 to Intercarrier Roamer Service Agreement, dated May
25, 1999
10.7 Roaming Administration Service Agreement by and between AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of July 17, 1998
10.8.1 Credit Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS, Inc., the Lenders party
to, and the Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent and Issuing
Bank, TD Securities (USA) Inc., as Syndication Agent, and Bankers
Trust Company, as Documentation Agent, dated as of July 17, 1998 (the
"Credit Agreement")
<PAGE>
Exhibit Description of Document
Number -----------------------
- ------
10.8.2 First Amendment, Consent, and Waiver to the Credit Agreement, dated as
of December 18, 1998
10.8.3 Second Amendment and Waiver to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March
1, 1999
10.8.4 Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1999
10.8.5 Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1999
10.8.6 Fifth Amendment and Acceptance to the Credit Agreement, dated as of
April 7, 1999
10.8.7 Sixth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 1999
10.8.8 Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 1999
10.9 Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS, Inc., AT&T
Wireless PCS, Inc. and certain Cash Equity Investors identified in,
dated as of March 22, 1999
10.9.1 Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS,
Inc., AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc. and Cash Equity Investors, dated as of
March 30, 1999.
10.9.2 Amendment No. 2 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS,
Inc., AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc. and Cash Equity Investors, dated as of
April 6, 1999.
10.9.3 Amendment No. 3 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS,
Inc., AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc. and Cash Equity Investors, dated as of
May 14, 1999.
10.9.4 Amendment No. 4 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS,
Inc., AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc. and Cash Equity Investors, dated as of
July 15, 1999.
10.10 Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Viper Wireless, Inc., TeleCorp
Holding Corp., Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc., dated as of March 1, 1999
10.11 Puerto Rico Stock Purchase Agreement by and among TeleCorp PCS, Inc.,
Puerto Rico Acquisition Corp. and certain Management Stockholders and
Cash Equity Investors, dated as of March 30, 1999
10.12 Letter of Agreement by and between AT&T Wireless Services, Inc. and
TeleCorp Communications, Inc., dated as of December 21, 1998
10.13 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 25, 1999, by and between AT&T
Wireless PCS Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
10.14 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 24, 1999, by and between
AT&T Wireless PCS Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
10.15 License Acquisition Agreement, dated May 15, 1998, by and between
Mercury PCS II, LLC and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
10.16 License Acquisition Agreement, dated May 15, 1998, by and between
Wireless 2000, Inc. and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
<PAGE>
Exhibit Description of Document
Number -----------------------
- ------
10.17.1 Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998, by and among AT&T
Wireless PCS, Inc., TWR Cellular, Inc., Cash Equity Investors,
Management Stockholders, and TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
10.17.2 Amendment No. 1 to the Stockholders' Agreement, dated March 30, 1999
10.18 Purchase Agreement, dated April 20, 1999, by and among Chase
Securities Inc., BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc.,
TeleCorp PCS, Inc. and TeleCorp Communications, Inc.
10.19 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 23, 1999, by
and among Chase Securities Inc., BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, Lehman
Brothers Inc., TeleCorp PCS, Inc. and TeleCorp Communications, Inc.
10.20 Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998, by and among AT&T Wireless PCS
Inc., TWR Cellular, Inc., the Cash Equity Investors, the TeleCorp
Investors and the Management Stockholders.
10.21 Employee Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998, by and between TeleCorp
PCS, Inc. and Steven Chandler.
10.22 Share Grant Agreement, dated July 16, 1998, by and between TeleCorp
PCS, Inc. and Steven Chandler.
10.23 Employee Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998, by and between TeleCorp
PCS, Inc. and Julie Dobson.
10.24 Share Grant Agreement, dated July 16, 1998, by and between TeleCorp
PCS, Inc. and Julie Dobson.
10.25 Separation Agreement, dated as of March 8, 1999, by and among TeleCorp
PCS, Inc., TeleCorp Communications, Inc. and Robert Dowski.
10.26 Agreement among the Parties, dated as of June 30, 1999, by and among
TeleCorp PCS, Inc., the Cash Equity Investors, Entergy Technology
Holding Company, AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc., TWR Cellular Inc. and other
stockholders.
10.27* Amended and Restated Agreement, dated April 16, 1999, by and among
TeleCorp Communications, Inc., Triton PCS, Inc., Tritel
Communications, Inc. and Affiliate License Co, L.L.C.
10.28* TeleCorp PCS, Inc. 1998 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended May 20,
1999.
10.29* TeleCorp PCS, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, dated June 23, 1999.
12.1 Statement re: computation of ratios.
21.1 Subsidiaries of TeleCorp PCS, Inc.
23.1** Consent of McDermott, Will & Emery (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
23.3* Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
24.1 Power of Attorney for TeleCorp PCS, Inc. (included on signature page)
25.1 Statement of Eligibility of trustee on Form T-1
27.1 Financial Data Schedule
99.1** Letter of Transmittal
<PAGE>
Exhibit Description of Document
Number -----------------------
- ------
99.2** Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.3** Exchange Agent Agreement
________________
* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.1.2
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TELECORP OPERATING COMPANY, INC.
THE UNDERSIGNED, for the purpose of forming a corporation (the "Corporation")
pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, does
hereby certify as follows:
FIRST, the name of the Corporation is TeleCorp Operating Company, Inc.
SECOND, the address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of
Delaware is the Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of
Wilmington, County of Newcastle. The name of the Corporation's registered agent
at such address is the Corporation Trust Company.
THIRD, the purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of Delaware.
Without limiting in any manner the scope and generality of the foregoing, it
is hereby provided that the Corporation shall have the following purposes,
objects and powers:
A. To develop, own and operate telecommunications networks.
B. To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
C. To do any and all things necessary, suitable or proper for the
accomplishment or attainment of any of the purposes, objects or powers
hereinbefore set forth, either alone or in association or partnership with other
corporations, partnerships, firms or individuals, and to do every other act or
acts, and thing or things incidental or appurtenant to or growing out of or
connected with the aforesaid businesses or powers or any part or parts thereof,
provided the same be not inconsistent with the laws under which the Corporation
is organized.
The business or purpose of the Corporation is from time to time to do any one
or more of the acts or things hereinabove set forth, and it shall have the power
to conduct and carry on its said business, or any part thereof, and to have one
or more offices and to exercise any or all the corporate powers and rights, in
the State of Delaware, and in the various other
<PAGE>
states, territories, possessions and dependencies of the United States and the
District of Columbia, and in all other or any foreign countries.
The enumeration herein of the objects or purposes of the Corporation shall be
construed as powers as well as objects and purposes and shall not be deemed to
exclude by inference any powers, objects or purposes which the Corporation has
the power to exercise, whether expressly or by force under the laws of the State
of Delaware now or hereafter in effect, or impliedly by the reasonable
construction of said laws.
FOURTH, the total number of shares of stock which this Corporation shall have
authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock without par value. Each
share of Common Stock of the Corporation shall have one vote for all corporate
purposes, with no cumulative voting rights, and shall have equal rights on
liquidation, corporate dividends and distributions and for all other corporate
purposes.
FIFTH, the name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:
Name: Alicia M.V. Wyman, P.C.
Mailing
Address: McDermott, Will & Emery
75 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
SIXTH, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability: (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any
improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of Delaware is
amended after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize
corporate action eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors,
then the liability of the directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or
limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of
Delaware, as so amended.
-2-
<PAGE>
A director or a former director of the Corporation shall be entitled to
indemnification to the fullest extent provided by the laws of the State of
Delaware as amended from time-to-time.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraphs by the stockholders of
the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director
of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
SEVENTH, Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
Corporation and its stockholders, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the
State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation
or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver
or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291
of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or on the application of trustees in
dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under
the provisions of Section 279 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware order a
meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders of
this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as said
court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of
the creditors or class of creditors and/or of the stockholders of this
Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or
arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to which said application has been made, be
binding on all the creditors or class of creditors and/or on all the
stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this
Corporation.
EIGHTH, the name and mailing address of the person who is to serve as director
until the first annual meeting of stockholders or until successors are elected
and qualified is as follows:
Name Address
---- -------
Thomas H. Sullivan c/o McDermott, Will & Emery
75 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
-3-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinabove named,
does hereby execute this Certificate of Incorporation this 19th day of June,
1998.
ALICIA M.V. WYMAN, P.C.
/s/ Alicia M.V. Wyman
---------------------------------
By: Alicia M.V. Wyman, President
-4-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.1.3
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF THE
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TELECORP OPERATING COMPANY, INC
TeleCorp Operating Company, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under
and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Corporation"), does, by its undersigned Secretary HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:
1. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 19, 1998.
2. Pursuant to Sections 141 and 241 of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, by virtue of the fact that the Corporation has not received
any payment for any of its stock, the Board of Directors of the Corporation by
unanimous written consent in lieu of a Special Meeting of the Board of Directors
of the Corporation dated as of July 8, 1998, found that the following proposed
amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was advisable
and in the best interests of the Corporation.
Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be
-----
deleted in its entirety and substituted in lieu thereof with Article FIRST as
-----
follows:
"FIRST: The name of the Corporation is TeleCorp Communications, Inc."
-----
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment
to be executed in its corporate name by its Secretary who declares, affirms,
acknowledges and certifies, under the penalties of perjury, that this is her
free act and deed and that the facts stated herein are true under its corporate
seal as hereunto affixed, as of the 9th day of July, 1998.
TELECORP OPERATING COMPANY, INC.
/s/ Alicia M.V. Wyman
----------------------------
Alicia M.V. Wyman, Secretary
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.3
BY-LAWS
OF
TELECORP COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ARTICLE I - OFFICES................................................................................ 1
Section 1.1. Registered Office............................................................... 1
Section 1.2. Other Offices................................................................... 1
ARTICLE II - STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS................................................................ 1
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings............................................................... 1
Section 2.2. Annual Meetings................................................................. 1
Section 2.3. Notice of Meeting............................................................... 1
Section 2.4. Stockholders' List.............................................................. 1
Section 2.5. Special Meetings................................................................ 2
Section 2.6. Notice of Special Meetings...................................................... 2
Section 2.7. Quorum.......................................................................... 2
Section 2.8. Voting.......................................................................... 2
Section 2.9. Proxies......................................................................... 3
Section 2.10. Consent in Lieu of Meeting...................................................... 3
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS............................................................................ 3
Section 3.1. General Powers.................................................................. 3
Section 3.2. Number of Directors............................................................. 3
Section 3.3. Vacancies....................................................................... 4
Section 3.4. Place of Meetings............................................................... 4
Section 3.5. Committees of Directors......................................................... 4
Section 3.6. Compensation of Directors....................................................... 4
Section 3.7. Annual Meeting.................................................................. 5
Section 3.8. Regular or Special Meetings..................................................... 5
Section 3.9. Action Without Meeting.......................................................... 5
Section 3.10. Quorum and Manner of Acting..................................................... 5
Section 3.11. Removal......................................................................... 6
ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS.............................................................................. 6
Section 4.1. Executive Officers.............................................................. 6
Section 4.2. Election, Term of Office and Eligibility........................................ 6
Section 4.3. Subordinate Officers............................................................ 6
Section 4.4. Removal......................................................................... 6
Section 4.5A. Chairman........................................................................ 7
Section 4.5B. The President................................................................... 7
Section 4.6. The Vice Presidents............................................................. 7
Section 4.7. The Secretary................................................................... 7
Section 4.8. The Assistant Secretaries....................................................... 8
Section 4.9. The Treasurer................................................................... 8
Section 4.10. The Assistant Treasurers........................................................ 8
Section 4.11. Salaries........................................................................ 8
Section 4.12. Bonds........................................................................... 8
Section 4.13. Delegation of Duties............................................................ 9
ARTICLE V - SHARES OF STOCK........................................................................ 9
Section 5.1. Issuance and Regulation......................................................... 9
Section 5.2. Stock Certificates.............................................................. 9
Section 5.3. Restriction on Transfer of Securities........................................... 9
Section 5.4. Transfer of Shares.............................................................. 10
Section 5.5. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record......................... 10
Section 5.6. Lost Certificate................................................................ 11
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ARTICLE VI - BOOKS AND RECORDS....................................................................... 11
Section 6.1. Location.......................................................................... 11
Section 6.2. Inspection........................................................................ 11
Section 6.3. Corporate Seal.................................................................... 12
ARTICLE VII - DIVIDENDS AND RESERVES................................................................. 12
Section 7.1. Dividends......................................................................... 12
Section 7.2. Reserves.......................................................................... 12
ARTICLE VIII - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.............................................................. 12
Section 8.1. Fiscal Year....................................................................... 12
Section 8.2. Depositories...................................................................... 12
Section 8.3. Checks, Drafts and Notes.......................................................... 12
Section 8.4. Contracts and Other Instruments................................................... 13
Section 8.5. Notices........................................................................... 13
Section 8.6. Waivers of Notice................................................................. 13
Section 8.7. Stock in Other Corporations....................................................... 13
Section 8.8. Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents; Insurance........... 14
Section 8.9. Amendment of By-Laws.............................................................. 15
ARTICLE I - OFFICES.................................................................................. 1
Section 1.1. Registered Office................................................................. 1
Section 1.2. Other Offices..................................................................... 1
ARTICLE II - STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS.................................................................. 1
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings................................................................. 1
Section 2.2. Annual Meetings................................................................... 1
Section 2.3. Notice of Meeting................................................................. 1
Section 2.4. Stockholders' List................................................................ 1
Section 2.5. Special Meetings.................................................................. 2
Section 2.6. Notice of Special Meetings........................................................ 2
Section 2.7. Quorum............................................................................ 2
Section 2.8. Voting............................................................................ 3
Section 2.9. Proxies........................................................................... 3
Section 2.10. Consent in Lieu of Meeting........................................................ 3
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS.............................................................................. 3
Section 3.1. General Powers.................................................................... 3
Section 3.2. Number of Directors............................................................... 4
Section 3.3. Vacancies......................................................................... 4
Section 3.4. Place of Meetings................................................................. 4
Section 3.5. Committees of Directors........................................................... 4
Section 3.6. Compensation of Directors......................................................... 5
Section 3.7. Annual Meeting.................................................................... 5
Section 3.8. Regular or Special Meetings....................................................... 5
Section 3.9. Action Without Meeting............................................................ 5
Section 3.10. Quorum and Manner of Acting....................................................... 6
Section 3.11. Removal........................................................................... 6
ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS................................................................................ 6
Section 4.1. Executive Officers................................................................ 6
Section 4.2. Election, Term of Office and Eligibility.......................................... 6
Section 4.3. Subordinate Officers.............................................................. 6
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Section 4.4. Removal.......................................................................... 7
Section 4.5A. Chairman......................................................................... 7
Section 4.5B. The President.................................................................... 7
Section 4.6. The Vice Presidents.............................................................. 7
Section 4.7. The Secretary.................................................................... 7
Section 4.8. The Assistant Secretaries........................................................ 8
Section 4.9. The Treasurer.................................................................... 8
Section 4.10. The Assistant Treasurers......................................................... 8
Section 4.11. Salaries......................................................................... 9
Section 4.12. Bonds............................................................................ 9
Section 4.13. Delegation of Duties............................................................. 9
ARTICLE V - SHARES OF STOCK.......................................................................... 9
Section 5.1. Issuance and Regulation.......................................................... 9
Section 5.2. Stock Certificates............................................................... 9
Section 5.3. Restriction on Transfer of Securities............................................ 9
Section 5.4. Transfer of Shares............................................................... 10
Section 5.5. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.......................... 11
Section 5.6. Lost Certificate................................................................. 11
ARTICLE VI - BOOKS AND RECORDS....................................................................... 12
Section 6.1. Location......................................................................... 12
Section 6.2. Inspection....................................................................... 12
Section 6.3. Corporate Seal................................................................... 12
ARTICLE VII - DIVIDENDS AND RESERVES................................................................. 12
Section 7.1. Dividends........................................................................ 12
Section 7.2. Reserves......................................................................... 12
ARTICLE VIII - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.............................................................. 13
Section 8.1. Fiscal Year...................................................................... 13
Section 8.2. Depositories..................................................................... 13
Section 8.3. Checks, Drafts and Notes......................................................... 13
Section 8.4. Contracts and Other Instruments.................................................. 13
Section 8.5. Notices.......................................................................... 13
Section 8.6. Waivers of Notice................................................................ 13
Section 8.7. Stock in Other Corporations...................................................... 14
Section 8.8. Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents; Insurance.......... 14
Section 8.9. Amendment of By-Laws............................................................. 16
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
BY-LAWS
-------
OF
TELECORP COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
-----------------------------
ARTICLE I
---------
OFFICES
-------
Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation
----------- -----------------
shall be maintained in the State of Delaware, and the registered agent in charge
thereof is The Corporation Trust Company.
Section 1.2. Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices in
----------- -------------
Washington, D.C. and at such other places as the Board of Directors may from
time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
----------
STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS
----------------------
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders, whether
----------- -----------------
annual or special, shall be held at the offices of the corporation in
Washington, D.C., or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware
as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the stockholders,
----------- ---------------
commencing with the year 1998, shall be held on the second Tuesday in April of
each year, but if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, or at
such later date as the Board of Directors shall determine. At the annual
meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors,
and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
Section 2.3. Notice of Meeting. Written notice of the annual meeting stating
----------- -----------------
the place, date and hour of the meeting, shall be given not less than ten (10)
nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder
entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in
the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his
address as it appears on the records of the corporation.
<PAGE>
Section 2.4. Stockholders' List. At least ten (10) days before every meeting
----------- ------------------
of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder,
shall be prepared by the Secretary. Such list shall be open to the examination
of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting at the
place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept
at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.
Section 2.5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any
----------- ----------------
purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the "Certificate of
Incorporation") may be called by the President and shall be called by the
Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or
at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least twenty-five percent
(25%) of the number of shares of all classes of the corporation's common stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the
purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.
Section 2.6. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special
----------- --------------------------
meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten (10)
nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder
entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in
the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his
address as it appears on the records of the corporation.
Section 2.7. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the shares issued and
----------- ------
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by
statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws. If, however,
such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the
stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to
time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, of the place, date
and hour of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall again be present or
represented by proxy. At the adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be
present or represented by proxy, the corporation may transact any business which
might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for
more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment, a new record date is fixed
for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to
each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
<PAGE>
Section 2.8. Voting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, and subject to
----------- ------
the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws in respect of the vote that shall
be required for a specified action, the vote of the holders of a majority of the
shares having voting power, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon
which, by express provision of the statutes or of the Certificate of
Incorporation or of these By-Laws, a different vote is required, in which case
such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
Section 2.9. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
----------- -------
stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by
proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its
date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
Section 2.10. Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Subject to and except as otherwise
------------ --------------------------
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, whenever the vote of stockholders
at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection
with any corporate action by any provisions of the statutes or of the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the meeting, notice of the
meeting, and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with if a consent or consents
in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the
holders of outstanding stock having the right to vote and shall be delivered to
the corporation or its registered agent by hand, or by certified or registered
mail, return receipt requested. No written consent shall be effective to take
the corporate action referenced to therein unless within 60 days of the earliest
dated consent properly delivered to the corporation, written consents signed by
all of holders are properly delivered to the corporation.
ARTICLE III
-----------
DIRECTORS
---------
Section 3.1. General Powers. Subject only to the Certificate of
----------- --------------
Incorporation of the corporation, the business and affairs of the corporation
shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may
exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such acts and things as
are not by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware nor by the
Certificate of Incorporation nor by these By-Laws directed or required to be
exercised or done by the stockholders.
Section 3.2. Number of Directors. Subject to and except as otherwise
----------- -------------------
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors which
shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed at two or such other number as
the stockholders may
<PAGE>
from time to time establish, except that whenever there shall be only one
stockholder the number of directors shall be not less than one. The directors
shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, and each director
shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his
earlier resignation or removal.
Section 3.3. Vacancies. If the office of any director or directors becomes
----------- ---------
vacant by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal
from office, or otherwise, or a new directorship is created, subject to and
except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of
a majority of shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote in elections of
directors, shall choose a successor or successors, or a director to fill the
newly created directorship, who shall hold office for the unexpired term or
until the next election of directors.
Section 3.4. Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings
----------- -----------------
outside of the State of Delaware, at the office of the corporation or at such
other places as they may from time to time determine, or as shall be fixed in
the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.
Section 3.5. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by
----------- -----------------------
resolution or resolutions passed by the whole Board, designate one or more
committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the
corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members
of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any
meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the
resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers
and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and
affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be
affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have
power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation,
adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the
stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amendment to
the By-Laws, of the corporation; and, unless the resolution, By-Laws, or
Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have
the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of
stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
The committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the
same to the Board of Directors when required.
Section 3.6. Compensation of Directors. Directors, as such, may receive such
----------- -------------------------
stated salary for their services and/or such fixed sums and expenses of
attendance for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of
Directors as may be
<PAGE>
established by resolution of the Board; provided that nothing herein contained
shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any
other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or
standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee
meetings.
Section 3.7. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors
----------- --------------
shall be held within ten (10) days after the annual meeting of the stockholders
in each year. Notice of such meeting, unless waived, shall be given by mail or
telegram to each director elected at such annual meeting, at his address as the
same may appear on the records of the corporation, or in the absence of such
address, at his residence or usual place of business, at least seven (7) days
before the day on which such meeting is to be held. Said meeting may be held at
such place as the Board may fix from time to time or as may be specified or
fixed in such notice or waiver thereof.
Section 3.8. Regular or Special Meetings. Regular Meetings of the Board may
----------- ---------------------------
be held according to such schedule as the Board may determine. Special meetings
of the Board of Directors may be held at any time on the call of the President
or at the request in writing of a majority of the directors. Notice of any such
meeting, unless waived, shall be given by mail or telegram to each director at
his address as the same appears on the records of the corporation not less than
one day prior to the day on which such meeting is to be held if such notice is
by telegram, and not less than two days prior to the day on which the meeting is
to be held if such notice is by mail. If the Secretary shall fail or refuse to
give such notice, then the notice may be given by the officer or any one of the
directors making the call. Any such meeting may be held at such place as the
Board may fix from time to time or as may be specified or fixed in such notice
or waiver thereof. Any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be a legal
meeting without any notice thereof having been given, if all the directors shall
be present thereat, and no notice of a meeting shall be required to be given to
any director who shall attend such meeting.
Section 3.9. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be
----------- ----------------------
taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be
taken without a meeting, if a written consent to such action is signed by all
members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written
consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.
Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board,
may participate in a meeting of the Board or committee by means of conference
telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting
pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
<PAGE>
Section 3.10. Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as otherwise provided in
------------ ---------------------------
the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a majority of the total
number of directors as at the time specified by the By-Laws shall constitute a
quorum at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Except as
otherwise provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these
By-Laws, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which
a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence
of a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from
time to time until a quorum shall be present. Notice of any adjourned meeting
need not be given, except that notice shall be given to all directors if the
adjournment is for more than thirty days.
Section 3.11. Removal. A director may be removed at any time, either with or
------------ -------
without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of a majority of shares issued
and outstanding and entitled to vote in elections of directors.
ARTICLE IV
----------
OFFICERS
--------
Section 4.1. Executive Officers. The executive officers of the corporation
----------- ------------------
shall be a Chairman, a President, such number of other executive officers, Vice
Presidents, if any, as the Board of Directors may determine, a Secretary and a
Treasurer. Executive officers shall report to the Board of Directors. One
person may hold any number of said offices.
Section 4.2. Election, Term of Office and Eligibility. The executive officers
----------- ----------------------------------------
of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its
annual meeting or at a special meeting held in lieu thereof. Each officer,
except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.3, shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly chosen
and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. None of the officers
need be members of the Board.
Section 4.3. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such
----------- --------------------
Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Controller and
other officers, and such agents as the Board may determine, to hold office for
such period and with such authority and to perform such duties as the Board may
from time to time determine.
Section 4.4. Removal. The Chairman, a President, any Vice President, the
----------- -------
Secretary and/or the Treasurer may be removed at any time, either with or
without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total
number of directors as at the time are serving under these By-Laws. Any
subordinate officer appointed pursuant to Section 4.3 may be removed at any
time, either with or without cause, by the majority vote of the directors
present at any meeting of the Board or by any committee
<PAGE>
or officer empowered to appoint such subordinate officers.
Section 4.5A. Chairman. The Chairman of the Board must be a
------------ --------
director of the Corporation, shall preside at all regular and special meetings
of the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation, shall advise and
counsel the President, shall in general supervise and control all of the
business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall perform such other duties as
the Board may from time to time assign to him.
Section 4.5B. The President. The President shall perform such
------------ -------------
duties as the Board may from time to time assign to him. In the absence of the
Chairman, he shall preside in all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board
of Directors at which he may be present. He may sign, with the Treasurer or any
other proper officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of
Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages,
bonds, notes, checks, drafts, contracts or other instruments which the Board of
Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and
execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by
these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be
required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform
all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time. The President need not
be a director.
Section 4.6. The Vice Presidents. One or more Vice Presidents may be
----------- -------------------
appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof. In the
event of the absence or disability of the Chairman, the President, each Vice
President, in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then
in the order of their election, shall perform the duties of the Chairman. The
Vice Presidents shall also perform such other duties as from time to time may be
assigned to them by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.7. The Secretary. The Secretary shall:
----------- -------------
(a) Keep the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and of the
Board of Directors;
(b) See that all notices are duly given in accordance with the
provisions of these By-Laws or as required by law;
(c) Be custodian of the records and of the seal of the corporation and
see that the seal or a facsimile or equivalent thereof is affixed to or
reproduced on all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the
corporation under its seal is duly authorized;
(d) Have charge of the stock record books of the corporation;
(e) In general, perform all duties incident to the
<PAGE>
office of Secretary, and such other duties as are provided by these By-Laws
and as from time to time are assigned to him by the Board of Directors or
by the President.
Section 4.8. The Assistant Secretaries. If one or more Assistant
----------- -------------------------
Secretaries shall be appointed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3
respecting subordinate officers, then, at the request of the Secretary, or in
his absence or disability, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Secretary
(or in the absence of such designations, then any one of such Assistant
Secretaries) shall perform the duties of the Secretary and when so acting shall
have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the
Secretary.
Section 4.9. The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall:
----------- -------------
(a) Receive and be responsible for all funds of and securities owned
or held by the corporation and, in connection therewith, among other
things: keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records and accounts for
the corporation; deposit or cause to be deposited to the credit of the
corporation all moneys, funds and securities so received in such bank or
other depositary as the Board of Directors or an officer designated by the
Board may from time to time establish; and disburse or supervise the
disbursement of the funds of the corporation as may be properly authorized.
(b) Render to the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof, or from
time to time whenever the Board of Directors or the President may require,
financial and other appropriate reports on the condition of the
corporation;
(c) In general, perform all the duties incident to the office of
Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him
by the Board of Directors or by the President.
Section 4.10. The Assistant Treasurers. If one or more Assistant
------------ ------------------------
Treasurers shall be appointed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3
respecting subordinate officers, then, at the request of the Treasurer, or in
his absence or disability, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Treasurer
(or in the absence of such designation, then any one of such Assistant
Treasurers) shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and when so acting
shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the
Treasurer.
Section 4.11. Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed
------------ --------
from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented
from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of
the corporation.
Section 4.12. Bonds. If the Board of Directors or the President
------------ -----
shall so require, any officer or agent of the
<PAGE>
corporation shall give bond to the corporation in such amount and with such
surety as the Board of Directors or the President, as the case may be, may deem
sufficient, conditioned upon the faithful performance of their respective duties
and offices.
Section 4.13. Delegation of Duties. In case of the absence of any
------------ --------------------
officer of the corporation or for any other reason which is deemed sufficient by
the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may, for the time being, delegate
his powers and duties, or any of them, to any other officer or to any director.
ARTICLE V
---------
SHARES OF STOCK
---------------
Section 5.1. Issuance and Regulation. Subject to the terms of any
----------- -----------------------
contract of the corporation, the Board of Directors may make such rules and
regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and
registration of certificates for shares of the stock of the corporation,
including the issue of new certificates for lost, stolen or destroyed
certificates, and including the appointment of transfer agents and registrars.
Section 5.2. Stock Certificates. Certificates for shares of the
----------- ------------------
stock of the corporation shall be respectively numbered serially for each class
of stock, or series thereof, as they are issued, shall be impressed with the
corporate seal or a facsimile thereof, and shall be signed by the President or a
Vice President, and by the Secretary or Treasurer, or an Assistant Secretary or
an Assistant Treasurer, provided that such signatures may be facsimiles on any
certificate countersigned by a transfer agent other than the corporation or its
employee. Each certificate shall exhibit the name of the corporation, the class
(or series of any class) and number of shares represented thereby, and the name
of the holder. Each certificate shall be otherwise in such form as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors.
Section 5.3. Restriction on Transfer of Securities. A restriction
----------- -------------------------------------
on the transfer or registration of securities of the corporation may be imposed
either by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws or by an
agreement among any number of security holders or among such holders and the
corporation. No restriction so imposed shall be binding with respect to
securities issued prior to the adoption of the restriction unless the holders of
the securities are parties to an agreement or voted in favor of the restriction.
A restriction on the transfer of securities of the corporation is
permitted by this Section if it:
(a) Obligates the holder of the restricted securities to offer to the
corporation or to any other holders of securities of the corporation or to
any other person or to any combination of the foregoing a prior
opportunity, to be
<PAGE>
exercised within a reasonable time, to acquire the restricted securities;
or
(b) Obligates the corporation or any holder of securities of the
corporation or any other person or any combination of the foregoing to
purchase the securities which are the subject of an agreement respecting
the purchase and sale of the restricted securities; or
(c) Requires the corporation or the holders of any class of
securities of the corporation to consent to any proposed transfer of the
restricted securities or to approve the proposed transferee of the
restricted securities; or
(d) Prohibits the transfer of the restricted securities to designated
persons or classes of persons; and such designation is not manifestly
unreasonable; or
(e) Restricts transfer or registration of transfer in any other lawful
manner.
Unless noted conspicuously on the security, a restriction, even though
permitted by this Section, is ineffective except against a person with actual
knowledge of the restriction.
Section 5.4. Transfer of Shares. Subject to the restrictions
----------- ------------------
permitted by Section 5.3, shares of the capital stock of the corporation shall
be transferable on the books of the corporation by the holder thereof in person
or by his duly authorized attorney, upon the surrender or cancellation of a
certificate or certificates for a like number of shares. As against the
corporation, a transfer of shares can be made only on the books of the
corporation and in the manner hereinabove provided, and the corporation shall be
entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the owner thereof and
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in
such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express
or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the statutes of the State
of Delaware.
Section 5.5. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.
----------- -------------------------------------------------------
In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to
express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to
receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any
rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion
or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of
Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty
(60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than
sixty (60) days prior to any other action.
If no record date is fixed:
<PAGE>
(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the
day on which the meeting is held;
(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express
consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting, when no prior
action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which
the first written consent is expressed;
(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of
Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.
Section 5.6. Lost Certificate. Any stockholder claiming that a
----------- ----------------
certificate representing shares of stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed may
make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact and, if the Board of Directors so
requires, advertise the same in a manner designated by the Board, and give the
corporation a bond of indemnity in form and with security for an amount
satisfactory to the Board (or an officer or officers designated by the Board),
whereupon a new certificate may be issued of the same tenor and representing the
same number, class and/or series of shares as were represented by the
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
ARTICLE VI
----------
BOOKS AND RECORDS
-----------------
Section 6.1. Location. The books, accounts and records of the
----------- --------
corporation may be kept at such place or places within or without the State of
Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
Section 6.2. Inspection. The books, accounts, and records of the
----------- ----------
corporation shall be open to inspection by any member of the Board of Directors
at all times; and open to inspection by the stockholders at such times, and
subject to such regulations as the Board of Directors may prescribe, except as
otherwise provided by statute.
Section 6.3. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall contain two
----------- --------------
concentric circles between which shall be the name of the corporation and the
word "Delaware" and in the center shall be
<PAGE>
inscribed the year of incorporation.
ARTICLE VII
-----------
DIVIDENDS AND RESERVES
----------------------
Section 7.1. Dividends. The Board of Directors of the corporation, subject
----------- ---------
to any restrictions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation and other
lawful commitments of the corporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the
shares of its capital stock either out of the surplus of the corporation, as
defined in and computed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, or in case there shall be no such surplus, out of the net
profits of the corporation for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared
and/or the preceding fiscal year. If the capital of the corporation, computed
in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall
have been diminished by depreciation in the value of its property, or by losses,
or otherwise, to an amount less than the aggregate amount of the capital
represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a
preference upon the distribution of assets, the Board of Directors of the
corporation shall not declare and pay out of such net profits any dividends upon
any shares of any classes of its capital stock until the deficiency in the
amount of capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes
having a preference upon the distribution of assets shall have been repaired.
Section 7.2. Reserves. The Board of Directors of the corporation may set
----------- --------
apart, out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends, a
reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.
ARTICLE VIII
------------
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
------------------------
Section 8.1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on
----------- -----------
the 31st day of December of each year.
Section 8.2. Depositories. The Board of Directors or an officer designated
----------- ------------
by the Board shall appoint banks, trust companies, or other depositories in
which shall be deposited from time to time the money or securities of the
corporation.
Section 8.3. Checks, Drafts and Notes. All checks, drafts, or other orders
----------- ------------------------
for the payment of money and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued
in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or
agent or agents as shall from time to time be designated by resolution of the
Board of Directors or by an officer appointed by the Board.
Section 8.4. Contracts and Other Instruments. The
----------- -------------------------------
<PAGE>
Board of Directors may authorize any officer, agent or agents to enter into any
contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the
corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
Section 8.5. Notices. Whenever under the provisions of the statutes or of
----------- -------
the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws notice is required to be
given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal
notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, by depositing the same
in a post office or letter box, in a postpaid sealed wrapper, or by delivery to
a telegraph company, addressed to such director or stockholder at such address
as appears on the records of the corporation, or, in default of other address,
to such director or stockholder at the General Post Office in the City of Dover,
Delaware, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same
shall be thus mailed or delivered to a telegraph company.
Section 8.6. Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given
----------- -----------------
under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or
of these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons
entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a
meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a
committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
Section 8.7. Stock in Other Corporations. Any shares of stock in any other
----------- ---------------------------
corporation which may from time to time be held by this corporation may be
represented and voted at any meeting of shareholders of such corporation by the
President or a Vice President, or by any other person or persons thereunto
authorized by the Board of Directors, or by any proxy designated by written
instrument of appointment executed in the name of this corporation by its
President or a Vice President. Shares of stock belonging to the corporation
need not stand in the name of the corporation, but may be held for the benefit
of the corporation in the individual name of the Treasurer or of any other
nominee designated for the purpose by the Board of Directors. Certificates for
shares so held for the benefit of the corporation shall be endorsed in blank or
have proper stock powers attached so that said certificates are at all times in
due form for transfer, and shall be held for safekeeping in such manner as shall
be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 8.8. Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents;
----------- -------------------------------------------------------------
Insurance. Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
- ---------
to any threatened, pending or
<PAGE>
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified by the corporation
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any
action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a
plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a
---- ----------
presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the
corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware
or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such
other court shall deem proper.
Any indemnification under the first two paragraphs of this Section 8.8 (unless
ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the
specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director,
officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in the first two paragraphs of this
Section 8.8. Such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors by a
majority vote of a quorum
<PAGE>
consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding,
or if such a quorum is not obtainable (or, even if obtainable a quorum of
disinterested directors so directs) by independent legal counsel in a written
opinion, or by the stockholders.
Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in defending a civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the
corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific case upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or
agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is
entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Section 8.8.
The indemnification provided by this Section 8.8 shall not be deemed exclusive
of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under
any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person
who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to
the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
The corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf
of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him
and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such,
whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against
such liability under the provisions of this Section 8.8.
For the purposes of this Section 8.8., all words and phrases used herein shall
have the meanings ascribed to them under Section 145 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.
Section 8.9. Amendment of By-Laws.
----------- --------------------
Subject to and except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the stock issued and outstanding and having voting power may, at any
annual or special meeting if notice of such alteration or amendment of the By-
Laws is contained in the notice of such meeting, adopt, amend, or repeal these
By-Laws, and alterations or amendments of By-Laws made by the stockholders shall
not be altered or amended by the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.27
AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT
This AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 16th day of April, 1999, by and
among Telecorp Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a principal
place of business at 1010 North Glebe Road, 8th Floor, Arlington, Virginia 22201
("TELECORP"), Triton PCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a principal place
of business at 375 Technology Drive, Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355 ("TRITON"),
Tritel Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a principal place of
business at 1080 River Oaks Drive, Suite B-100, Jackson, Mississippi 39208
("TRITEL") and Affiliate License Co., L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company, with a place of business at 1010 N. Glebe Road, 8th Floor, Arlington,
Virginia 22201 ("Holding Company").
WHEREAS, TRITON, TRITEL and TELECORP have individually been licensed by
AT&T Corp., through individual Network Membership License Agreements ("AT&T
License"), to use certain AT&T service marks ("The Licensed AT&T Marks") in
connection with telecommunications services;
WHEREAS, the parties desire to use the marks SUNCOM, SUNCOM WIRELESS and
other SUNCOM- and SUN-formative marks (collectively, "the SUNCOM Marks") in
connection with telecommunications services and in connection with The Licensed
AT&T Marks, all in such a way that each party's licensed territory will not
overlap with another party's licensed territory;
<PAGE>
WHEREAS, TRITON and TELECORP entered an Agreement with each other on
December 21, 1998 ("the December 21, 1998 Agreement"), in which they stated
their intent to expand that Agreement to include TRITEL, assuming that TRITEL
satisfied certain conditions enunciated therein;
WHEREAS, TRITEL having satisfied such conditions, the parties wish to
restate and amend the December 21, 1998 Agreement between TRITON and TELECORP as
set forth herein;
WHEREAS, TRITON filed U.S. Trademark Application Ser. No. 75/531,537, on
August 13, 1998, for the mark SUNCOMM, for wireless telecommunications services;
U.S. Trademark Application Ser. No. 75/548,866, on September 4, 1998, for the
mark SUNCOM for wireless telecommunications services; U.S. Trademark Application
Ser. No. 75/563,055, on October 2, 1998, for the mark SUNCOM WIRELESS and
Design, for wireless telecommunications services; U.S. Trademark Application
Ser. No. 75/550,276, on September 9, 1998, for the mark SUN WIRELESS, for
wireless telecommunication services; U.S. Trademark Application Ser. No.
75/568,694, on December 11, 1998, for the mark EVERYTHING UNDER THE SUN, for
wireless telecommunication services; U.S. Trademark- Application Ser. No.
75/590,913, on December 2, 1998, for the mark SUNCOM PLUS, for wireless
telecommunication services; U.S. Trademark Application Ser. No. 75/591,452, on
December 2, 1998, for the mark SUNSURE, for wireless telecommunication services;
U.S. Trademark Application Ser. No. 75/591,455, on December 2, 1998, for the
mark SUNCOM CONNECT, for wireless telecommunication services; U.S. Trademark
Application Ser. No. 75/591,456, on December 2, 1998, for the mark SUNCALL ONE,
for wireless telecommunication services; U.S. Trademark Application Ser. No.
75/591,457, on December 2, 1998, for the mark SUNCOM PRE-PAY, for wireless
2
<PAGE>
telecommunication services; U.S. Trademark Application Ser. No. 75/591,488, on
December 2, 1998, for the mark SUNBOND, for wireless telecommunication services;
U.S. Trademark Application Ser. No. 75/595,868, on December 8, 1998, for the
mark SUNCOM TECHFUND, for wireless telecommunication services; U.S. Trademark
Application Ser. No. 75/626,826, on January 28, 1999, for the mark SUNCOM FLAT
RATE, for wireless telecommunication services; and an application filed on March
3, 1999 (serial number not yet assigned), for the mark SUNCOM and Design, for
wireless telecommunication services (collectively "TRITON's Applications");
WHEREAS, on April 16, 1999, TRITON became the owner-by-assignment of all
right, title and interest in and to the SUNCOM-formative marks and names, as
well as the goodwill pertaining thereto, as previously owned by SunCom
Telecommunications, Inc. (collectively, "the SunCom Telecommunications Marks,"
which are a wholly-encompassed subset of the SUNCOM Marks defined above);
WHEREAS, TRITON, TELECORP and TRITEL have formed a new entity, the Holding
Company, to be owned solely by TRITON, TELECORP and TRITEL, to own, register,
and maintain the SUNCOM Marks and to license the SUNCOM Marks to TRITON,
TELECORP and TRITEL on the terms stated herein;
WHEREAS, TRITON has agreed to transfer all right, title and interest in and
to the SunCom Telecommunications Marks and, upon initiation of bona fide use in
commerce, the marks covered by TRITON's Applications and TRITON's Applications
themselves, as well as the goodwill pertaining to all of the foregoing, to the
Holding Company;
3
<PAGE>
WHEREAS, the parties desire to use and allow each other to use the SUNCOM
Marks for telecommunications services on the terms stated herein and on terms
consistent with each party's AT&T License, and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings
contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree
as follows:
1. TRITON, TELECORP and TRITEL shall maintain the Holding Company to own
and register the SUNCOM Marks for telecommunications and related services. The
Holding Company shall be comprised of TRITON, TELECORP and TRITEL, who shall
each appoint a representative to serve on the Board of Directors of the Holding
Company. The removal of Directors and the filling of Director vacancies shall be
done in accordance with the Holding Company's Operating Agreement. Meetings of
the Board of Directors shall be held at locations and as frequently as
established in the Holding Company's Operating Agreement. All actions of the
Holding Company shall require the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors.
2. The Holding Company shall grant and hereby grants to TRITON, TELECORP
and TRITEL, and to no other entity, a royalty-bearing, transferrable license to
use the SUNCOM Marks, including without limitation the SunCom Telecommunications
Marks transferred pursuant to paragraph 3 by TRITON, on the terms and conditions
stated herein, under the quality control standards established under the AT&T
License and under such further and reasonable quality control standards approved
by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company ("Alliance Quality Standards"),
for a term to be established by the Holding Company, and in contemplation of
only those royalties necessary to establish, support, and maintain the Holding
Company, to
4
<PAGE>
maintain trademarks owned by the Holding Company, to defend against all
challenges involving the Holding Company's trademarks, and to reimburse expenses
of the parties for market research, creative, legal and other expenses
associated with the SUNCOM Marks owned by the Holding Company. Said license
shall be supplemented from time to time with additional terms and conditions
that the parties deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of each party's
license shall be substantially identical to the terms and conditions of each
other party's licenses and no party shall be granted a license on terms and
conditions materially less favorable than any other party or non-party entity.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the parties agree that the Board of
Directors of the Holding Company shall be empowered to grant royalty-bearing
licenses to additional non-party entities on terms and conditions agreeable to
the Board of Directors. Within 10 days following the execution of this
Agreement, TRITEL and TELECORP shall each pay to the Holding Company $325,000.00
as royalty payments for the use of the SunCom Telecommunications Marks. Within
five (5) business days following receipt of those payments, the Holding Company
shall pay said $650,000 to TRITON.
3. In consideration of $650,000.00, and the right to use the marks as
provided in paragraph 2, above, TRITON hereby assigns all right, title and
interest in and to the SunCom Telecommunications Marks, including all of the
goodwill pertaining thereto, to the Holding Company. TRITON also acknowledges
that it grants to TELECORP effective as of the date of the December 21, 1998
Agreement, and grants to TRITEL as of January 7, 1999, and grants to the Holding
Company as of the date hereof, separate perpetual, royalty-free licenses to use
the marks covered by TRITON's Applications, under such reasonable quality
control standards as are established under each of TELECORP's and TRITEL's AT&T
License, respectively.
5
<PAGE>
4. TRITON represents and warrants that Amendments to Allege Use have been
filed at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in connection with the pending
TRITON's Applications for the following marks: SUNCOM, EVERYTHNG UNDER THE SUN,
and SUNSURE. TRITON hereby assigns to the Holding Company all right, title and
interest in and to the marks covered by those three applications, and in and to
the mark SUNCOM and Design as identified in the application for registration
filed by TRITON on March 3, 1999, together with all of the goodwill and the
applications for registration related thereto. Within 10 days following the
execution of this Agreement, TRITON agrees to expressly abandon U.S. Trademark
Application Ser. No. 75/531,537, for the mark SUNCOMM, as filed by TRITON on
August 13, 1998. TRITON further agrees that, with regard to the remainder of
TRITON's Applications not addressed above in this paragraph 4 ("Remaining
Marks"), TRITON shall, within 30 days following first use in commerce of any of
the Remaining Marks by any of the parties, file with the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office Amendments to Allege Use in connection with each of TRITON's
Applications in which an applied-for Remaining Mark has been used in commerce,
and, 10 days thereafter, assign to the Holding Company all right, title and
interest in and to each of the Remaining Marks, together with all of the
goodwill and the applications for registration related thereto. Upon the
expiration of one year from the execution of this Agreement, TRITON agrees to
expressly abandon those of TRITON's Applications for which no party has
commenced use in commerce of an applied-for Remaining Mark.
5. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 12 and 13 below, each party
agrees that it shall use the SUNCOM Marks solely in connection with the marks
licensed for use pursuant to each party's AT&T License. Each party further
agrees that it shall avoid use of the SUNCOM Marks in a way that is prohibited
pursuant to the AT&T License or is otherwise reasonably
6
<PAGE>
objectionable to AT&T under the AT&T License, and each party further agrees that
it shall use the SUNCOM Marks under the quality control standards established in
the AT&T License and under such further reasonable quality control standards
that may be established by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.
6. Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement or by the
license contemplated and granted hereunder, each party agrees that it will not
use any trademark, service mark, trade name, insignia, logo or other designation
that is confusingly similar to, or a colorable imitation of, any of the SUNCOM
Marks. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive termination of this
Agreement, as well as termination of a party's license hereunder.
7. Each party agrees that it shall use reasonable efforts to avoid use of
the SUNCOM Marks in a manner that may be deemed immoral, deceptive, or
scandalous, or otherwise such that the use of the SUNCOM Marks or a composite
mark of which SUNCOM is a part, would be unregistrable under 15 U.S. C. (S)
1052. The parties further agree that, as required by the Holding Company, they
will use reasonable efforts to use appropriate symbols (i.e., TM, SM, or , as
appropriate) in connection with the SUNCOM Marks.
8. Each party agrees that the goodwill developed through its use of the
SUNCOM Marks under this Agreement and under the license contemplated hereunder
shall inure to the Licensor, Holding Company.
9. Each party agrees that it will cooperate with reasonable requests from
the Holding Company for actions reasonably necessary to secure and maintain
Holding Company's rights in and to the SUNCOM Marks and Holding Company's
registration and attempts to register same. Each party further agrees that it
will not attack, and will not cause an attack to be taken, against
7
<PAGE>
Holding Company's exclusive right, title and interest in and to the SUNCOM
Marks, nor will any party challenge or cause a challenge to be taken against the
validity of the SUNCOM Marks or any resulting registrations thereof. The
provisions of this paragraph shall survive termination of this Agreement, as
well as termination of a party's license contemplated hereunder.
10. Each party agrees that it shall comply with all applicable laws and
regulations of governmental bodies or agencies in its performance under this
Agreement and in its performance under the license contemplated and granted
hereunder.
11. Each party agrees that the territory in which it can use the SUNCOM
Marks ("Territory") is limited to the territory granted to each party by AT&T
under the AT&T License. The parties further agree that each party may expand its
Territory ("Expanded Territory") to geographic areas in which (1) that party has
secured all necessary governmental and other licenses to operate and offer the
telecommunications services rendered under the SUNCOM Marks, (2) that party is
permitted to use the marks licensed by AT&T under that party's AT&T License; and
(3) no other party has already begun to use any of the SUNCOM Marks, pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement, in the Expanded Territory, unless such other party
consents to the proposed use in the Expanded Territory.
12. Except to the extent that all parties agree in writing otherwise,
whenever a party's ("Terminated Party") AT&T License is terminated because of
that party's breach of a material term of its AT&T License, or if a party shall
otherwise violate a material term of this Agreement, the parties agree that the
Terminated Party's right to use the SUNCOM Marks shall also immediately
terminate, and the Terminated Party shall immediately cease and desist use of
the SUNCOM Marks. If TRITON, TELECORP and TRITEL become Terminated Parties, the
8
<PAGE>
parties shall endeavor, through the Holding Company, to establish new terms and
conditions for use of the SUNCOM Marks such that the SUNCOM Marks shall not be
deemed abandoned.
13. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 11 and 12, the parties
agree that a Terminated Party shall be permitted to continue to use the SUNCOM
Marks so long as (1) such continued use does not affect or limit any other
party's ability to use or to continue to use the SUNCOM Marks, and (2) the
Terminated Party uses its best efforts to establish a new AT&T License. If,
after a reasonable time, which reasonableness shall be judged by the non-
Terminated Parties, the Terminated Party is unable to re-secure an AT&T License,
the Terminated Party shall be permitted to use the SUNCOM Marks anywhere except
within the non-Terminated Parties' licensed Territory and only so long as the
Terminated Party continues to meet the Alliance Quality Standards, with the
understanding that the Alliance Quality Standards may not change after the
effective date of termination of the AT&T License unless the changed limitations
also apply to non-Terminated Parties and are in no way unique to or tied in any
other way to the terms of an AT&T License, and with the additional understanding
that upon a party becoming terminated and being unable to resecure an AT&T
License as contemplated in this paragraph 13, the non-Terminated Parties'
Territories shall, for purposes of this Agreement, no longer be restricted by
the geographic scope of their respective AT&T Licenses as otherwise provided in
paragraph 11. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Terminated Party shall cease
use of the SUNCOM Marks in the event that a non-Terminated Party is enjoined in
a final judgment from using the SUNCOM Marks because of the Terminated Party's
continued use of the SUNCOM Marks.
14. The parties agree that they will cooperate with each other and with
the Holding Company in challenging any infringements of the SUNCOM Marks and in
defending against
9
<PAGE>
charges of trademark infringement. Such cooperation shall include providing
prompt notice to all other parties and to the Holding Company of all uses of any
of the SUNCOM Marks which may create a likelihood of confusion with the use of
any of the SUNCOM Marks by the parties or the Holding Company or which are
otherwise inconsistent with the terms of, or the parties' intentions under, this
Agreement. The parties shall fund efforts to challenge infringements and to
defend against charges of infringement, on a pro rata basis, through the Holding
Company, and upon such other terms agreed to by the Board of Directors.
15. The parties agree that, upon approval by all parties to this Agreement
and consistent with the parties' obligations under each party's AT&T License,
the Holding Company can permit a party to expand its Territory or otherwise
deviate from the terms and conditions stated herein. Said approval from the
Holding Company shall be in writing, and a copy of said written approval shall
be provided to every other party.
16. To the extent that there are disagreements among the parties about the
interpretation or effect of this Agreement, the decision of the Board of
Directors of the Holding Company shall control the resolution of such disputes.
This Agreement shall be interpreted according to the laws of Delaware.
17. Each party agrees that it shall not sublicense any rights granted
hereunder. The parties also agree, however, that the license contemplated
hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the parties' successors-in-interest,
unless prohibited under the AT&T License.
18. The parties agree that they shall share in the costs, on terms and
conditions to be established by the Holding Company, related to advertising and
other promotional efforts that are undertaken for the benefit of, and with the
knowledge and consent of, multiple parties.
10
<PAGE>
19. The parties agree that the Board of Directors of the Holding Company
shall be empowered to establish guidelines and resolve difficulties in relation
to operational issues, including but not limited to, internet addresses,
telephone contact numbers, misdirected inquiries and customer care calls and
other issues related to ensuring that the public is able to efficiently contact
a party intended to be contacted.
20. The parties agree that whenever notice is required or permitted to be
provided under this Agreement, said notice shall be deemed effective when
delivered, via overnight courier, to the following Persons:
TeleCorp: TeleCorp Communications, Inc.
General Counsel
1010 North Glebe Road
8th Floor
Arlington, Virginia 22201
With a copy to:
Robert W. Zelaick, Esq.
McDermott, Will & Emery
600 13th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20005
Triton: Triton PCS. Inc.
375 Technology Drive
Malvern, PA 19355
With a copy to:
Jay R. Goldstein, Esq.
Kleinbard, Bell & Brecker, L.L.P.
1900 Market Street, Suite 700
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Tritel: James H. Neeld, IV, Esq.
Tritel Communications, Inc.
1080 River Oaks Drive, Suite B-100
Jackson, MS 39208
With a copy to:
11
<PAGE>
Shannon T. Vale, Esq.
Arnold, White & Durkee
600 Congress Ave.
Suite 1900
Austin, TX 78701
Notice to the Holding Company shall be effective when notice is delivered to
each of the parties, as provided above.
21. The parties agree that they shall cooperate with each other to produce
a joint press release, reasonably acceptable to all parties, to announce the
launch of products and services offered or to be offered under any of the SUNCOM
Marks.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto hereby execute this Agreement by their
authorized representatives as of the date first set forth above.
TELECORP COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
-------------------------------
Name: Thomas H. Sullivan
------------------------------
Title: President
---------------------------
12
<PAGE>
TRITON PCS, INC.
By: /s/ signature illegible
--------------------------------
Name:______________________________
Title: Sr. VP & CFO
-----------------------------
TRITEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By: /s/ E.B. Martin
--------------------------------
Name: E.B. Martin
------------------------------
Title: EVP
-----------------------------
AFFILIATE LICENSE CO., L.L.C.
By: /s/ Thomas H. Sullivan
--------------------------------
Name: Thomas H. Sullivan
------------------------------
Title:_____________________________
13
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.28
TELECORP PCS, INC.
1998 RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN*
1. Purpose. The purpose of this Restricted Stock Plan (the "Plan") is
-------
to advance the interests of TeleCorp PCS, Inc. (the "Company") by providing an
opportunity to selected officers and employees of the Company and its
subsidiaries to acquire shares of securities in the Company under this Plan. By
encouraging such ownership, the Company seeks to attract, retain and motivate
officers and employees of superior training, experience and ability.
2. Administration. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein,
--------------
this Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Committee"). Subject to the provisions of this
Plan, the Committee shall have full power to construe and interpret the Plan and
to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations for its administration.
3. Shares Subject to the Plan. The number of shares that may be
--------------------------
awarded to officers and employees under this Plan (the "Grant Shares") shall not
exceed 7,085.22 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and 12,955.33 shares of Class
A Voting Common Stock (collectively, the "Shares"). Grant Shares shall be
granted pursuant to the rules set forth in Section 5, and shall be subject to
the vesting provisions of Section 6 of the Plan. Any Grant Shares which for any
reason are redeemed by the Company pursuant to the vesting provisions of Section
6 may again be awarded under the Plan to another Participant (as defined in
section 4) in this Plan. Grant Shares shall be Shares (a) issued by the Company
out of its authorized but unissued shares; or (b) acquired by the Company
through a redemption pursuant to the vesting provisions of Section 6 of the
Plan.
4. Eligible Employees. Grant shares may be awarded to such officers
------------------
and employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as are selected by the
Committee (any such selected officer or employee, a "Participant").
5. Award of Grant Shares. The Committee may, from time to time, make
---------------------
awards of Grant Shares to a Participant in the form of Restricted Shares (as
defined in the following
__________________
* Amended May 20, 1999 by the Company's Board of Directors.
<PAGE>
paragraph), in its sole discretion. The Committee shall, in its sole discretion,
determine the number of Grant Shares to be awarded to a Participant.
Restricted Shares shall be transferred to Participants without other
payment therefor as additional compensation for their services to the Company
and its affiliates. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such terms and
conditions as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without
limitation, restrictions on sale or other disposition.
6. Vesting.
-------
(a) Grant Shares shall vest in accordance with the vesting
schedule set forth on Schedule A hereto.
----------
(b) With respect to Restricted Shares, the Participant must
remain employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries during each
of the vesting periods set forth on Schedule A hereto in order for
----------
such Grant Shares to become vested in him. If the Participant fails to
satisfy such requirements, the Company shall be entitled to redeem
unvested shares at a redemption price of $.01 per share and the
Participant shall transfer to the Company or one or more persons
designated by the Committee all unvested Grant Shares awarded to him
on such date and the Participant shall have no further rights with
respect to such unvested Grant Shares.
(c) Any Grant Shares not granted on or prior to July 17, 2003
shall be awarded to Messrs. Gerald T. Vento and Thomas H. Sullivan,
pro rata in accordance with their stockholdings in the Company
received pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement by and
between the Company and TeleCorp Management Corp., as of the date of
such Management Agreement.
(d) If the Participant's employment with the Company or one of
its subsidiaries terminates prior to full vesting in any Grant Shares
awarded hereunder by reason of his retirement under a retirement plan
maintained by the Company or one of its subsidiaries, the Committee
may, in its discretion, specify that any Grant Shares awarded to the
Participant become vested at that time, at a future date or upon the
completion of such other conditions as the Committee, in its sole
discretion, may provide.
2
<PAGE>
7. Terms and Conditions of Grant Shares. Grant Shares awarded under
------------------------------------
this Plan shall be awarded pursuant to written agreements ("Agreements") in the
form attached as Exhibit A for Restricted Shares as such form may be changed
---------
from time to time by the Committee, each of which Agreement shall evidence among
its terms and conditions the following:
(a) Price. Grant Shares shall be awarded for no consideration,
-----
except such minimum consideration as may be required by Delaware law.
(b) Number of Shares. Each Agreement shall specify the number of
----------------
Grant Shares to which it pertains.
(c) Redemption of Grant Shares. Each Agreement shall specify
--------------------------
that all or a portion of the Grant Shares shall be subject to
redemption provisions specified in Section 6.
8. Nontransferability. Any Grant Shares which are subject to
------------------
redemption under the Agreement shall be nontransferable by the Participant
except as the Agreement may otherwise provide.
9. Rights as Shareholder. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan
---------------------
or the Agreement, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder
of the Company with respect to the Grant Shares registered in his name,
including the right to vote such Grant Shares and receive the dividends and
other distributions paid or made with respect to such Grant Shares.
10. Share Dividends; Share Splits; Share Combinations;
--------------------------------------------------
Recapitalization. The Board of Directors of the Company shall make appropriate
- ----------------
adjustment in the maximum number of Shares subject to the Plan to give effect to
any share dividends, share splits, share combinations, recapitalizations and
other similar changes in the capital structure of the Company after the date of
award. The provisions contained in the Plan and in any Agreement shall apply
equally to any other capital shares of the Company, and any other securities,
which may be acquired by the Participant as a result of a share dividend, share
split, share combination, or exchange for other securities resulting from any
recapitalization, reorganization or any other transaction affecting the Grant
Shares.
11. Termination or Amendment of Plan.
--------------------------------
3
<PAGE>
The Board of Directors may at any time terminate the Plan or make
such changes in or additions to the Plan as it deems advisable without
further action on the part of the shareholders of the Company,
provided:
(a) that no such termination or amendment shall adversely
affect or impair any then issued and outstanding Grant Shares
without the consent of the Participant holding such Grant Shares;
and
(b) Section 6 (c) may not be amended without the consent of
Messrs. Vento and Sullivan.
12. Construction of Pronouns. Masculine pronouns used herein shall
------------------------
refer to men or women or both and nouns and pronouns when stated in the singular
shall include the plural and when stated in the plural shall include the
singular, wherever appropriate.
4
<PAGE>
Schedule A
----------
Vesting Schedule
----------------
TeleCorp Vesting Schedule
- -------------------------
Executives Hired Before 1/1/98 Vesting
- ------------------------------ -------
Commencement Date/1/ 20.0%
Year 1& 2 Build Out Complete/2/ 10.0%
2/nd/ Anniversary of Commencement Date 15.0%
Year 3 Build Out + 60% Pops Coverage 10.0%
3/rd/ Anniversary of Commencement Date 15.0%
4/th/ Anniversary of Commencement Date 15.0%
5/th/ Anniversary of Commencement Date 15.0%
-------
100.0%
Executives Hired After 1/1/98 Vesting
- ----------------------------- -------
1/st/ Anniversary of Employment Date 20.0%
3/rd/ Anniversary of Employment Date 15.0%
4/th/ Anniversary of Employment Date 15.0%
5/th/ Anniversary of Employment Date 15.0%
6/th/ Anniversary of Employment Date 15.0%
Year 1 & 2 Build Out Complete 10.0%
Year 3 Build Out + 60% Pops Coverage 10.0%
-------
100.00%
________________
/1/ Commencement Date means the Closing Date as that term is defined in that
certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated January 23, 1998, as amended, by
and among the Company, AT&T Wireless PCS, Inc., TWR Cellular, Inc. and certain
Cash Equity Investors, TeleCorp Investors and Management Stockholders identified
therein (the "Securities Purchase Agreement").
/2/ The Build Out Schedule is attached hereto.
5
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.29
TELECORP PCS, INC.
1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN
1. Purpose. The TELECORP PCS, INC. 1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is
-------
intended to provide incentives which will attract and retain highly competent
persons as employees, officers and/or directors of TELECORP PCS, INC. or its
affiliated companies (the "Company"), by providing them opportunities to acquire
shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company ("Common Shares") pursuant to
Stock Options described herein.
2. Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors of
--------------
the Company (the "Board"). The Board is authorized, subject to the provisions
of the Plan, to establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for
the proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations and
interpretations and to take such action or inaction in connection with the Plan
and any Stock Options granted hereunder as it deems necessary or advisable. All
determinations and interpretations made by the Board shall be binding and
conclusive on all participants and their legal representatives. The Board may
correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the
Plan or in any option agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem
expedient to effectuate the purposes of the Plan. No member of the Board, and
no officer or employee of the Company, shall be liable for any act or failure to
act hereunder, by any other member of the Board or any officer or employee or by
any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Plan have
been delegated or, except in circumstances involving his bad faith, gross
negligence or fraud, for any act or failure to act by the member of the Board or
any officer or employee.
3. Participants. The Board, in its sole discretion may designate employees,
------------
officers and directors of the Company and its affiliates from time to time to
receive Stock Options under the Plan. Designation of a participant in any year
shall not require the Board to designate such person to receive a Stock Option
in any other year or, once designated, to receive the same type or amount of
Stock Options as granted to the participant or any other participant in any
year. The Board shall consider such factors as it deems pertinent in selecting
participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective Stock
Options.
4. Shares Reserved under the Plan. Subject to adjustment under Section 6
------------------------------
below, there is hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate of
587,159 Common Shares. Such shares may be authorized but unissued shares or may
be shares issued and thereafter acquired by the Company. Any shares subject to
Stock Options may thereafter be subject to new options under this Plan if there
is a lapse, expiration or termination of any such options, or if shares are
issued under such options and thereafter are reacquired by the Company pursuant
to rights reserved by the Company upon issuance thereof.
5. Stock Options. Stock Options will consist of awards from the Company, in
-------------
the form of agreements, which will enable the holder to purchase a specific
number of Common Shares, at set terms and at a fixed purchase price. Stock
Options may be "incentive stock
<PAGE>
options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code
("Incentive Stock Options") or Stock Options which do not constitute Incentive
Stock Options ("Nonqualified Stock Options"). The Board will have the authority
to grant to any participant one or more Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified
Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options. Each Stock Option shall be
subject to such terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Board may
impose from time to time, subject to the following limitations:
(a) Exercise Price. Subject to Paragraph (e) below, each Stock Option granted
--------------
hereunder shall have such per-share exercise price as the Board may
determine at the date of grant.
(b) Payment of Exercise Price. Options granted under the Plan may provide for
-------------------------
the payment of the exercise price by delivery of cash or a check to the
order of the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price of such
options, or by delivery to the Company of Common Shares already owned by
the participant having a Fair Market Value equal in amount to the exercise
price of the options being exercised or by any combination of such methods
of payment. The Fair Market Value of any Common Shares which may be
delivered upon exercise of an option shall be determined by the Board.
(c) Exercise Period. Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable
---------------
at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be
determined by the Board. In addition, Stock Options shall not be
exercisable more than ten years after the date they are granted. All Stock
Options shall terminate at such earlier times and upon such conditions or
circumstances as the Board shall in its discretion set forth in such option
at the date of grant.
(d) Exercise of Options. Each option granted under the Plan shall be
-------------------
exercisable either in full or in installments at such time or times and
during such period as shall be set forth in the agreement evidencing such
option, subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) above. To the extent
that an option to purchase Common Shares is not exercised by an optionee
when it becomes initially exercisable, it shall not expire but shall be
carried forward and shall be exercisable, on a cumulative basis, until the
expiration of the exercise period or such earlier time as the Board shall,
in its sole discretion, set forth in such option at the date of grant.
(e) Limitations on Incentive Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be
--------------------------------------
granted only to participants who are employees of the Company at the date
of grant. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the
option is granted) of the Common Shares with respect to which Incentive
Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a participant during
any calendar year (under all option plans of the Company) shall not exceed
$100,000. Incentive Stock Options may not be granted to any participant
who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing (after the application of
the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Internal Revenue Code) more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company, unless the option price is fixed at not less than 110% of the Fair
Market Value of the Common Shares on the date of grant and the exercise of
such option is prohibited by its terms after the expiration of five years
from the date of grant of such option.
-2-
<PAGE>
(f) Redesignation as Nonqualified Stock Options. Options designated as
-------------------------------------------
"incentive stock options" that fail to continue to meet the requirements of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code shall be redesignated as
nonqualified options for Federal income tax purposes automatically without
further action by the Board on the date of such failure to continue to meet
the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(g) Limitation of Rights in Shares. The recipient of a Stock Option shall not
------------------------------
be deemed for any purpose to be a shareholder of the Company with respect
to any of the shares subject thereto except to the extent that the Stock
Option shall have been exercised and, in addition, a certificate shall have
been issued and delivered to the participant.
6. Adjustment Provisions.
---------------------
(a) If the Company shall at any time change the number of issued Common Shares
without new consideration to the Company (such as by stock dividend, stock
split, recapitalization, reorganization, exchange of shares, liquidation,
combination or other change in corporate structure affecting the Common
Shares) or make a distribution of cash or property which has a substantial
impact on the value of issued Common Shares, the total number of shares
available for Stock Options under this Plan shall be appropriately
adjusted, and the number of shares covered by each outstanding Stock Option
and the option exercise price of each outstanding Stock Option shall be
adjusted so that the net value of such Stock Option shall not be changed.
(b) In the case of any sale of assets, merger, consolidation, combination or
other corporate reorganization or restructuring of the Company with or into
another corporation which results in the outstanding Common Shares being
converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other
property, or any combination thereof (an "Acquisition"), subject to the
provisions of this Plan and any limitation applicable to the Stock Option,
including without limitation, the termination of any unexercised options
upon the sale of the Company's assets, any participant to whom a Stock
Option has been granted shall have the right thereafter and during the term
of the Stock Option, to receive upon exercise thereof the Acquisition
Consideration (as defined below). The term "Acquisition Consideration"
shall mean the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property or any
combination thereof receivable in respect of one Common Share upon
consummation of an Acquisition.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Board may authorize
the issuance, continuation or assumption of Stock Options or provide for
other equitable adjustments after changes in the Common Shares resulting
from any merger, consolidation, sale of assets, acquisition of property or
stock, recapitalization, reorganization or similar occurrence upon such
terms and conditions as it may deem equitable and appropriate.
7. Nontransferability. Each Stock Option granted under the Plan to a
------------------
participant shall not be transferable by him otherwise than by law or by will or
the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable, during his
lifetime, only by him (or his legal
-3-
<PAGE>
representative in the case of incapacitation). In the event of the death of a
participant while the participant is rendering services to the Company, each
Stock Option theretofore granted to him shall be exercisable during such period
after his death as the Board shall in its discretion set forth in such option or
right at the date of grant (but not beyond the stated duration of the option or
right) and then only:
(i) By the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased participant
or the person or persons to whom the deceased participant's rights under
the Stock Option shall pass by will or the laws of descent and
distribution; and
(ii) To the extent that the deceased participant was entitled to do so at the
date of his death.
8. Other Provisions. Stock Options under the Plan may also be subject to such
----------------
other provisions (whether or not applicable to any other Stock Options under the
Plan) as the Board, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate, including
without limitation, provisions determining the effect that a termination of
employment shall have on the participant's Stock Options, provisions for the
installment purchase of Common Shares under Stock Options, provisions to assist
the participant in financing the acquisition of Common Shares, provisions for
the forfeiture of, or restrictions on resale or other disposition of Common
Shares acquired under any form of Stock Option, provisions for the acceleration
of exercisability or vesting of Stock Options in the event of a change of
control of the Company, provisions for the payment of the value of Stock Options
to participants in the event of a change of control of the Company, provisions
for the forfeiture of, or provisions to comply with Federal and state securities
laws, or understandings or conditions as to the participant's employment in
addition to those specifically provided for under the Plan. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, such additional provisions shall not cause any Incentive Stock Option
granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option within
the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
9. Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Plan and any Incentive Stock
-----------------
Options awarded hereunder, Fair Market Value of Common Shares shall be the
amount determined in good faith by the Board from time to time as the fair
market value of the Common Shares of the Company.
10. Withholding. All payments or distributions or deliveries made pursuant to
-----------
the Plan shall be net of any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to
applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. If the
Company is required to issue Common Shares pursuant to the exercise of Stock
Options, it may require the participant to remit to it an amount sufficient to
satisfy such tax withholding requirements prior to the delivery of any
certificates for such Common Shares. The Board may, in its discretion and
subject to such rules as it may adopt, permit a participant to pay all or a
portion of the federal, state and local withholding taxes arising in connection
with the exercise of a Stock Option, by electing to have the Company withhold
Common Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be
withheld.
-4-
<PAGE>
11. Tenure. A participant's right, if any, to continue to serve the Company as
------
an officer, employee, director or otherwise, shall not be enlarged or otherwise
affected by his designation as a participant under the Plan, nor shall this Plan
in any way interfere with the right of the Company, subject to the terms of any
separate employment agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such
employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the participant from
the rate in existence at the time of the grant of a Stock Option. Whether an
authorized leave of absence, or absence in military or government service, shall
constitute termination of employment shall be determined by the Board at the
time.
12. Other Employee Benefits. The amount of any compensation that may be deemed
-----------------------
to be received by an participant as a result of the grant of a Stock Option, the
vesting of a Stock Option, the exercise of a Stock Option or the sale of Common
Shares received upon such exercise will not constitute compensation with respect
to which any other participant benefits of such employee are determined,
including, without limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit
sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, unless separate provision
to the contrary is contained in such other plan.
13. Duration, Amendment and Termination. No Stock Option shall be granted
-----------------------------------
after December 31, 2008; provided, however, that the terms and conditions
applicable to any Stock Option granted prior to such date shall continue to have
force and effect in accordance with the participant's stock option agreement,
and such agreement may thereafter be amended or modified by mutual agreement
between the Company and the participant or such other persons as may then have
an interest therein. Also, by mutual agreement between the Company and a
participant hereunder, under this Plan or under any other present or future plan
of the Company, Stock Options may be granted to such participant in substitution
and exchange for, and in cancellation of, any Stock Options previously granted
such participant under this Plan, or any other present or future plan of the
Company. The Board may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan
at any time. However, no action authorized by this Section 13 shall reduce the
amount of any existing Stock Option or change the terms and conditions thereof
without the participant's consent.
14. Governing Law. This Plan and actions taken in connection herewith shall be
-------------
governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Virginia (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable
Virginia principles of conflict of laws).
-5-
<PAGE>
15. Approval. The Plan was adopted by the Board of the Company on June 23,
--------
1999.
TELECORP PCS, INC.
Date: By:
--------------- -----------------------------
Its:
----------------------------
-6-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
----------------------------------
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Telecorp PCS, Inc. of our report dated
March 8, 1999, except for the information in Note 16, for which is dated July
22, 1999 relating to the financial statements of Telecorp PCS, Inc, which
appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to the references to us under the
headings "Experts" in such Prospectus.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
McLean, VA
August 27, 1999
